CIHM 
 Microfiche 
 Series 
 (Monographs) 
 
 ICMH 
 
 Collection de 
 microfiches 
 (monographles) 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microraproductions / Institut Canadian da microraproductions historiquas 
 
 ©1996 
 
Technical and Bibliographic Notes / Notes techniques et bibliographiques 
 
 The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original 
 copy available for filming. Features of this copy which 
 may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of 
 the images in the reproduction, or which may 
 significantly change the usual method of filming are 
 checked below. 
 
 Coloured covers / 
 Couverture de couleur 
 
 □ Covers damaged / 
 Couverture endommagde 
 
 □ Covers restored and/or laminated / 
 Couverture restaur^e et/ou pellicula 
 
 I Cover title missing / Le titre de couverture manque 
 
 y\ Coloured maps / Cartes g6ographiques en couleur 
 
 I I Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black) / 
 
 Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) 
 
 Coloured plates and/or illustrations / 
 Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur 
 
 Bound with other material / 
 Reli^ avec d'autres documents 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 Only edition available / 
 Seule Edition disponible 
 
 Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along 
 interior margin / La reliure serrte peut causer de 
 I'ombre ou de la distorsion le long de la marge 
 int^rieure. 
 
 Blank leaves added during restorations may appear 
 within the text. Whenever possible, these have been 
 omitted from filming / II se peut que certaines pages 
 blanches ajout^es lors d'une restauration 
 apparaissent dans le texte, mais, lorsque cela 6\aH 
 possible, ces pages n'ont pas 6X6 i\\m6es. 
 
 Q 
 
 L'Institut a microfilm* le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a 
 6t6 possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exem- 
 plaire qui sont peut-6tre uniques du point de vue bibli- 
 ographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, 
 ou qui peuvent exiger une modification drns la m6tho- 
 de normale de filmage sont indiqu6s ci-dessous. 
 
 I I Coloured pages / Pages de couleur 
 
 I I Pages damaged / Pages endommag6es 
 
 D 
 
 Pages restored and/or laminated / 
 Pages restaur^s et/ou pellicul^es 
 
 Pages discoloured, stained or foxed / 
 Pages d^olor^es, tachetdes ou piques 
 
 I I Pages detached / Pages d6tach6es 
 
 I y\ Showthrough / Transparence 
 
 I I Quality of print varies / 
 
 n 
 
 n 
 
 Quality in^gale de I'impression 
 
 .< ies supplementary material / 
 Comprend du materiel suppl^mentaire 
 
 Pages wholly or partially obscured by en-ata slips, 
 tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best 
 possible image / Les pages totalement ou 
 partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une 
 pelure, etc., ont 6t6 film6es k nouveau de fa?on k 
 obtenir la meilleure image possible. 
 
 Opposing pages with varying colouration or 
 discolourations are filmed twice to ensure the best 
 possible image / Les pages s'opposant ayant des 
 colorations variables ou des decolorations sont 
 film^s deux fois afin d'obtenir la meilleure image 
 possible. 
 
 Additional comments / 
 Commentaires suppl^mentaires: 
 
 Various paglngs. 
 
 This Kam it f ilnwd at tha raduction ratio chaelcad ImIow / 
 
 Ca documant aat film* au taux da rMuction Indiqu* ci-deasoua. 
 
 lOx 
 
 14x 
 
 18x 
 
 r 
 
 12x 
 
 16x 
 
 20x 
 
 22x 
 
 26x 
 
 30x 
 
 24x 
 
 28x 
 
 3 
 
 32x 
 
The copy filmed h«r« has b««n raproOucad thanks 
 to tha ganarosity of: 
 
 National Library of Canada 
 
 L'axampiaira filmi f ut raproduit grica k la 
 g^ntrositA da: 
 
 Bibliothequa national* du Canada 
 
 T^a imagas appaaring hara ara tha bast quality 
 possibia considering the condition and legibility 
 of tha original copy and in keeping with the 
 filnning eentrect specificetiens. 
 
 Les images suivantes ont its reproduitas avec Is 
 plus grand soin, compta tenu de la condition st 
 de la nettet* de I'exemplaira film*, et en 
 conformity avec les conditions du central de 
 filmege. 
 
 Originel copies in printed peper cjvcrs ere filmed 
 beginning with the front cover and ending on 
 the last page with a printed or illustrated impree- 
 sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All 
 other original copies are filmed beginning on the 
 first page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, and ending on the last page with e printed 
 or illustreted impression. 
 
 Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en 
 pepier est imprimAe sent filmSs sn commencant 
 par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la 
 darniAre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration. soit par la second 
 plat, salon le cas. Tous les autras exemplatres 
 origineux sont filmAs en commen9ant par la 
 premiere pege qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par 
 la darniire page qui comporte une telle 
 empreinte. 
 
 The last recorded frame on eech microfiche 
 shall contain the symbol — ^ (meaning "CON- 
 TINUED"!, or the symbol V (meaning "END"), 
 whichever applies. 
 
 Mkps, plates, charts, etc.. may be filmed at 
 different reduction ratios. Those too large to be 
 entirely included in one exposure are filmed 
 beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to 
 right and top to bottom, as meny frames ss 
 required. The following diagrams illustrate the 
 method: 
 
 Un de* symboles suivants spparaitra sur la 
 darniire image de cheque microfiche, selon le 
 cas: le symbols — »> signifie "A SUIVRE". le 
 symbole ▼ signifie "FIN". 
 
 Les cartas, planches, tableaux, etc.. peuvent itre 
 filmis A des taux da reduction diffirents. 
 Lorsque le document est trop grand pour Atra 
 raproduit an un saul clichi. il est film* k partir 
 de Tangle supirieur gauche, de gauche * droite, 
 et de haut en bas. an prenant le nombre 
 d'imeges nicessaire. Las diagrammes suivants 
 illustrant le mithode. 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
MKaOCOTY RiSOlUTION TiST CHART 
 
 (ANSI ond ISO TEST CHART No. 2) 
 
 I.I 
 
 1^1 jl 12.5 
 
 ■M ■^" IHss 
 
 2.2 
 
 tii 
 
 ti. 
 
 up 
 
 2.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 ^ APPLIED IfVMGE Ir 
 
 165: East Main Street 
 
 Rochester, New fork U609 USA 
 
 (716) 482 - 0300 - Phone 
 
 (716) 288- 5989 -Fax 
 
GREECE 
 
 WITH TH* 
 
 Coasts 
 
 AND 
 
 ISLANDS 
 
 OPTHB 
 
 AtQCAN Ska 
 
Aloi 
 
 rangs Educational Series 
 
 SELECTED LIVES 
 
 KRUM 
 
 CORNELIUS NEPO 
 
 n 
 O 
 
 EDITED FOR THE USE OF SCHOOLS 
 
 WITH \OTES AND VOCABULARY 
 
 ARTHUR W. ROBERTS, PhD 
 
 Shn-,ok Clasmca. Master o. the Wh.uam Pesn Chakthk Sc„uor. 
 Philaubli'hia 
 
 TORONTO 
 GEORGE N. MORANG & CO., LIMITED 
 
■M 
 
 fcntered according to Act of the Parliament of Canada, in the 
 year nineteen hundred and one, hy George X. Morang 
 & Com HAN V, Limited at the Department of Agriculture. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 Perhaps it may be fairly claimed for Nepos, that his 
 history offers a subject more likely to appeal to the aver- 
 age pupil than the writings of any other Latin author of 
 equal difficulty. Biography, if not spun out too fine, 
 seldom fails to excite interest. Caesar, probably indis- 
 pensable in some part of the preparatory course, has no 
 claim to possess the field ^ the exclusion of so interest- 
 ing an author as Nepos. Hitherto the general practice 
 adopted in Latin study has been to train the pupil in six 
 weeks or six months for reading Caesar, to thrust him into 
 the study of Caesar before he: is ready for it, and to keep 
 him there until he becomes thoroughly tired of the famous 
 general's campaigns and perhaps of Latin as well, and 
 then to seek to revive him with a taste of Virgil's poetry. 
 Now, however, there are indications everywhere of a 
 healthy reaction against this practice, and the idea is 
 fast gaining ground that the prose of the preparatory 
 course should be more varied for the benefit of both 
 teacher and pupil. As affording suitable material for 
 such variety the "Lives of Nepos" have a special claim 
 to recognition. 
 
 The text is, with a few minor alterations, that of Halm; 
 the orthography is made uniform with that of the other 
 
 111 
 
IV 
 
 PRKFACE. 
 
 books in this series. In response to many requests the 
 quantity of long vowels has been indicated throughout the 
 In determining quantities, and also in matters of 
 
 book. 
 
 etymology, Lewis' Elementary Dictionary has been ^or the 
 most part, though not invariably, followed. 
 
 'i'he synonyms placed at the foot of each page of text, 
 and the word-groups printed just before the vocabulary! 
 will, it is hoped, be of service in enlarging the pupil's 
 vocabulary and training him in his earliest reading to 
 cultivate the power o»^ associating words of like origin. 
 
 The aim in the notes has been to supply needed infor- 
 mation where Nepos is over-brief or in error, to explain 
 real difficulties in syntax, and to add to the pupil's interest 
 by giving illustrations of objects mentioned in the text. 
 The edition, of Nepos by Nipperdey (Lupus), Siebelis 
 (Jancovius), and Karl Erbe have been drawn upon in the 
 preparation of the notes. 
 
 References have been made to the grammars of Allen 
 and r.reenough, Bennett, and Harkness. That these 
 references will be found less frequent than in many 
 elementary text-books is due to the editor's belief that 
 constant references to the grammar often prove interrup- 
 tions rather than helps to the pupils. 
 
 ARTHUR W. ROBLRTS. 
 
 Philadelphia, June 24, 1895. 
 
■ 
 
 •I 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Themistoci.es 
 
 Hawibai, 
 
 Aristides 
 
 Text [ Notes 
 
 -'4 
 
 VV'ord-(}roui*s 
 
 Exercises for Kei ransi.atkin 
 
 Abdreviations used in Notes amj Vocak'i \ry 
 
 Vocabulary 
 
 -'7 
 
 45 
 to 
 
 6S 
 89 
 
 lOI 
 
 I 
 
ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 
 '. TllF.MISTl.Cl.KS 
 
 2. Tkikkme 
 
 J. Ruins <ik the Airopoms ,, 
 
 4. ACRi)"()l,lS RKSTORK.) ^j 
 
 5. Hannibal .... 
 
 45 
 
 6. Lr.ciicA ... 
 
 49 
 
 7. Amphorai- .... ,, 
 
 54 
 
 8. Scat HA g 
 
 9. Caduceus g 
 
 10. Hannibal 
 
 •MAPS AND PLANS. 
 
 Greece with the Coasts and Islands ok the Akc.ean 
 
 Sea 
 
 Athens and Salamis . 
 Route of Hannibal 
 Plan of Thermopylae 
 
 Frontispiece 
 
 I 
 
 22 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Few details of the life of Cornelius Nepos have come 
 down to us ; even his praenomen is unknown. The dute 
 I CO r;.c. is generally fixed upon as approximately the year 
 of his birth, Ticinum in Cis-AIpine (Jaul (the modern 
 Pavia in iVorthern Italy) as his birthplace. Karly in life 
 ht removed to Rome, where he was educated. A con- 
 temporary of Cavsar and Cicero, he became well acquainted 
 with the latter throujjh their common friend Atticus. With 
 this Atticus (Titus Pomponius Atticus), best known to us 
 as the friend and correspondent of Cicero, Nepos b.-came 
 very intimate, and, entertaining for him the highest admi- 
 ration, he imitated his tastes and manner of living. Liivc 
 Atticus he held aloof from political life, filled none of the 
 offices of state, and, being possessed of sufficient means, 
 devoted himself to literary pursuits. The date cf his 
 death is uncertain; it cannot have been earlier than 
 29 B.C. and probably was somewhat later. He is said to 
 have published the following works : 
 
 1. Chronica, probably a clironological summaiy which included 
 
 the history of outside nations as well as of Rome. 
 
 2. Exempia; models for imitation, drawn from the early 
 
 Romans, whose simplicity nf life afforded a great con- 
 trast with the luxury of Nepos' own time. 
 
 vii 
 
Vlll 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 3. A complete biography of Cato the Censor. 
 
 4- A life of Cicero; thought to have been written after the 
 death of Cicero. Nepos was peculiarly fitted to under- 
 take this task. • His friendship for Cicero and Atticus 
 and his access to their correspondence would have made 
 the work an especially valuable one for us. 
 
 5. A wrrk on Geography. 
 
 6. De 'irts Inliistribus. 
 
 Of these all have disappeared except portions of the 
 last, which was certainly his principal work, and was 
 planned on a most comprehensive scale. He purposed 
 to inform the Roman public about famous men chosen 
 not only from Roman history, but also from that of the 
 Greeks and other foreign nations. To this end he arranged 
 his characters by classes, introducing immediately after a 
 book containing descriptions of a number of foreigners, 
 another contraning similarly brief histories of distin- 
 guishf^d Romans of the same class. Thus there followed 
 one another in succession descriptions of foreign and 
 Roman kings, generals, lawyers, orators, poets, historians, 
 philosophers. All of this voluminous work is lost save 
 one book, De ExceUcntihiis Ducibus Exteranim Gentium, 
 which fortunately we possess in its entirety, and two biog- 
 raphies from the volume nc Historids Zatinis, those of 
 Cato and Atticus. We cannot with certainty reconstruct its 
 table of contents, but with nmch probability Nipperdey 
 in the introduction to his edition of Nepos suggests the 
 following arrangement : 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 IX 
 
 I. De Regibus Exterarum Gentium. II. De Regibus Ro- 
 manorum. III. De Excellentibus Ducibu.s Exterarum Gentium. 
 IV. De Excellentibus Ducibus RomSnorum. V. De luris Con- 
 sultls Graecis. VI. De luris Consultis RSmanls. VII. De 
 Oratoribus Graecis. VIII. De Oratoribus Romanls. IX. De 
 Poetis Graecis. X. De Poetis Latinis. XI. De Historicfs 
 Graecis. XII. De Historicis Latinis. XIII. De Philosophis 
 Graecis. XIV. De Philosophis Latinis. XV. De Grammaticis 
 Graecis. XVI. De Grammaticis Latinis. 
 
 In this comparison or balancing of his countrymen with 
 foreigners we should naturally look for some disparage- 
 ment of the latter. But everywhere in the portions of his 
 work that have come down to us, we are forced to recog- 
 nize his fairness and impartiality. Even when a foreigner 
 gains his glory at the expense of Romans, as was true of 
 Hannibal, Nepos shows the highest admiration for his 
 exploits and in no way attempts to belittle his achieve- 
 ments. ^ 
 
 We find many mistakes and inaccuracies in his historical 
 statements, but in view of the great task he undertook, of 
 his haste to finish the work begun only late in life, and 
 of his being the first Roman historian to use foreign 
 authorities, this need not excite our surprise. 
 
THEMISTOCLES. 
 
 1 T„EM,.,T0C,,S., Neocl, Alius, A.heniensis. Hoius 
 
 vrtut.bus, adeo ut a„,efer«„r huic „em6, pa„ci 
 
 f. -V *;"""■■ ''" ■•"' """° <^« "<«<="du™. Pater 
 e us Neoc.es generosus fuit. Is u.orem Acarnan m , 
 cvem dQx„, ex qua natus es, Themis.odes. q" 
 cum mmus asset probatus parentlbus, quod et Ifte- 
 nus vivebat et rem familiarem neglegebat a n trt 
 3cxh.red„us est. Quae contumelia^S', . 'e 7 
 -ed erex,t. Nam cum iudicasset sine summa ,o 
 .ndustrm „0„ posse earn exs.ingu,, totum se dedidi 
 re. publ,cae, diligentius am.Cs famaeque serv^n 
 Mu„um ,„ „-,dici,s privatis versabatur, saepe in ,6,. 
 ..onem popui, p.odibat, nuila res maior sine eo 
 gerebatur, celeriter quae opus eran. reperiebat, facile „ 
 4 eadem ora„One explicabat. Neque minus in ,ebu 
 gerend,s pr.mptus quam excogitandis erat, quod e 
 de .nstantAus, ut ait Thucydides, verissime iodl 
 caba. et de fu.ur.s callidissime conicieba, Qu5 
 factum est ut brevi tempore iiililstraretur, 
 
 2 emendata, cornea. — 4 nutenfnr ,v-. 
 iMicasset, ,..,w - „ mauatruX!;,/' "'■'"■ ~ ^ 
 
 20 
 
THEMISTOCLES. 2. 
 
 2 Primus autem gradus f uit capessendae rei publicae 
 bello Corcyraeo : ad quod gerendum praetor a 
 populo factus non solum praesenti bello, sed etiam 
 
 2 reliquo tempore ferociorem reddidit civitatem. Nam 
 cum pecunia publica, quae ex metallis redibat, largi- 5 
 tione magistratuum quotannis interiret, ille per- 
 suasit populo ut ea pecunia classis centum navium 
 
 3 aedificaretur. Qua celeriter effecta primum Corcy- 
 raeos fregit, deinde maritimos praedones consec- 
 tando mare tutum reddidit. In cuo cum divitiis 10 
 ornavit, tum etiam peritissimos belli navalis fecit 
 
 4 Athenienses. Id quantae saluti ^uerit universae 
 Graeciae, bello cognitum est Persiro. Nam cum 
 Xerxes et mar! et terra bellum universae inferret 
 Europae cum tantis c5piis quantas neque ante nee 15 
 
 5 postea habuit quisquam : huius enim classis mille 
 et ducentarum navium longarum fuit, quam duo 
 milia onerariarum sequebantur, terrestres autem 
 exercitus septingenta peditum, equitum quadrin- 
 
 6 genta milia fuerunt : — cuius de adventu cum f.ima 20 
 in Graeciam esset perlata et maxime Athenienses 
 peti dicerentur propter pugnam Marathoniam, mise- 
 runt Delphos consultum quidnam facerent de rebus 
 suis. Deliberantibus Pythia respondit ut moenibus 
 
 7 ligneis se mijnirent. Id responsum quo valeret cum 25 
 intellegeret nemo, Themistocles persuasit consilium 
 
 I capessendae, stiscipicndae. — 3 factus, credtits. — 10 di- 
 vitiis, opibus. — 19 exercitus, cdpiae. — 23 cSnsultum, inter- 
 rogdtutn, — 24 deliberantibus, comulentibus. 
 
THEMISTOCLES. 2, 3, 4. 3 
 
 esse Apollinis ut in naves se suaque conferrent : 
 8 eum cnim a deo significari niurum ligneiun. Tali 
 cOnsilio probato addunt ad superidres totidem naves 
 triremes, suaque omnia quae moveri poterant, partim 
 Salamina, partim 'I'roezena deportant : arcem sacer- 5 
 dotibus paucisque maioribus natu ad sacra prOcu- 
 randa tradunt, reliquum oppidum relinquunt. 
 3 Huius consilium plerisque civitatibus displicebat 
 et in terra dimicari magis placebat. Itaque missi 
 sunt delecti cum Leonida, Lacedaemoniorum rege, 10 
 qui Thermopylas occuparent longiusque barbaros 
 progredi non paterentur. li vim hostium non susti- 
 
 2 nuerunt eoque loco omnes interierunt. At classis 
 communis Graeciae trecentarum navium. in qua 
 ducentae erant Atheniensium, primum apud Arte- 15 
 misium inter Euboeam continentemque terram cum 
 classiariis regiis conflixit. Angustias enim Themi- 
 
 3 stocles quaerebat, ne multitudine circumiretur. Hie 
 etsi pari proelio discesserant. tamen eodem loco non 
 sunt ausi manere, quod erat periculum ne, si pars 20 
 navium adversariorum Euboeam supcrasset, ancipiti 
 
 4 premerentur periculo. Quo factum est ut ab Arte- 
 misio discederent et exadversum Athenas apud 
 Salamina classem suam constituerent. 
 
 4 At Xerxes Thermopylls expugnatis protinus 25 
 accessit astu idque, nullis defende^nibus, interfectis 
 3 superiores./rwnv. — 1 1 occuparent, tmerent.— 12 vim 
 peU'bat. - circumir- lauJeretur. - 26 interfecti., ocdu!. 
 
4 THEMISTOCLES. 4, 5. 
 
 sacerdotibus quos in arce invenerat, incendio dele- 
 
 2 vit. Cuius flamina perterriti classiarii cum manere 
 non auderent et plurimi hortarentur ut domos suas 
 discederent moenibusque se defenderent, Themi- 
 stocles Onus restitit et universos pares esse posse 5 
 aiebat, disperses testabatur perituros, idque Eury- 
 biadi, regi Lacedaemoniorum, qui turn summae 
 
 3 imperi praeerat, fore adfirmabat. Quern cum minus 
 quam vellet moveret, noctu de servis suis quern 
 habuit fidelissimum ad regem misit, ut ei nuntiaret 10 
 
 4 suis verbis adversaries eius in fuga esse : qui si 
 discessissent, maiore cum labore et longinquiore 
 tempore bellum rorfectiirum, cum singulos consec- 
 tari cogeretur : quos si statim aggrederetur, brevi 
 universds oppressurum. Hoc eo valebat, ut ingratiis 15 
 
 5 ad depugnandum omnes cogerentur. Hac re audita 
 barbarus, nihil doli subesse credens, postridie alie- 
 nissimo sibi loco, contra opportunissimo hostibus, 
 ade5 angusto mari conflixit ut eius multitudo 
 navium explicari non potuerit. Victus ergo est 20 
 magis etiam consilio Themistocli quam armis Grae- 
 ciae. 
 
 5 Hie etsi male rem gesserat, tamen tantas habebat 
 reliquias copiarum ut etiam tum iis opprimere posset 
 hostes. Iterum ab eodem gradti depulsus est. Nam 25 
 
 4 discederent, ablrent. — 6 aiebat, dlcebat. — 9 noctQ, noc- 
 turno tempore. — 1 2 discessissent, effugissent ; longinquiore, 
 longiore. — 14 aggrederetur, impetum faceret in. — 17 doli, 
 fraudis. — 24 opprimere, dc-zincerc. 
 
I 
 
 THEMISTOCLES. 5, 6. 5 
 
 Themistocles verens ne bellare perseveraret, ccrti- 
 orem eum fecit id agi, ut pons quern ille in Helle- 
 sponto fecerat, dissolveretur ac reditu in Asiam 
 
 2 excluderetur, idque ei persuasit. Itaque qua sex 
 mensibus iter fecerat, eadem minus diebus triginta 5 
 in Asiam reversus est seque a Themistocle non 
 
 3 superatum, sed conservatum iudicavit. Sic unius 
 viri prudentia Graecia liberata est Europaeque suc- 
 cubuit Asia. Haec est altera victoria quae cum 
 Marathon io possit comparari tropaeo. Nam pari 10 
 modo apud Salamina parvo numero navium maxima 
 post hominum memoriam classis est devlcta. 
 
 6 Magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit neque minor 
 in pace. Cum enim Phalerico portu neque magno 
 neque bono Athenienses uterentur, huius consilio 15 
 triplex Piraei portus constitutus est isque moenibus 
 circumdatus, ut ipsam urbem dignitate aequiperaret, 
 
 2 utilitate superaret. Idem muros Atheniensium 
 restituit praecipuo suo periculo. Namque Lace- 
 daemonii causam idoneam nacti propter barbarorum 20 
 excursiones, qua negarent oportere extra Pelopon- 
 nesum ullam urbem muros habere, ne essent loca 
 munita quae hostes possiderent, Athenienses aedi- 
 
 3 ficantes prohibere sunt conati. Hoc longe alio 
 spectabat atque videri volebant. Athenienses enim 25 
 
 I bellare, helium f;erere. — certiorem eum fecit, « nunti- 
 dvit. — 3 dissolveretur, interscinderetur. — 5 iter fecerat, ve- 
 nerat. — g altera, secunda. — 10 comparari, cdnferrL — i^ 
 magnus, egregtu:. — 20 nacti, ade/>ii. — 25 videri, appdrire. 
 
6 THEMISTOCLES. 6, 7. 
 
 duabus victoriis, Marathon ia et Salamlnia, tantam 
 gloriam apud omnes gentes erant consecuti ut intel- 
 legerent Lacedaemonii Je principatu sibi cum iis 
 certarnen fore. Quare eos quam infirmissimos esse 
 
 4 volebant. Postquam autem audierunt muros strui, 5 
 legates Athenas rriserunt, qui id fieri vetarent. His 
 praesentibus desierunt ac se de ea re legates ad eos 
 
 5 missuros dixerunt. Hanc legationein suscepit The- 
 mistocles et solus primo profectus est : reliqui legati 
 
 ut turn exirent cum satis alti tuendo muri exstructi 10 
 viderentur, praecepit : interim omnes, servi atque 
 liberi, opus facerent neque ulli loco parcerent, sive 
 sacer stve prof anus, sive privatus esset sive publicus, 
 et undique, quod idoneum ad muniendum putarent, 
 congererent. Quo factum est ut Atheniensium muri 15 
 ex sacellis sepulcrisque constarent. 
 
 7 Themistocles autem, ut Lacedaemonem venit, 
 adire ad magistratus noluit et dedit operam ut quam 
 longissime tempus duceret, causam interponens se 
 
 2 conlegas exspectare. Cum Lacedaemonii quere- 20 
 rentur opus nihilo minus fieri eumque in ea re 
 conari fallere, interim reliqui legati sunt consecuti. 
 A quibus cum audisset non multum superesse muni- 
 tionis, ad ephoros Lacedaemoniorum accessit, penes 
 quos summum erat imperium, atque apud eos con- 25 
 
 7 desierunt, intermiseru^t. — 9 reliqui, ccterl. — 10 exirent, 
 proficiscerentur. — 14 muniendum, moeuia struenda. — 17 ut, 
 postquam. — 22 sunt conseciiti, pervenimnt. — 25 contendit, 
 affirm at. 
 

 THKMISTOCLES. 7,8. 7 
 
 tendit falsa iis esse delata : quare aequum esse illos 
 viros bonus nobilcsque inittere quibus fides habe- 
 retur, qui rem explorarent : interea se obsidem 
 
 3 retinerent. Clestus est ei mOs, tresque legati functi 
 summis honoribus Athenas missi sunt. Cum his 5 
 conlegas suos 'Ihemistocles iussit proficisci iisque 
 praedixit ut ne prius Lacedaeinoniorum lej^atOs 
 
 4 dimitterent quam ipse csset remissus. Hos post- 
 quam Athenas pervenisse ratus est, ad magistratus 
 senatumque LacedaemoniGrum adiit et aped eos 10 
 liberrime professus est: Athenienses suo consiliO, 
 quod communi iure gentium facere possent, deos 
 publicOs suosque patrios ac penates, quo facilius ab 
 hoste possent defendere, murls saepsisse, neque in 
 
 5 eo quod inutile esset Graeciae fecisse. Nam illorum 15 
 urbem ut propugnaculum oppositum esse barbaris, 
 apud quam iam bis classes regias fecisse naufra- 
 
 6 gium. Lacedaemonios autem male et iniiiste facere, 
 qui id potius intuerentur, quod ipsorum dominationi 
 quam quod universae Graeciae utile esset. Hiare, 20 
 si suos legatos recipere vellent, quos Athenas mise- 
 rant, se remitterent, atm aliter illOs numquam in 
 patriam essent recepturi. 
 
 8 Tamen non effiigit civium suorum invidiam. 
 Namque ob eundem timorem quo damnatus erat 2s 
 Miltiades, testularum suffragiis e civitate eiectus 
 
 I esse delata, esse nuKtidta. — 7 praedixit, praecepit. — 9 
 ratus est, arbitra:us est. ~ 1 1 professus est, verba fecit — 
 25 Ob, propter. 
 
TllKMISTCJCLES. 8. 
 
 2 Argos habitatum concessit. Hic cum propter multas 
 virtutes magna cum dignitute viveret, Lacedaemonii 
 legatos Athenas misOrunt, qui eum absentem accu- 
 sarent, quod socictatcm cum rC-ge PersC- ad (irae- 
 ciam opprimendam fccissct. Hue crimine absens S 
 
 3 proditionis damnatus est. Id ut audivit, quod non 
 satis tfitum sc Argis vidcbat, Corcyram demigravit. 
 Ibi cum C'ius principcs animadvxrtisset timere ne 
 propter se belium iis Lacedaemonii et Athenienses 
 indicerent, ad Admetum, Molossum regem, cum quo lo 
 
 4 ei hospitium erat, confugit. Hue cum venisset et in 
 praesentia rex abesset, quo maiore religiune se 
 receptum tueretur filiam eius parvulam adripuit et 
 cum ea se in sacrarium, quod summa colebatur 
 caerimonia, coniecit. Inde non prius egressus est 15 
 quam rex eum data dextra in fidem reciperet, quam 
 
 5 praestitit. Nam cum ab Atheniensibus et Lacedae- 
 moniis exposceretur publice, supplieem non prodidit 
 monuitque ut eonsuleret sibi : difficile enim. esse in 
 tam propinquo loco tuto eum versari. Itaque Pyd- 20 
 nam eum deduci iussit et quod satis esset praesidi 
 
 6 dedit. Hic in navem omnibus ignotus nautis escen- 
 dit. Quae cum tempestate maxima Naxum ferretur, 
 ubi turn Atheniensium erat exercitus, sensit Themi- 
 stocles, si eo pervenisset, sibi esse pereundum. Hac 25 
 necessitate coactus domino navis, quis sit, aperit, 
 
 7 multa pollicens si se conservasset. At ille claris- 
 
 2 dignitate, >4f wJ/-*-. — 4 societatem, /cv/kj. — 8 animad- 
 vertisset, cdgnovisset. — 1 3 tueretur, difenJeret. 
 
TUKMlSTOfLES. 8.9. 9 
 
 simi viri captus misericordia diem noctemque procul 
 ab insula in salO navem tenuit in ancoris ncque 
 quemquam ex ea cxire passus est. Inde Ephesum 
 pervenit ibique Themistoclen expOnit: cui ille pro 
 meritis posted gratiam rettulit. 
 9 Scir,plerc-queitascripsisse,Themistoclen Xerxe 
 regnantc in Asiam transissc. Sed ego potissimusn 
 'Ihucydidi credo, quod et aetate proxinuis de iis 
 qui illorum tcmporum historiam reliquerunt, et eius- 
 dem civitatis fuit. Is autem ait ad Artaxerxen eum .0 
 
 2 venisse atque his verbis epistulam misisse : "The- 
 mistocles veni ad te, qui plurima mala hominum 
 Graiorum in domum tuam intuli, quam diu mihi 
 necesse fuit adversum patrcm tuum bellare patri- 
 
 3 amque meam defendere. Idem multo plura bona .5 
 feci, postquam in tuto ipse et ilie in periculo esse 
 coepit. Nam cum in Asiam reverti vellet, proelio 
 apud Salamina facto litteris eum certiGrem feci id 
 agi, ut pons quem in Hellesponto fecerat, dissolve- 
 retur atque ab hostibus circumiretur : quo nuntio 20 
 
 4 ille periculo est liberatus. Nunc autem confugi ad 
 teexagitatusacuncta Graecia, tuam petens amici- 
 tiam : quam si ero adeptus, non minus me bonum 
 amicum habebis quam fortem inimicum ille expertus 
 est. Te autem rogo, ut de iis rebus quas tecum 25 
 
 I captus, permolus. - 3 passus est, fermisit. ~ 7 potissi- 
 mum maxinu:-,o ait, duit..-i, epistulam, Utter^s.- 
 H adversum, ro>,tr,,. - bellare, balu,n ^.r^rc. - 22 ciincta, 
 umvi sj. — 23 adeptus, nactus. 
 
10 
 
 TIItMlSTUCLES. 9, 10. 
 
 conloqulvolo, annuum mihi tcmpus ties eoque trins- 
 acto ad te venire patulris." 
 10 Huius rC'x animi magnitudinem admirans cupigns- 
 que talcj.* virum sibi conciliari veniam dedit. Ille 
 omnc illud tempus litteris scrrnoniquc Persarum sC* s 
 dedidit : quibus adoo cruditus est, lu miilto commo- 
 dius dicatur apud reguiu verba fecisse qiiam it potc- 
 
 2 rant, qui in Perside erant nati. I lie eiim multa regi 
 esset pollicitus gralissimumque ilkul, si suis uti 
 consiliis vellet, ilium (Jraeciam belli) oppressurum, 10 
 masnis muneribus ab Artaxerxe donatus in Asiam 
 rediit domiciliumque Mai,mesiae sibi constituit. 
 
 3 Namquc banc urbem ei rex donarat his quidem 
 verbis, quae ei panem praeberet (ex c|ua regione 
 quinquagena talenta quotannis redibant), Lampsa- 15 
 cum autem, unde vinum siimeret, Myunta, ex qua 
 obsonium haberet. 
 
 Huius ad nostram memoriam monumenta man- 
 serunt duo : sepulcrum prope oppidum in quo est 
 
 4 sepultus, statua in forO Magnesiae. De cuius morte 20 
 multis modis apud plerOsque scriptum est, sed nOs 
 eundem potissimum Thucydidem auctorem proba- 
 mus, qui ilium ait Magnesiae morbO mortuum neque 
 negat fuisse famam venenum sua sponte sumpsisse, 
 cum se, quae regi de Graecia opprimenda pollicitus 25 
 
 5 esset, praestare posse desperaret. Idem ossa eius 
 
 5 serm5ni, lins^uat-. — j verba fecisse, li-ciltum esse. — c, 
 
 gratissitnum, iucundissimtim. — 1 1 muneribus, donis. 13 
 
 dSnarat, dedcml. — zd praestare, yutc/f. 
 
IHEMISTUtLES. lo. 
 
 11 
 
 clam in Attica ab amlcls sopult.i, quoniam I^jjibus 
 non concfidcictur, quod pn'Mlitionis cssct danmatus, 
 memoriae prodidit. 
 
 3 concMeritur, situritur. 
 
HANNIBAL. 
 
 1 Hannibal, Hamilcaris filius, Karthapniensis. 
 Si verum est, quod nemo dubitat, ut populus RO- 
 manus omnes gentes virtute superarit, non est in- 
 fitiandum Hannibalem tanto praestitisse ceteros 
 imperatores prudentia, quanto populus Romanus 5 
 
 2 antecedat fortitudine cOnctas nationes. Nam quo- 
 tienscumque cum eo congressus est in Italia, sem- 
 per discessit superior. Quod nisi domi civium 
 suorum invidia debilitatus esset, Romanos videtur 
 superare potuisse. Sed multorum obtrectatio de- 10 
 vicit unius virtutem. 
 
 3 Hie autem velut hereditate relictum odium pater- 
 num erga Romanos sic conservavit ut prius animam 
 quam id deposuerit, qui quidem, cum patria pulsus 
 esset et alienarum opum indigeret, numquam desti- 15 
 
 2 terit animo bellare cum Romanis. Nam ut omittam 
 Philippum, quem absens hostem reddidit Romanis, 
 omnium iis temporibus potentissimus rex Antiochus 
 fuit. Hunc tanta cupiditate incendit bellandi ut 
 
 4 praestitisse, sttpenivisse. — d ciinctas, omnes. — -j con- 
 gressus est, ditnicSvit. — 13 animam, vUam. — 16 omittam, 
 
 12 
 
HANX'-.AL. 
 
 13 
 
 usque a rubro mari arma jo.iatus sit oferre Ttaliae. 
 
 2 Ad quern cum legati verii^.t..;. .■ ..mf.ni, qui de eius 
 voluntate explorarent darentque operam consiliis 
 clandestinis, ut riannibalem in suspicionem regi 
 adducerent, tamquam ab ipsis corruptum alia atque S 
 antea sentire, neque id frustra fecissent, idque Han- 
 nibal comperisset seque ab interioribus consiliis 
 segregari vidisset, tempore d.ito adiit ad regem, 
 
 3 eique cum multa de fide sua et odio in Romanos 
 commemorasset, hoc adiunxit: "Pater meus," in- lo 
 quit, " Hamilcar, puerulo me, utpote non amplius 
 novem annos nato, in Hispaniam imperator pro- 
 ficiscens Karthagine, lovi optimo maximo hostias 
 
 4 immolavit. Quae divina res dum conficiebatur, quae- 
 sivit a me vellemne secum in castra proficisci. Id 15 
 cum libenter accepissem atque ab eo petere coepis- 
 sem ne dubitaret ducere, tum ille, "Faciam," inquit, 
 "si mihi fidem, quam postulo, dederis." Simul me 
 ad aram adduxit apud quam sacrificare instituerat, 
 eamque ceteris remotis tenentem iurare iussit num- 20 
 
 6 quam me in amicitia cum Romanis fore. Id ego 
 iusiurandum patri datum usque ad banc aetatem 
 ita conservavi ut nemini dubium esse debeat quin 
 
 6 reliquo tempore eadem mente sim futurus. Quare 
 S! quid amice dc Romanis cogitabis, non impruden- :;s 
 ter feceris, si me celaris ; cum quidem bellum para- 
 
 8 segregari, excludl. — 10 commemorasset, narrdsset. — 
 18 fidem, iiisiurandum. — ii) instituerat, f^^/^ra/. — 25 non 
 imprudenter, sapienUr. 
 
14 
 
 HANMBAI,. 
 
 2-4- 
 
 bis, te ipsum frustraberis, si non me in eo principem 
 posueris." 
 
 3 Hac igitur qua diximus aetate cum patre in 
 Hispaniam profectus est ; cuius post obitum, Has- 
 drubale imperatore sufifecto, equitatui omni praefuit. 5 
 Hoc quoque interfecto exercitus summam imperi 
 ad eum detulit. Id Karthaginem delatum publice 
 
 2 comprobatum est. Sic Hannibal minor quinque et 
 viginti annis natus imperator factus proximo tri- 
 ennio omnes gentes Hispaniae bello subegit, Sa- 10 
 guntum, foederatam civitatem, vi expugnavit, tres 
 
 3 exercitus maximos comparavit. Ex his unu'm in 
 Africam misit, alterum cum Hasdrubale fratre in 
 Hispania reliquit, tertium in Italiam secum duxit. 
 Saltum Py.enaeum transiit. Quacumque iter fecit, 15 
 cum omnibus incolis conflixit; neminem nisi victum 
 
 4 dimisit. Ad Alpes posteaquam venit, quae Ttaliam 
 ab Gallia seiungunt, quas nemo umquam cum exer- 
 citu ante eum praeter Herculem Graium transierat 
 (quo facto is hodie saltus Graius appellatur), Alpi- 20 
 cos conantes prohibere transitu concidit, loca pate- 
 fecit, itinera muniit, effecit ut ea elephantus ornatus 
 ire posset qua antea Onus homo inermis vix pote- 
 rat repere. Hac copias trajduxit in Italiamque 
 
 pervenit. 
 
 25 
 
 4 Conflixerat apud Rhodanum cum P. Cornelio 
 
 I friistrabteris, ////^j. — 4 obitum, mortem.— i^ praefuit 
 Praefectm est—i^ saltum, iugum. — iy posteaquam, fosl 
 quam. — iS sSiungunt, dtvidunt. 
 
HANMBAL. 
 
 4.5- 
 
 15 
 
 Scipione consule eumque pepulerat. Cum hoc 
 eodem Clastidi apud Padum decernit sauciumque 
 
 2 inde ac fugatiim diniittit. Tertio idem ScipiO cum 
 conlega Tiberio Longo apud Trebiam adversus eum 
 venit. Cum iis manum conseruit ; utrosque profli- 5 
 gavit. Inde per Ligurcs Appenninum transiit, 
 
 3 petens Etruriam. Hoc itinere adeo gravi morbo 
 adficitur oculorum ut postea numquam dextro aeque 
 bene usus sit. Qua valetudine cum etiamtum pre- 
 meretur lecticaque ferretur, C. Flaminium consulem 10 
 apud Trasumenum cum exercitu insidiis circum- 
 ventum occidit, neque multo post C. Centenium 
 praetorem cum delecta manu saltiis occupantem. 
 
 4 Hinc in Apuliam per\ Ibi obviam ei vene- 
 runt duo consules, C. .itius et L. Aemilius. 15 
 Utriusque exercitus uno proelio fugavit, Paulum 
 consulem occidit et aliquot praeterea consulares, in 
 iis Cn. Servilium Geminum, qui superiore anno fue- 
 rat consul. 
 
 5 Hac pugna pugnata Romam profectus est nullo 20 
 resistente. In propinquis urbi montibus moratus 
 est. Cum aliquot ibi dies castra habuisset et 
 Capuam reverteretur, Q. Fabius Maximus, dictator 
 
 2 Romanus, in agro Falerno ei se obiecit. Hie clau- 
 sus locorum angustiis noctu sine ullo detrimento 25 
 exercitus se expedivit Fabioque, callidissimo impe- 
 
 2 decernit, dtmicat ; saucium, Tolneratum. — 10 ferretur 
 vekerctur.~\^ ^d\i\i.%, iUif^mtuis moiilium. — 21 propinquis 
 finitimh. — 26 callidissimo, peritissimd. 
 
16 
 
 HANNIBAL. 5, 6. 
 
 ratori, dedit verba. Namque obducta nocto sar- 
 menta in cornibus iuvencorum deligata incendit 
 eiusque generis multitudinem magnam dispalatam 
 immisit. Quo repentino obiecto visu tantum terro- 
 rem iniecit exercitui Romanorum ut egredi extra s 
 
 3 vallum nemo sit ai >us. Hanc post rem gestam 
 nOn ita multis diebus M, Minucium Rufum, magi- 
 strum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio, dolo pro- 
 ductum in proelium fugavit. Tiberium Sempronium 
 Gracchum, iterum consulem, in Liicanis absens in 10 
 insidias inductum sustulit. M. Claudium Marcel- 
 lum, quinquies consulem, apud Venusiam pari modo 
 
 4 interfecit. Longum est omnia enumerare proelia. 
 Quare hoc unum satis erit dictum, ex quo intellegi 
 possit quantus ille fuerit: quamdiu in Italia fuit, 15 
 nemo ei in acie restitit, nemo adversus eum post 
 Cannensem pugnam in campo castra posuit. 
 
 6 Hinc invictus patriam defensum revocatus bellum 
 gessit adversus P. Scipionem, filium eius Scipionis 
 quem ipse primd apud Rhodanum, iterum apud 20 
 
 2 Padum, tertio apud Trebiam fugarat. Cum hoc 
 exhaustis iam patriae facultatibus cupivit imprae- 
 sentiarum bellum componere, quo valentior postea 
 congrederetur. In conloquium convenit : condici- 
 
 3 ones non convenerunt. Post id factum paucis 25 
 diebus apud Zamam cum eodem conflixit; pulsus 
 
 5 egredi, exln-. — S pari, eoif^w. — i^ enumerare, com- 
 memordre. — 22 facultatibus, copils ; impraesentiarum, m 
 praesentid. 
 
IIANMIiAl, 
 
 17 
 
 (incredibile dictfi) biduo et duabus noctibus Hadru- 
 metum pervenit, quod abest ab Zama circiter milia 
 
 4 passuum trecenta. In hac fuga Numidae, qui simul 
 cum eo ex acie excesserant, insidiati sunt ei ; quos 
 non solum effugit, sed etiam ipsos oppressit. Ha- 5 
 drumeti reliquos e fuga conlegit; novis dilectibus 
 paucis diebus multos contraxit. 
 
 7 Cum in apparando acerrime esset occupatus, Kar- 
 thaginienses bellum cum Romanis composuerunt. 
 I^lle nihilo setius exercitui postea praefuit resque in 10 
 Africa gessit itemque Mago frater eius usque ad 
 
 2 P. Sulpicium C. Aurelium consules. His enim 
 magistratibus legati Karthaginienses Romam vene- 
 runt, qui senatui populoque Romano gratias age- 
 rent, quod cum iis pacem fecissent, ob eamque rem 15 
 corona aurea eos donarent simulque peterent ut 
 obsides eorum Fregellis essent captivique redde- 
 
 3 rentur. His ex senatus consulto responsum est : 
 munus eorum gratum acceptumque esse ; obsides, 
 quo loco rogarent, futuros, captivos non remissuros, 20 
 quod Hannibalem, cuius opera susceptum bellum 
 foret, inimicissimum nomini Romano, etiam nunc 
 cum imperio apud exercitum haberent itemque fra- 
 
 4 trem eius Magonem. Hoc responso Karthagini- 
 enses cognito Hannibalem domum et Magonem 25 
 revocarunt. Hiic ut rediit, rex factus est, post- 
 quam imperator fuerat, anno secundo et vicesimo : 
 
 I biduo, duobus dii-biis. — ^ acie, proelio.— 10 setius, 
 minus. — ;o rogarent, fcUniit. — z-j secundo, alterd. 
 
18 
 
 HANNIBAL. 7,8. 
 
 ut enim Romae consules, sic Karthagine quotannis 
 
 5 annul bini reges creabantur. In eo magistratu pari 
 dihgentia se Hannibal praebuit ac fuerat in bello. 
 Namque effecit ex novis vectigalibus non solum ut 
 esset pecunia quae Romanis ex foedere penderetur 5 
 sed etiam superesset quae in aerario reponeretur' 
 
 6 Deinde, M. Claudio L. Furio consulibus. Roma le- 
 gati Karthaginem venerunt. Hos Hannibal ratus 
 sui exposcendi gratia missos, priusquam iis senatus 
 daretur, navem ascendit clam atque in Syriam ad ,0 
 
 7 Antiocnum profugit. Hac re palam facta Poeni 
 naves duas, quae eum comprehenderent, si possent 
 consequi, miserunt; bona eius publicarunt, domum a 
 fundamentis disiecerunt. ipsum exsulem iudicarunt. 
 
 8 At Hannibal anno tertio postquam domo profuge- 1 5 
 rat, L. Cornelio Q. Minucio consulibus, cum quinque 
 navibus Africam accessit in finibus Cyrenaeo.um, 
 
 SI forte Karthaginienses ad bellum Antiochi spe 
 fiduciaquc inducereatur, cui iam persuaserat ut 
 cum exercitibus in Italiam proficisceretur. Hue ^o 
 2 Magonem fratrem excivit. Id ubi Poeni rescive- 
 runt, Magonem eadem qua fratrem absentem adfe- 
 cerunt poena. lib desperatis rebus cum solvissent 
 naves ac vela ventis dedissent, Hannibal ad Anti- 
 ochum pervenit. De Magonis interitu duplex me- 25 
 moria prodita est : namque alii naufragio, alii a 
 II palam facta, ,n7„t,;r^a.-j, ^udicarunt, ^Pc/arav.r,.,,. 
 ria, A^r '^'"^"''' '■*^"''^™°*' ^^^"overu^t.-zs memo- 
 
HAWIIJAI,. S, 9. 
 
 19 
 
 servulis ipsius interfectum eiim scriptum relique- 
 
 3 runt. Antiochus auter-, si tain in gerendo bello 
 consiliis eius parere voluisset quani in suscipiendo 
 instituerat, propius Tiber! quam Therniopylis de 
 summa imperi dimicasset. Quern etsi multa stulte 5 
 
 4 conari videbat, tamen nulla dcseruit in re. Prae- 
 fuit paucis navibus, quas ex .Syria ifissus erat in 
 Asiam ducere, iisque adversus Rhodiorum classem 
 in Pamphylio marl conflixit. QuO cum multitiidine 
 adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse, quo cornu rem 10 
 gessit, fuit superior. 
 
 9 Antiocho fugato, verens ne dederetur, quod sine 
 dubio accidisset, si sui fecisset potestatem, Cretam 
 ad Gortynios venit, ut ibi, quo se conferret, con- 
 
 2 sideraret. Vidit autem vir omn'ium callidissimus 15 
 in magno se fore periculo, nisi quid providisset, 
 propter avaritiam Cretensium: magnam enim secum 
 pecuniam portabat, de qua sciebat exjsse famam. 
 
 3 Itaque capit tale consilium. Amphoras complures 
 complet plumbo, summas operit auro et argento. 20 
 Has praesentibus principibus deponit in templo Di- 
 anae, simulans se suas fortunas illorum fidei credere. 
 His in errorem inductis, statuas aeneas, quas secum 
 portabat, omni sua pecunia complet easque in pro- 
 
 4 patulo domi abicit. Goitynii templum magna cura 25 
 custodiunt, non tam a ceteris quam ab Hannibale, 
 ne Mle inscientibus lis tolleret secumque ducerct. 
 
 6 deseruit, rellquit. — 14 consideraret, dUlheraret. — 
 19 capit, iniit. — 20 operit, /<i^/. — 26 tolleret, auferret. 
 
20 
 
 HANNIHAL. lo. 
 
 iO 
 
 10 Sic conservatis suis rebus Poenus. inlusis Crcten- 
 s.bus omnibus, nd Prusiam in Pontum pervenit 
 Apud quem eodem animO fuit erga Italiam, neque 
 ahud quicquam egit quam regem armavit et exercuit 
 
 2 adv^ersus Romanos. Quem cum videret domesticis s 
 opibus mmus esse robustum, conciliabat ceterOs 
 reges. adiungebat bellicosas natiOnes. Dissidebat 
 ab eo Pergamenus rex Eumenes, ROmanis amicissi- 
 mus, bellumque inter eos gerebatur et mari et terra- 
 
 3 quo magis cupiebat eum Hannibal opprimi. Sed 
 utroblque Eumenes plus valebat propter Romano- 
 rum socetatem ; quem si removisset, faciliora sibi 
 cetera fore arbitrabatur. Ad hunc interficiendum 
 
 4 talem mnt rationem. Classe panels diebus erant 
 decretun. Superabatur navium multitudine; dolo re 
 erat pugnandum, cum par non esset armis Im- 
 peravit quam plurimas venenatas serpente. vivas 
 
 5 conhgi casque in vasa fictilia conici. Harum cum 
 effecisset magnam multitudinem, die ipso quo factu- 
 rus erat navale proelium, classiarios convocat iisque ^o 
 praecip.t omnes ut in flnam Eumenis regis concur- " 
 rant navem, a ceteris tantum satis habeant se de- 
 fendere. Id illos facile serpentium multitudine 
 
 6 consecuturos. Rex aufem in qua nave veheretur 
 ut scirent. se facturum ; quem si aut ccpissent aui ac 
 interfecss .it, magno iis pollicetur praemio fore. 
 
 4 armavit, ,d hdlum cxatavit.-,, utroblque, utrimgue 
 -.4 rationem. .w..„.-., 7 serpentes, ..,L:_,, Z- 
 tum, tantummodo. _ 24 veheretur, ndvigSret. 
 
HAWinAL. II. 
 
 21 
 
 llTali cohortatione militum facta classis ab utrisque 
 in proelium dediicitur. Quarum acie constituta, 
 priusquam signum pugnae daretiir, Hannibal, ut 
 palam faceret suis quo 1 xo Kamenes esset. tabel- 
 
 2 larium in scapha cum cadiiceo mittit. Qui ubi ad s 
 naves ad\-ersariorum pervenit epistulainque osten- 
 dens se regem professus est quaerere, statim ad 
 Eumenem deductus est, quod nemo dubitabat qu.n 
 ahquid de pace esset scriptum. Tabellarius, ducis 
 nave declarata suis, eodem unde erat egrcssus, se lo 
 
 3 recepit. At Eumenes soluta epistiila nihil in ea 
 repperit nisi quae ad inridendum eum pertinerent. 
 Cuius etsi causam mirabatur neque reperiebu, ta- 
 men proelium statim committere non dubitavit 
 
 4 Horum in concursu JJithynii Hannibalis praecepto .5 
 universi navem Eumenis adoriuntur. Quorum vim 
 rex cum sustinere non posset, fuga salutem petit ; 
 quam consecutus non esset. nisi intra sua praesidia 
 
 se recepisset, quae in proximo litore erant conlocata. 
 
 6 Reliquae Pergamenae naves cum adversaries preme- 20 
 rent acrius. repente in eas vasa fictilia, de quibus 
 supra mentionem fecimus, conici coepta sunt. Quae 
 lacta initio risum pugnantibus concitarunt neque 
 
 6 quare id fieret poterat intellegi. Postquam autem 
 naves suas oppletas conspexerunt serpentibus, nova 25 
 re perterriti, cum quid potissimum vitarent non 
 
 10 declarata, inJicata. - 19 se recepisset, rediisset ; 
 erant conlocata, erant po.ita.- 21 repente, subitd.-z-i 
 concitarunt, mdvirunt. ^ 
 
22 
 
 HAN.VllJAl.. 11,12. 
 
 5 
 
 viderent, puppes verterunt scque ad sua castra 
 7 nautica rettulcrunt. Sic Hannibal consilio arma 
 I'eijramenoriim supcravit. neque turn solum, sed 
 saepe alias pt-dcstribus copiis pari prudcntia pcpu- 
 lit advcrsariOs. 
 12 Quae dum in Asia {,'cruntur, accidit casQ ut legati 
 Prusiae ROn.ac apud T. Quintium Flaniininuni t^6n- 
 sularcm ccnarent, atque ibi do Hannibale nientione 
 facta c.K .is finus djccret cum in Prusiae regno esse. 
 
 2 Id postero die Flamininus senatu; detulit. Patres lo 
 conscript!, qui Hannibale vivo numquam se sine 
 insidiis futuros existimaren . legatos in Bithynuam 
 miserunt, in iis FlaminiUu.r <^ai ab rege peterent 
 ne inimicissimum suum .secum haberet sibique de- 
 
 3 deret. His Prusia negare ausus non est; iliud 15 
 recusavit, ne id a se fieri postularent, quod adver- 
 sus ids hospiti esset; ipsi, si possent. comprehende- 
 rent : locum ubi esset, facile inventuros. Hannibal 
 enim uno loco se tenebat in castello. quod ei a rege 
 datum erat muneri, idque sic aedificarat ut in om- 20 
 nibus partibus aedifici exitus haberet, scilicet verens 
 
 4 ne usu veniret quod accic'it. Hue cum legati R6- 
 manorum venissent ac multitudine domum eius cir- 
 cumdedissent. puer ab ianua prospiciens Hannibali 
 dixit plures praeter consuetudinem armatos apparere. 25 
 Qui imperavit ei ut omnes fores aedifici circumiret 
 ac propere sibi nuntiaret num eodem modo undique 
 
 6 casu, >-/^._8 cenarent, e/u/dr„ifur. - 10 posters 
 s,fu,»tr; patres conscripti, ..„^7mV.-,4 dederet, trdJ^J. 
 
HAXNIHAI.. I.-, ij. 
 
 23 
 
 6 obsiderctur. Pucr cum cckritcr quid csset renun- 
 tiassct omnt-sque exitiis occupatOs ostcndisset, sensit 
 id non fortuilo factum, sod sc peti ncque sibi diutius 
 vitam essf retiricndam. Quam ne alicno arbitrio 
 dimitteret, memor pristinarum virtfitum vcnennm. 5 
 quod semper setum habere consuerat, sfimpsit. 
 13 Sic vir fortissimus, multis variiscjue perffinctus 
 laboribus, anno adquievit scptuaj,'esim6. (^)iiibus 
 consulibus interierit. nun convenit. Namque Atti- 
 cus M. Claudio Marcello (). Fabio Labeone con- ,0 
 sulibus mortuum in annali suo scriptum reliquit, at 
 Polybius L. Aemilio Paulo Cn. ibehio 'lamphild. 
 Sulpicius autem Plitiio P. C'ornelio ("ethego M. 
 
 2 Uaebio Tamphilo. Atque hie tantus vir tantisque 
 bellis districtus nonnihil temporis tribuit litteris. 15 
 Namque aliquot eius libri sunt, GraecO sermone 
 confecti, in iis ad Rhodios de Cn. Manli VulsOnis 
 
 3 in Asia rebus gestis. Huius belli gesta multi me- 
 moriae prodiderunt, sed ex his duo. qui cum eo in 
 castris fuerunt simulque vixerunt quamdiu fortuna 20 
 passa est, Silenus et Sosilus Lacedaenionius. At- 
 que hoc Sosilo Hannibal litterarum Graecarum usus 
 est doctore. 
 
 4 Sed nos tempus est huius libri facere finem et 
 Romanorum explicare imperatores, quo facilius, con- ::s 
 latis utrorumque factis, qui viri praeferendi sint 
 possit iudicari. 
 
 3 fSrtuitS, cas/}. — j variis, a'/tv-rm.-9 eocvenit, ^<J«. 
 ifa/.— 17 cintecti, scri/ii. 
 
 
 W!F 
 
ARISTIDES. 
 
 1 ARISTIDES, Lysimachi filius, Atheniensis, aequalis 
 fere fuit Themistocli atque cum eo de principatu 
 
 2 contendit ; namque obtrectarunt inter se. In his 
 autem cognitum est quanto antistaret eloquentia 
 
 3 innocentiae. Quamquam enim adeo excellebat s 
 Aristides abstinentia, ut unus post hominum 
 memoriam, quern quidem nos audierimus, cogno- 
 mine Justus sit appellatus, tamen a Themistocle 
 conlabefactus testula ilia exsilio decern annorum 
 
 4 multatus est. Qui quidem cum intellegeret re- lo 
 primi concitatam multitudinem non posse, cedens- 
 que animadvertisset quendam scribentem ut pa- 
 tria pelleretur, quaesisse ab eo dicitur quare id 
 faceret aut quid Aristides commisisset, cur tanta 
 
 5 poena dignus duceretur. Cui ille respondit se 15 
 ignorare Aristiden, sed sibi non placere, quod tarn 
 cupide laborasset ut praeter ceteros Justus appel- 
 
 6 laretur. Hie decern annorum legitimam poenam 
 
 7 non pertulit. Nam postquam Xerxes in Graeciam 
 descendit, sexto fere anno quam erat expulsus, 20 
 populi scito in patriam restitutus est. 
 
 14 commlaiaset, /easset. ~ 15 duceretur, exlstimaritur. — 
 21 scitS, ^^^^^/J. — restitutus, rr;roc(ftus. 
 
 24 
 
ARISTIDES. 
 
 2.3- 
 
 25 
 
 2 Interfuit autem pugnae navali apud Salamina, 
 quae facta est prius quam poena liberaretur. 
 Idem praetor fuit Atheniensium apud Plataeas in 
 proelio, quo fusus barbarorum exercitus Mar- 
 
 2 doniusque interfectus est. Neque aliud :st ullum 5 
 haius in re militari inlustre factum quam eius 
 
 I imperi memoria, iustitiae vero et aequitatis et 
 
 innocentiae multa, in primis quod huius aequitate 
 factum est, cum in communi classe esset Graeciae 
 simul cum Pausania quo duce Mardonius erat 10 
 fugatus, ut summa imperi maritimi ab Lacedae- 
 moniis transferretur ad Athenienses ; namque ante 
 id tempus et mari et terra duces erant Lacedae- 
 
 3 monii. Turn autem et intemperantia Pausaniae 
 et iustitia factum est Aristidis ut omnes fere 15 
 civitates Graeciae ad Atheniensium societatem 
 se applicarent et adversus barbaros hos duces 
 deligerent sibi. 
 
 3 Quos quo facilius repellerent si forte bellum 
 renovare conarentur, ad classis aedificandas exer- 20 
 citusque comparandos quantum pecuniae quaeque 
 civitas daret, Aristides delectus est qui consti- 
 tueret, eiusque arbitrio quadringena et sexagena 
 talenta quotannis Delum sunt conlata ; id enim 
 
 2 commune aerarium esse voluerunt. Quae omnis 25 
 pecunia postero tempore Athenas translata est. 
 Hie qua fuerit abstinentia, nullum est certius 
 
 I Interfuit, partkepsfuit. — 3 praetor, dux. — 1 7 applici- 
 rent, adiungtrent. — 21 C0mparand5s, conligendds. — 23 arbi- 
 trid, iudicid. 
 
26 
 
 ARISTIDES. 3. 
 
 nd aum quam quod, cum tantis rebus praefuisset 
 m tanta paupertate decessit, ut qui efferretur vix 
 
 3 rehquent. Qu6 factum est ut fie eius pobll ^ 
 a^ren tur et de commOnl aerario dotibus daul 
 
 4 conlocarentur. Decessit autem fere post annum 
 quartum quam Themistocl.s Ath.nfs erat L 
 
 2 decessit, mortuus ../.- efferretur, sepeiiretur. 
 
 
NOTES. 
 
 THEMISTOCLES. 
 
 Synopsis. — The youth of Themistocles (1). Themistocles 
 induces the Athenians to use the revenue from the mines owned 
 by the state in building a fleet. With this fleet he vanquishes 
 the foes of Athens. At the beginning of the second Persian war 
 he interprets the oracle of Apollo 
 about wooden walls (2). He has 
 a battle with the king's sea-forces 
 at Artemisium (3). Through the' 
 efforts of Themistocles the allied 
 Greek fleet defeats the Persians 
 at Salamis (4). Themistocles per- 
 suades Xerxes to return to Asia 
 (5). He founds Piraeus, the port 
 of Athens, and begins the rebuild- 
 ing of the walls of Athens (6). 
 His cunning enables him to out- 
 wit the Lacedaemonians who try 
 to stop the rebuilding (7). The- 
 mistocles is banished because of 
 the jealousy of his fellow-citizens; 
 after wandering about for some 
 time he comes to Ephesus (8). 
 He writes to Artaxerxes, the Per- 
 sian king, suing for friendship (9). The king meets his overtures 
 kindly and bestows Magnesia upon him. Themistocles dies (10). 
 
 Chronology. — 530 (about) : Themistocles born. 485-465 : 
 Xerxes, king of the Persians. 484 (4S2 >) -. Themistocles. elected 
 archon, founds Piraeus and increase-; the Athenian fltisi. 4S0 : 
 Battles of Thermopylae, Artemi, m, and Salamis. 478-476: 
 
 27 
 
 Fig. I. — Thbmistoci.es. 
 
Zi\ 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 47r ff Thel- ' ,'?""" ^^^"^' ""P— -ts at Piraeus. 
 
 Pe s a 2\ uK'l '■ ^'^'''"^^ ' (Longimanus) king of 
 Persia. 460 (about) : Death of Themistocles. 
 
 ^.^y^^' '■^^.*""*°*=^««'Neoclimius,Athenien8i8: these 
 words serve as a tule. having no grammatical connection J" 
 what follows ; so also the beginning of Hannibal and Aristides 
 Nepos disconnects the first fe« words from what follows and 
 gives us a title in quite modern fashion. 
 
 H..1 '■ ^*^!5" ^ ^^"'''''^ ^'■'"" ^ nominative Neocles of the third 
 declension (G. .3. a; H. 68, i, 2 ; B. 47, 7-. 
 
 i^ Huius : . e genitive depends on adulescentiae, with which 
 ineuntis agrees. Trans. t/>e faults of his early youth. 
 2. Titia: see group vr-, vie. 
 
 se Jh *°**^*"*" • • • P»t*°t"' •• »he use of the present tense in a 
 secondary sequence goes to show that this opinion still prevailed 
 in the time of Nepos. 
 
 S- generSsus : Le., he belonged to the Eupatridae, or nobles • 
 
 5. Acarnanam: a substantive; with substantives denoting 
 
 persons, the substantive giving the people's name is regularly 
 
 S Pe^L ^'^""^^ '""^^ '^'"" ''-^ ''■' ''^ ^-'«' '^"' 
 7. mmua: less, then too little; here almost equivalent to n5n 
 384/4; rr^iss/:"'^ '^^'••^""•^^^-'^^3.0. note; H. 
 
 7. liberius : too luxuriously ,- the comparative may often be 
 trans, by too. ^ 
 
 8. neglegebat : 7^asteJ; lit. u>as eareless of See grout lfc 
 9- Q"aecontumelia...erexit:j./M,w,v^«,,^y^„,,,^^,,- 
 
 ^«/' roused htm. ' 
 
 1 1. t5tum : agrees with se ; trans, by an adv. 
 
 13. ifidiciis prlvatis: >.e., contentions between individuals 
 who disputed about property, ./.., while iudicia publica would 
 mean criminal cases in which there had been a violation of the 
 laws of the stale. 
 
NOTES. 
 
 29 
 
 13. versabatur: busied himself. 
 
 13. c5nti5nein: see group yen-. 
 
 14. prSdibat : appeared ixs speaker. 
 
 1 5. opus : in predicate apposition with quae. 
 
 16. eadem : object of explicabat; not in agreement with 
 dritione. 
 
 17. prSmptus: see group em-; cf. sumptus ; / is not etymo- 
 logically connected with -iither. 
 
 18. instantibus : the present. 
 
 Page 2, i . capessendae rei publicae : in handlitig affairs 
 of state, i.e., in public life as contrasted with his activity hereto- 
 fore in the concerns of private individuals. 
 
 2. bell5 : see group dva-, dvi-. 
 
 2. Corcyraed : a mistake ; the war was with Aeglna, 482 B.C. 
 
 2. praetor: Themistocles was archon eponynius in 481 B.C. 
 Perhaps that is referred to here. In the earliest use of the word 
 from its etymology, leader, general. 
 
 5. metallis : this c jmes from a Greek word meaning to search 
 ox pry into. Metallum first means the place where the search is 
 carried on, i.e., mine, as here ; then, transferred to the thing found 
 in the metallum, it gives us our word metal. 
 
 5. largltione magistrltuum : Nepos refers to the pay given 
 for attendance at the popular assembly, courts, etc., and is in error 
 here. The magistrates were not at fault. The money derived 
 from these mines had hitherto been divided among the people 
 according to law. They were the silver mines of Mount Laurium 
 in the southeastern promontory of Attica. The privilege of work- 
 ing these was rented out to private parties, who paid the state a 
 stipulated sum affording a public revenue, quae ex metallis redibat. 
 
 8. Corcyraeds, praedSnes : doubtful ; it is generally accepted 
 that the second Persian war prevented the Athenians from using 
 their nuw fleet against other enemies. 
 10. In quo : and by so doing. 
 10. cum . . . turn: not only, but also. 
 10. divitiis ornavit = locupWtavit. Trans, affirmatively. 
 
30 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 i6. huiusenim: the sentence is interrupted by these wnrH. 
 and everything that follows down through Lrunt 1 be con 
 .dared as a long parenthesis; the first or main sentence is then 
 taken up aga.n in a different form by the words cuius diadVenu" 
 cum; t e length of the parenthesis accounts for the writer " 
 forgetfulness; misSrunt is the main verb of the sentence and 
 forms the conclusion of all that precedes. 
 
 ./. naviumlonglrum: ■^/"/^c/t.,,., so called from their lon«r 
 narrow shape ,n contrast with the rounder, fuller shap o mer 
 chant or transport vessels, naves onerlriae. 
 
 i8. terrestres : infantry contrasted with cavalry 
 19- exercitus: Nepos frequently uses this for copigg 
 ,9. septingenta : probably Xepos is following Herodotus here 
 a. he does for the number of the triremes, and we may assume 
 hat he wrote Mi,cc and not i,cc , 400,000 is surely much too 
 large a proportion of cavalry if we retain the text readinr7oo o^ 
 instead of 1,700,000. as the number of the infantry ' ' 
 
 20. adventu : here means advance. 
 
 21 n^ximeAtheniensespetldicerentur: it was reporud that 
 the attack was directed chiefly against the Athenians, \l the Att 
 mans were said to be aimed at especially 
 
 23. cSnsultum: the former supine expressing purpose (C;. 303). 
 yy^' 334; H. 529, I.; B. 300. I and a). 
 
 24. Deliberantibus : equivalent to consulentibus 
 
 24. respondit ut . . . miimrent : respondit here is equivalent 
 to repUed, direct.., then, to, etc. (G. ,,. ; „. 498, II. ; 7^^^ 
 
 24- moembus: see group .mv-. '' 
 
 25. qu6 valeret : what it meant, lit. in what direction ,t had 
 force. " 
 
 _ 26. persuasit . . . esse : ./ this with note on respondit ut 
 mumrent m I. 2,. The two verbs .ccm to have exchanged 
 
NOTKS. 
 
 31 
 
 constructions; but here persuSsit means saiti convincingly, dini. 
 so is followed hy the inrin. in indir. discourse. 
 
 Page 3, 2. eum enim . . . ligneum : /or (/n-sai,/, supplied 
 from persuasit) ///<// ii'i/j 7i'//iU the ^s^mi meant by a 7vooi/cn wall. 
 What is the lit. trans. .' 
 
 4. triremes : so called from having three banks of 
 oars arranged diagonally over one anotht 
 There were also ships hav- 
 ing four or five banks, as 
 also with one or two. The 
 Athenians evidently j udged 
 the triremes easiest to man- 
 age, and so most effective 
 in war. 
 
 5. Salamina : in the Sa- 
 ronic gulf .half-way between 
 Athens and Megara. After 
 a long war between these for its possession, the .Spartans, chosen 
 arbitrators, gave it to Athens in the time of the lawgiver Solon. 
 
 Ficj. 2. — Tkikk.me. 
 
 Fig. 3. — Ruins of the Acropolis. 
 
XOTKS. 
 
 33 
 
 5- diportant : this removal tuok place after the battle of 
 Thermopylae. 
 
 5. arcem : see group AR(-; the Acropolis, which served alike 
 as fort and sanctuary; the beauty of the works of art with which 
 it was adorned, when restored by Pericles after its destruction in 
 this second I'ersian war, is famed down to the present day (see 
 Figs. 3 and 4). 
 
 6. ad sacra prficuranda : the mre of perfoimiug the religious 
 services. 
 
 8. Huius consilium : ///j (Themistocks') j//i,';<tm//<>«. 
 
 10. dSlScti : the I'eloponnesian contingent was 4000 ; othjers 
 to the number of 3000 joined them. The Lacedaemonians were 
 quite indifferent, for they might have sent twenty times as many 
 as they did. 
 
 11. Thermopyl&s: lit. meaning /tot giiUs, called so from 
 
 
34 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 I 
 
 sulphur spring, found there. It wa, a n,^ 
 
 ran the road from Thessalv to 1 ^uTP"" "''°««h which 
 »nd Kast Locris. At thtpoint h ""^ ' '^'"« '^•'^■*^-' '^'-«'' 
 and the Maiicguif was XoC, ^,^,'7/-- -- - ea,t. 
 ro.u, ro.e .teep and ^he^r on t^e^'o^h:: t'^T""'"" ^'^'"^• 
 
 Havi^g^eariir^r-^ti:;' °';r ''''^^y '----' 
 
 to the betrayal to the Persfan oT """ '""""' °*'"« 
 
 tains, dismissed all his oT o» " '"" ''""" "^ '"^ '"°"" 
 bodyguard of 300 .Sparta s ITT ""*"'' ''^ ''"'"-'-'« 
 depart, and J TheC "^h ^ heC' ? ° '''-^' '^ 
 suspicious of their fidelity. T^ese ,asT " T'''' '^'"« 
 
 ^:"n^.---'^----Xrt[^h:;i:: 
 
 ;::r;Sr^^:^- -:;;-- Of the enemy. 
 
 '9- pari proelis disceasfrjint . / j 
 
 cla..i. commfini, GriecL """"'"""* ""«' »>« supplied from 
 
 21- auperisset: for super* vi88«t ««» 
 --W; 200 Persian shiprwerse:t f T'""' '''^^' ''"^ -'' 
 shipwrecked. ^ ""' ^o"" '»"« Purpose, but were 
 
 21. ancipiti premerentur DericnlR- ,a 
 
 h danger fro„, ,oth si,.s ; onS« ' Lj' "''''' '" "'"'''^"' 
 
 23. .pud Salamlna: i^'^If ' " f "f '""• 
 retreat was the doubtful is JTT '"'•'''' ""^^"O" 'or this 
 
 and the disaster to^^GrlL atTh^ ' ""T ^' ^"^"''-"'' 
 easily block the Eurlpus ( he st aU '' ''. ^''^'' ^^^^''^ 
 
 mainland) having won'^his lay prkerm^;^^^^^ and the 
 
 explctir"-- "^^^ ^'^ -• °^- in Neiis.. we should 
 
 attempt to defend th; citadel. "^^ ^" '"^^^'=*"^' 
 
 11.^ 
 
NOTES. 
 
 3S 
 
 
 Page 4. i. incendiS dJUvit: only the buildings on tha 
 Acropolis ; the city itself was burned the following year by 
 Mardonius. 
 
 a. cum: begin the trans, with this word. It is displaced to 
 give the foregoing words the emphatic position. 
 
 4. diaciderent : their purpose was to go to the isthmus of 
 Corinth. 
 
 6. iiSbat : see group ac-. 
 
 6. dispersOs : agrees with eds, omitted subject ace. of perl- 
 tflrda (eaae), which de|)ends on teatiMtur. 
 
 6. id : subject ace. of fore depending on adflrmibat. 
 
 7. rtgi : Eurybiades was not king, but Spartan commander 
 and admiral of the entire fleet ; for, although the .Spartans fur- 
 nished but sixteen ships, the Athenians, surrendering their just 
 claim to the leadership by sea, out of devotion to the cause of 
 all Greece, granted them the chief command by sea as well as 
 by land. 
 
 7. aummae : a noun substantive, as often in Xepos. It is 
 dat. after the compound verl) praeerat; with impoii praeerat 
 trans, keid the chief com m ami. 
 
 9. vellet: subjunct. by attraction to moviret ((J. 342; H. 
 529, II.; B. 324, I). 
 
 9. de ser/Is suis quem habuit fideliasimum = aervSrum suo- 
 rum fidSliaaimum. 
 
 10. rSgem: />., Xerxes. 
 
 11. suis verbis: /'.<•., speaking for, in the name of, Themis- 
 tocles. 
 
 13. cSnfectiirom, oppressQrum : the subject is eum to besuo- 
 plied = rSgem. 
 
 14. brevi : for brevi tempore. 
 
 15. H6c e6 yalebat : the object of this was, lit. this had force in 
 this direction ; cf. almost the same phrase, p. 2, 1. 25. 
 
 16. ad depiignandum : to a decisive battle ; cf. the force of dS 
 in divicta, p. 5, 1. 12. 
 
 20. explicari : to be brought into action, lit. to be unfoldfd. 
 20. potuerit : result clauses often keep a perfect subjunct. 
 
36 
 
 1 1 
 
 N'OTKS. 
 
 to Themistocles the prize f„r «. ' '^P^^a"" awarded 
 
 Euryhiades. S,il| ,he shremln... " "i ' ?•*' '"' '^'«^«^y'o 
 edged, a., he undoubtedly hop..d In.:/,,, '" "-'"^''^» w*'' «Wo. 
 the very prohal.le event of a I'ersii , " '" ' °* ' "'**'>•" 
 "'• ''."•'ni'tocli: Kenitive; ^e mo,.. "'/^, ,, 
 *3.H,c:anadv.,the.amesuh ■, "'' 
 
 2J. tantia . . . reliquii, c6pUruM v..' 
 S-Iam,.s. the Greek. 40. A W Ar. ,i ■ ^ ^ ' ' ' ^ '^'P" ^^ 
 by^torm. Vet he was still posset :''::,' . " ^^-^V 
 Greeks. ULs los.ses at rrhern.onvl. ' ^" ' ^'' ''" "'»" the 
 
 .0 h™ ^, acce..„„. ,l'';;:t„^:;:: -'« "-" -"■''= "^ 
 
 ''"" ^''"" ''"•'-'■''«>'/•.• lie. />J./M,> 
 
 I'nge if. 2. idagl 
 
 .ctiv:^;„i,;^':::;n!:5«<J^er.tur: .ans. into K.g. Hy 
 of the second. ^ "'^ °'^J«" "^ f'e first ^nd Aim 
 
 •■ p8ns : Xerxes had causf^W ♦«,„ 
 -ting of 36o. the other of T," I^ r"'T '"'^^^' °"« -"" 
 Hellespont. B„th of these had h f" ? '" ''""' ^'^^-^ '''e 
 -hen the king arrived. Rut 1 fll k"^'" ''''' ""^ ^ «'«™ 
 Sala^is before hi. and tra.por ed^^^ "'^'"' ''^'^ ^-- 
 
 'He Greeks had no serious idroTft li^r^^r '^°"^^'^ 
 
 4- sex mensibua : in >/.vr,7<,.. m ^ -Xerxes, 
 by the retreat as one year nrehh'"'"" ''' '™« --P-d 
 as four months wa. the "a'l tU " '^'^'--"'•- he accurate. 
 
 6. reversus est : read •' » , 
 Par. n. Chap. „i ,J,'Tj; ' ""''"■" ■>' <!>= '«rea, i„ G,„,e, 
 
 and Ko^„..„ a « J. ., .a.^L^rr^S ;----. 
 
XOTKS. 
 
 37 
 
 consisted of a tree trunk lopjKcl of ii^ branche*. and adorned with 
 8ome of thf finest spniU, 
 
 i.V neque: advirsativf, /*/«/ «,)/. 
 
 14. Phalericfi port&: this was ai» open roadstead affording 
 protection neitlier against storms nor eii>mies' attacks. 
 
 If", triplex Piraei portus : the I'ir.itus was a roiky penin»nla 
 commanded by the height Munychia, and had three (triplex) 
 excellent harlxirs, vig., the i'iraeus in the narrower stn.se, and two 
 smaller ones. Aphrodisia (Munychia) and /oa (>ee map opposite 
 p. 1). Themistocies Ix-^an this work m 4Si-i as archon, hut, 
 owing to interruption and injury from the Persians, the walls 
 were not completed till 477. when the Piraeus had a complete 
 circumvallation of its own. and was connectctl by " the long 
 walls" with the city, ai)out four miles away. 
 
 16. Piraei: this may Ix; a loose descriptive genitive like our 
 " of " before names of places. 
 
 17. dignitate: stute/imss ; it is even suspected by some that 
 Themistoc'-s wished to change the site uf the city to the Piraeus. 
 
 19. su5 : emphasize. A' ///w,f,-^; 
 
 21. excursidnes: not to be translated as i.mis. 
 
 21. qua: abl. of cause ; causam is it- antecedent. 
 
 21. qui neg&rent oportSre, «-/<../. j./t'/;^ ///,// ,10 city . . . 
 pujr/it to have Willis ; nego (see group v..) is usually broken up 
 into its compiment parts {say . . . //,./). and the negative is put in 
 the dependent clause following. 
 
 23. possiderent : do not trans, this verb by />ossess ; it comes 
 from possidd, not pouideo. 
 
 23. aedificantes = quSminus aedificarent; the participle indi- 
 cates that the Athenians were already at work on the wall.i. 
 
 24. H6c longe . . . volebant : t/iis had an object quite other 
 than they wished to have appear ; alio is an adv., here implying 
 comparison, so atque is to be translated than. 
 
 Page 0, 3. principatii : the fint //<»,• among the (Ireek 
 states ; the so-called " hegemony " (from iri'-'^v, /f>},icr), which 
 included the chief command in war. Hitherto Sparta had main- 
 tained this position. 
 
 
38 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 U 
 
 •3- sibi . . . fore .. ,/, 
 
 depend?";/*'^^^ ■ '""^'^ «°rds continue his instructions and 
 ;-^neque:fornNe = etn«. 
 
 °f ground consecrated to aLni u ''''' ^"'^^ enclosed bi^ 
 --e not roofed over. '"'""^'- "^^^ -"'ained an altar. Ct 
 
 ^'-n it i^pHes an e.^ZZZ 1 '' '''''' "'-^"y = ^"t even 
 -''o says tl,at the walS^ed^^ ^'^'^"^"^ °^ ^'^-/dST 
 
 -nt.-ei.Kt.'lXrlr ^'- '^-^^ ^ -ncii of 
 
 the Spartan state, but a la'd of"«""'' •^'°"' ^' ^''^ ^ead of 
 
 exerased oversight over ev'thV/f^ °'''-"^' ^^"^'^ ephors 
 
 --t even the kings. NatuT^fhe e'^ "^"" ^° ^-"- -^ 
 
 8- quam longissime: see on oul^ r "'' ""'""' ^-^-^ 
 
 ^o. conlegas : Aristides and AW T™""'""'' P" ^- '• 4- 
 
 
NOTES. 
 
 39 
 
 i.e., the ephors, subject of mittere, which has virSs 
 
 I. iUOs: 
 
 for object. 
 
 3. se : /.<"., Themistocles. 
 
 4. retinerent: in the principal clause in indirect discourse, 
 representing an imperative (G. 339 ; H. 523, III.; B. 316). 
 
 4- Gestus est ei mSs : his sugi^estion was followed ; more lit. 
 his way was done. 
 
 7. praedixit: warned tlum beforehand ; prae has its own force 
 in this compound, while dixit has borrowed some of the force of 
 iflssit, and takes the construction of verbs of bidding, urging. 
 
 7. ut ne : equivalent to ne alone, common in Cicero, rare else- 
 where. 
 
 11. liberrime : with perfect frankness. 
 
 12. quod . . . possent : we should not look for this clause till 
 , after saepsisse, which, with the rest of the c, jse to which it 
 
 belongs, serves as the antecedent ; perhaps it is brought in early 
 to disarm in part the wrath of the Lacedaemonians. 
 
 12. deos piiblicos : the gods worshiped everywhere in Greece ; 
 patrios, those worshiped in Attica proper; penitSs, those of 
 each family. 
 
 14. defendere: Themistocles cleverly words it as if the object 
 in building the walls were simply the defense of the gods ; in ed 
 refers to muros saepsisse ; supply quicquam before quod infitile. 
 
 i6. ut: as. 
 
 16. oppositum : conforms in gender to the emphatic predicate 
 appositive propugnaculum, instead of to urbem. 
 
 17- apud quam iam bis : i.e., through the battles of Marathon 
 and Salamis ; the expression is a figurative one with no especial 
 reference to fighting on sea as opposed to fighting on land ; 
 apud quam = et apud eam, hence the infinitive construction is 
 continued. 
 
 17- regias : in narrating Greek history, rex and rSgius unquali- 
 fied are constantly used of the king of Persia and his concerns. 
 
 19. qui = cum ii, causal clause, since they. 
 
 22. se: i.e., Themistocles. 
 
 22. remitterent : cf. note on retinerent in 1. 4, above. 
 
40 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 '""'^'*-""-'"'P'.eo. .,„...,„, 
 
 24- Tamen: 
 services. 
 
 ™« i< .bo«, and, „ ,h™'' '"' "■» P"rpo.e mm ba cm ,„ 
 ""«» o„ potsherd: (X,Z -? . "' """= "' ">« obn^"ll 
 
 spartan kin^ h .^ k n>"erunt, e/c. .• 47 , „ r i. 
 
 ..'■S'S:r.:rr.r--— . 
 
 »byongi„al,,.<,.^„ ," 'f*'"' "Myancien, ,o».„, „„, 
 
 9- M : alU .onld be mL *"■"»■ <;X irjj,, , , 
 
 "1^ •• in -bis cU„,e tfe, ;?;'t:' ""' " ^-'P- »« j,e,d, 
 
 •«^"n-.«, be c„„M h. J, : Jd "T" "" ""''■'" '< 
 
 '»■ MolOMum = llto.o.rt„„ t7 , "«' »f pronoun. 
 
NOTES. 
 
 41 
 
 II. hospitinm : guest^friendship was a tie between families of 
 different states, which assured to members of either family a 
 welcome suited to their rank if they visited the state of the other. 
 Even whole states had their guest-friends (hospitis public!), 
 who entertained their ambassadors and protected their citizens. 
 Thucydides tells us that Admetus was previously an enemy of 
 Themistocles, who had thwarted him in some demand at Athens. 
 
 1 1, in praesentia: for the moment. 
 
 12. religiSne: conscientiousness, <>., owing to his fear of the 
 gods, whom, by this action as a suppliant, Themistocles enlisted 
 on his side. 
 
 12. se: refers to the subject of adiipuit, while rix Admitus is 
 to be supplied as the subject of tuSrStur. 
 
 13. receptum tueretur: the Eng. idiom requires two finite 
 verbs with conjunction, reciperet et tuSiStur ; the fact of being 
 received is not doubted, but the obli^^ation JwstiBg upon the king 
 is to be strengtheneu by an appeal to the gods. 
 
 14. quod samma colebatur caerimdnia : which was regarded 
 with the highest veneration. 
 
 1 6. fidem : protection, a frequent meaning of this word, usually 
 in this phrase. 
 
 16. quam praestitit : praestire is used both transitively and 
 intransitively ; here trans, and he kept his word, more lit. which 
 he made good. 
 
 20. propinquS : <>., near the borders of Greece. 
 
 20. tuto : an adv. 
 
 20. versari: live. 
 
 20. Pydnam: a Greek city at the foot of Mount Olympus, in 
 Macedonia ; famous for being the scene of the defeat of the last 
 Macedonian king Perseus by the Roman consul Aemilius Paullus, 
 in 168 B.C. 
 
 21. esset: subjunct., as it gives the thought of Admetus 
 (G. 341, d ; H. 528, I. ; B. 323). 
 
 22. nautis : i.e., no one on board knew him. 
 
 23. Naxum: the largest of the Cyclades, famed for its grape 
 culture. The Naxians had revolted from the Athenian confederacy, 
 
 II 
 
42 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 l»«. renders, ,, . s.r.ng.h™; ^^^^ " '"■""""« '' """• 
 ^*tffe 9. 2 salfi • 
 
 decen Jo;'°"'°='*° ^ "'• »"«■ ■■ 'He ending o, .h, o,„k fi„. 
 5- giittam rettlllit : mm... _ 
 
 «■ Mat.- '~\l"*"{"^'»""<'"'lh<r,. 
 
 the Latin often uses past tenses tT?'""' '" '^"-•- writing 
 
 when the letter is read by t e recini nr.r « '"' °' ""''"^ '« P««t 
 
 the Eng. requires the pr' sent ten " S^' V-"' ''^^ ' '• «■ ^^5); 
 
 »3- Graifirum : an older form or GraecT '' ' "' '^'°^- 
 
 'n some sort an excuse for himself '^'^'"^'^^'-^ offers this as 
 
 usual" //Wxl."" '^' '"^''' '''""^' •'"P'y'ng opposition, not, as 
 16. ipse: j^. esse coepi 
 
 20. circumirgtur: the subject chan„« 
 
 >n parallel passage in p. 5, i. ^ "^'' ^^ *"h exclfiderttur 
 
 21. CSnfugl: epistolary perfect for nr« . 
 
 23. ere adeptus : from adi^,l ?e' "' ' ''' °" ^^'^' '■ '^• 
 
 or simple future is often used f^ ;;: A7//."- ' ^''^ P-ent 
 
 25- quas: ace, dir. object of r««. - "'"'^ P"^'^'-*- 
 
 ooject of conloqu,, used transitively. 
 
NOTES. 
 
 43 
 
 Page 10. i. des: subjunct. in a purpose clause with ut 
 depending on rogo. 
 
 4. veniam : not a verb, but substantive ; veniam dare = to 
 grant a favor. 
 
 5. litteris sermSnique : by litteris is meant the Persian liter- 
 ature, from which he derived a knowledge of the history, habits, 
 etc., of the people ; by sermdnl, the language as spoken, i.e., for 
 conversational purposes. 
 
 6. eniditKS est : trans, by reflexive. 
 
 7. verba fecisse : of formal speech before a court. 
 
 9. illud : this, viz., that, etc., explained by what follows. 
 
 10. vellet : protasis of a vivid future condition, representing 
 volet of the direct discourse. 
 
 11. Asiam: originally the word seems to have meant a por- 
 tion of I.ydia only; later (and so here) it refers to Asia Minor, 
 with the exception of Cilicia in the southeastern part, which 
 from the earliest times was in close connection with Syria. After 
 133 B.C., the Romans meant by the province of Asia the middle 
 portion of the west coast. 
 
 12. domicilium sibi cSnstituit : established his residence. 
 
 13. dSnarat (donaverat) : it was customary among the Persians 
 for the kings to bestow on persons of high rank certain places 
 to supply certain wants. Still the recipient was at liberty to use 
 the revenue from these places in whatever way he wished. 
 Lampsacus lay on the Hellespont, Myus on the Meander ; he 
 received also two other cities, Percote on the Hellespont, and 
 Scepsis in .\eolis. In return for this income Themistocles 
 undertook the defense of these cities against his fellow- 
 countrymen. 
 
 13. quidem : emphasizes the word preceding it, and often 
 admits of no translation. 
 
 14. praeberet: purpose clause; quae = ut ea; so sumeret 
 and habSret, below. 
 
 19. oppidum : usually taken to mean Magnesia, but by some 
 referred to Athens, as it is said that a tomb of Themistocles was 
 found later in the Piraeus. 
 
44 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 '■■SrSHFH- ---'■— 
 
 . 24. sumpsisse (from .fim«/ ""''^'"y, etc. 
 '"«"• ; the phrase fui,.e il^ J.;"» ^ -^ject ace. of this 
 governs the ace. and infin. ' " '' "" "P'-^^^o" of saying. 
 25- 8«: ace, subject of po„e. 
 
 memoriae prSdidlt. ■ "^ ""^ ^«'- ^"'^Ject depending on 
 
 5^7"^^" -:.; r^l^^^'^tnT ^ -^y. as Thueydides says 
 !«de With Thuc/didl ,g,i„':rf "- ^^"-^ -hy the laws fo^' 
 junctives. «'*'" ^« authority. Hence the sub- 
 
Notes. 
 
 45 
 
 HANNIBAL. 
 
 Synopsis. — Hannibal's inc--. parable military ability; his 
 implacable hatred of the Romans inherited from his father (1, 2). 
 He makes his first campaigns in Spain ; chosen commander there, 
 he vanquishes the various peoples, 
 captures Saguntum, leads his army 
 into Italy (3). Three times he 
 defeats the Romans (4). He avoids 
 the trap laid for him by Q. Fa- 
 bius Maximur and does the Ro- 
 mans fresh injury (5). Recalled 
 to Africa, he is defeated at Zama 
 (6). After peace is made he con- 
 tinues to serve his country; at 
 length, in fear of Roman treachery, 
 he flees to Syria to Antiochus (7). 
 He assists by his advice Anti- 
 ochus, who is making war upon the 
 Romans (8). After the rout of 
 Antiochus' forces, he goes to Crete, 
 where he eludes the avarice of the Cretans (9). He goes to 
 Prusias, king of Hithynia ; he assists this king in his war with 
 P:umenes, king of Pergamus. By his cunning Hannibal defeats 
 Eumenes in a naval battle (10, 11). Roman ambassadors demand 
 him from the king; Hannibal takes poi.son and dies (12). His 
 writings and the historians of his exploits (13). 
 
 Chronology.— 247: Birth of Hannibal. 237: Hannibal 
 goes to Spain. 227-221 : Hasdrubal in command of the army 
 of the Carthaginians in Spain. 221: Hannibal is chosen general. 
 219: Hannibal destroys Saguntum. 218: He marches into Italy 
 and defeats the Romans at Ticlnus and Trebia. 217 : Battle at 
 Trasumenus. Fabius Dictator. 2 1 6 : Battle at Cannae. 212: 
 
 Fig. 5. — Hannibal. 
 
46 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 T.Sempro„ius Gracchus falls. 2,, : Hannibal at the gates of 
 
 returns tolf "'' ""' '' "^'^"'"^ '^"'^''^^■' ^3 : ifanniba 
 returns to Afnca. 202- HafH«. «f y,„,„ ... 
 
 a. .u. . jjattie ot y^ama. 201 : I'eace between 
 
 r^rr A :"'r ^''^""'^'- -^^ ■■ Hanmbal flees to Syl 
 l^'w'.? l^"''^'''^ ^'^g^" W'^'- ^-ith the Romans. ,8j : Uanni- 
 bal kills himself in Uithynia. 
 
 2. quod: ordinarily we find the abl. with U after dubltt- 
 neuter pronouns in the ace. form the only exceptions. ' 
 
 2- ut . . . superirit (for •uper«verit) : a result clause where 
 an ace. and infin. would be more regular ifter v*ru« ^riG]:: 
 
 * ; H. 501, 1, 2; B. 297, 2). ^ 332. 
 
 laterV"^?"^"*"-' P'^'i""^'''^ R°™an« might easily do this- 
 later several statues of Hannibal were set up at Rome 
 
 verb^" 1T^''' r?''?x"''*"P''' '"'''" (^^^•>^^'«^t'^«^o'"Pound 
 thTrd nl °"' "r"'''' ^ represented as claiming only 
 
 iimtlf. ' ' '"' ^'^*'^"'" ^'^ ^^^*^ -^ Py"hus Lore 
 
 enJnnT'^^^ '' ""'''' '"''J"""'- ^y ""^^'^^'^^ f^^-^i^^ depend- 
 ence on the mfin. prae.titi.8e (G. 342; H. 529, H.; B. 324 ,) 
 
 thesi' 'TT^ T. • • • ^"*=*"" '' ''■ »""*"«• f°r -beet of 
 
 Miceiiuf::'''/'' "r?"' °"^ ^^^^'^^ ^* ^^^^ '-"^^ «f 
 
 Marcellus when he attacked Nola, a Campanian city, in 2,4 
 This was a mere tnfle compared with the long list of Hannil,ars 
 victories, but the Romans made a great deal of it 
 
 8. Quod: therefore. 
 
 8. domi : >., while Hannibal was in the field. He certainly 
 
 fTct tTat'thT'' "'T:' '^ '" — trymen at home ; but .l,; 
 fact that the Romans had a number of generals who were more 
 than a match for any Carthaginian leader other than Hannibal 
 had much to do with his failure. 
 II- virtutem: ability. 
 
 14- dep03uerit: surrendered. 
 
NOTES. 
 
 47 
 
 14- qn» quidem . . , ROminis : stnce, thouf^h exiled from his 
 native land and dependent on the help of foreit^iiers, he never 
 abandoned his feeling of hostility for the Romans ; tnimS belMre : 
 lit. to wage war in heart. 
 
 i6. nam: thb should introduce a proof of the preceding 
 statement, viz., numquam destiteiit animS belUre, etc. ; the sen- 
 tence woulu then read nam Antiochum, qui . . . potentissimua Tix 
 fult . . . incendit. Nepos b so intent on emphasizing the great- 
 ness of Antiocbus that he breaks up what follows nam into two 
 sentences, leaving for the following sentence incendit, the verb 
 which should depend directly on tijie nam. 
 
 1 6. ut omittam : not to mention, a purpose clause depending 
 on some word understood, as dicam, I will say (G. 317, c ; H. 499, 
 2, note; B. 282, 4). 
 
 17- Philippum : Philip V., king of Macedon, waged two wars 
 with the Romans (211-205 ; 200-195). 
 
 17. absins: he was carrying on the war in Italy; but with 
 Antiochus he was present in person. 
 
 18. Antiochus: Antiochus II., called the Great, was king of 
 a large part of western Asia, but after his defeat at Thermopylae 
 and Magnesia by the Romans, he was restricted to Syria. 
 
 Page 13, i. rubrO man: this term was originally applied 
 to the Arabic Gulf (the Red Sea of to-day), to a portion of the 
 Indian Ocean, and to the modern Persian Gulf. Later it was 
 confined to the Arabic Gulf, but occasionally was used in its 
 earlier sense, as it is here, of the sea between Arabia and India. 
 
 3. voluntate: intentions. 
 
 4- ut Hannibalem . . . adducerent : to make the iking sus- 
 vicious of Hannibal, lit. to draw Hannibal into suspicion to the 
 ing: r«gi (G. 235, a; H. 384, II, 4; B. 188, i, note). 
 
 5. tamquam . . . sentire: as if he {\\i,nn^iX) had been bribed 
 by them (and ) were otherwise disposed than before. 
 
 6. neque : separate into at . . . ndn and repeat cum from the 
 beginning of the sentence. 
 
 8. tempore: opportunity. 
 
48 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 10. Inquit : this is usually inserted in a direct (juotation even 
 where a verb of saying (here adiOnxit) has preceded. 
 
 11. pueruldmi: connect the.se words closely with proflcuc«n». 
 II. UtpOte . . . n4t6: since I was not more than nine years 
 
 old ; nits agrees with m*. 
 
 13- optimS tniximS: these are con.stant epithets of Jupiter 
 in prayers and sacrifices, and are added without connective. 
 Jupiter is here used for Baal, the Sun-God, chief deity worshiped 
 by the Phoenicians. His name formed the second part of many 
 Phoenician proper names, ^--i'., llanni-bal (baal), Ilasdru-bal (baal). 
 
 1 4- divinarts: fetigious ceremony, 
 
 14. dtun c6nfici8batur : dum usually takes the present tense 
 even to denote past continued action. 
 
 18. fidem: oath. 
 
 20. tenentem iflrire: /.«•., tenire Ac iQrire; the practice of 
 grasping the altar or touching the image of the god when taking 
 an oath may be compared to the modern practice of touching the 
 Bible or a crucifix. 
 
 24. reliqad tempore : for the rest of my life. 
 
 26. ml ceiaris : (for cglftveris) c«lo is usually followed by two 
 aces., before one of which in Eng. we must insert from ; if 
 you conceal them {viz., si quid . . . cSgitaWs) //-t;w me. 
 
 26. quidem : this has oppositional force, on the other hand. 
 
 JPdge 14. I. 81 nSn : not iii«i, as n6n is emphatic. 
 
 I. in eO : in this matter, i.e., in eo parando, 
 
 I- principem: in charge. 
 
 3- qua diximus : supply an ellipsis. 
 
 5. imperitSre : this forms a predicate with suffecto. 
 
 7- delatum: made known; reUtum would be used of an 
 official announcement. 
 
 7- public€: in the name of the state; cf p. 8, 1. 18. They 
 thought best not to oppose the evident wish of the army, though 
 Hannibal was very young to hold the command. 
 
 9- annis : the regular construction would l>c aasos ; cf. n5n 
 amplius novem annds nita, p. 13, 1. 11 ; in this instance we have 
 
NOTES. 
 
 49 
 
 an abl. of comparison depending on minor ; in the former case an 
 ace. expressing duration of time with nfttd. ( >thers state that 
 Hannibal was 26 years old at this time. 
 
 10. omnSs gentia HispSniae: he remained south of the Kbro 
 to abide by the conditions of a treaty Hasdrubal had made with 
 the Romans ; he crossed it first after the taking of Saguntum, 
 with which began the Second I'unic War. 
 
 11. foederatam: i.f., with the Romans. 
 
 1 2. Ex his unum, <*/<'. .- he sent 20,000 to Africa, left 45,000 in 
 Spain, and began his march with 50,000 infantry and 9000 horse. 
 
 19. Griium: trans. Gmmn here and below, for the word 
 originated in the locality and has nothing to do with Greek. 
 Many Gauls had crossed the Alps before Hannibal, to settle in 
 Italy. The chief difficulties of the way were caused by the hos- 
 tility of the natives and the lateness of the season (September) 
 when he began his march. 
 
 20. is : this agrees with its predicate noun, saltus. 
 22. muniit: do not trans. yi'/-///irV</'. 
 
 22. Srnatus: this is in contrast with inennis, below. Elephants 
 carried towers. 
 
 23. ire : contrast with ripere by emphasizing both. 
 
 26. Cdnflixerat : an unimportant cavalry battle which the 
 Romans won took place at the mouth of the Rhone. 
 
 "Page 15, 2. Clastidi : probably Nepos refers to the 
 battle of Ticinus ; Hannibal took Clastidium later. 
 
 5. utrSsque : this 
 is rarely used in the 
 plural of two indi- 
 viduals. 
 
 6. per Ligures: 
 the people put for 
 the country. 
 
 10. lectica: a 
 mode of conveyance borrowed from the East. (See Fig. 6.) 
 
 1 1 . circumventum occidit : see on receptum tuSretur, p. 8, 1. 1 3. 
 
 Fig. 6. — Lrctica. 
 
50 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 11 
 
 from 2,7 to 208 inclusive. «.hro„ology £0. event. 
 
 '6. an8proeU8: /r, Cannae. 
 
 Cant.**""" •■ ""'^ "'' '"'• '«■«' <-•■■) '1.... .h. b,,.,e „, 
 24 HIc: adv. 
 25- locCrum: omit \v Tans. 
 
 5. talScrt : Bannibil is ii, subject. 
 
 6. rtUum: il «>, ihi; constant piactke viiih Pnm. 
 
 •he same case as ma.totol iv '"?""™ " '"""'d imo 
 
 Of the p„p„,ace STZ.^^'X^ "a wt""T"'" 
 ever, illeeal anH -.!>.,. ^- i F"'ii-y or i^abius; it was, how- 
 
 the dicta^X v^ ht Ir^r tL'^ 7r' ^'^^"'^«^ °^ 
 of one person over .ulT '? '^f '■^^'^^ Po^*-'--"' 'he hands 
 
 divided "etvL two The 1 ■"; " ''''" ''^ ^^^^^^ ^"^-^ 
 subordinate .f the dictatir '"*" '*'""'"" "^^ "^ ^^ief 
 
 10. itenim c6nsulem : this should read (Gracchum^ k- . 
 aule» and. i.iow, MarceHu. ,.„tu„ can.ule^rjrt h^ t 
 
Notes. 
 
 51 
 
 killed nfier the expiration of his second, Marrellus tiuiini; iii.t 
 fifth consulship. 
 
 10. in L&cinU: join with lustulit ; see note on per LigurSi, 
 p. 15,1. T). 
 
 10. cbsins : /.«•., through his l)r{)ther Mago 
 
 13. Longum est : it won/il he Uuiums, an expression ot i>r'>- 
 priety talcing the indie, in latin, but trans, as if thi suhjunrt. 
 (G. 311, c; H. 271. \,h). 
 
 14- «x quO: ut ex ed. 
 
 15. quamdia . . . posuit: he was not defeated in Italy (If w^ 
 accept Nola). The rest of the statement is ab.surd. 
 
 18. definsum: the former .supine expressing purpose (<; 
 302; U. 341). 
 
 18 revocitus: 203. 
 
 19. P. Scipidnem: />., P. Corailius Sclpi«, to which the 
 agnomen Africinua was added after his defeat of Hannibal. He 
 conquered all .Spain l)etween 210 and 206. In 204 he went over 
 to Africa from Sicily and won a great battle near Ltica, which 
 occasioned the recall of Hannibal. . 
 
 22. impraesentiirum : an adverb equivalent to in praesentiA, 
 p. 8, 1. 12; a colloquial expression, probably from in praesentii 
 rirum. 
 
 23. bellum compdnere = pacem facere. 
 
 24. In conloquium convenit, etc. : a couference is at^reedupon ; 
 on firms they did not agn-c (lit. te mis did not meet). 
 
 25. Post id factum : nfter this took pluce, lit. after this died. 
 
 26. Zamam : this was .southwest of Carthage. It is thought 
 that Naraggara, which lay fifty miles to the west of /ama, was 
 the scene of the battle ; the armies had encamped there prior to 
 the colloquy. Hadrumetum was not over 100 miles from Zama, 
 150 from Naraggara; hence the statement trecenta miUa is an 
 exaggeration. 
 
 Page 17. 2. abest ab Zama : ab is used even with names 
 of towns when the distance from one place to another is stated. 
 8. icerrimS OCCUpatus : most actively engaged. 
 
52 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 9- bellum composuerunt : the CarfK^^w • 
 "P all their war vessels ex L ten 1 ^"""' ''^''''' '° «'^'^ 
 for fifty years, and never t7L^^e''jV°° '"^'^"'^ ^^^^^'^ 
 mission. "^"^ *a' without Rome's per- 
 
 'o- resgessit: wag^c/war 
 
 yea: by^:::^^-::;!^ -: :zz '-^--^^ ^— ^ ^ 
 
 were indicated (as in this instanced '''.^"*"°"^°« ^^ the men 
 omitted (..^.. Po„pei5 et CrLlr'-^' ?'"^ '' ^'''" '^''^ ^-^e 
 always be trans. rTLlZZZlZTT^' '"'^^ P*"'^- -^X 
 (abl. abs.). ' ^""suM^p of (ad), in ike consulship of 
 
 abl.':bs'''^^°^"°^^^«*'^«b«s: .«.«^ ...,.,_ ,^^^^^^^^ 
 
 this'phrtsl^n wS^Xifai/'' ''T''' ''"'"^'^'^ ^^^en 
 
 '5. cum ils: for secum rSr'i IT T '^^''"'''"' '" ''^""^■ 
 ->.. the ambassadors wh^'s rlou' "t toV"'^^^ °' ^"^™^ 
 selves «4th the Carthaginians a ho u ^'' '''""''^^^ ^'^em- 
 
 '6. donlrent, peterenTh 1 ^ i^tL ' "" ''^•"- ' 
 
 as agerent. having qui for subject '""' '-■^"^'■■"ction 
 
 i6. eos : />., the Romans 
 
 Liris. ^'•<?^//«., a cty of Latium on the river 
 
 i8. ex senitiis consults • e» h«,« 
 
 '9. acceptum: ^W.^. an aSi "''"'''''''^''^^-''*- 
 
 20. quo loc5 rogarent fufnrRo . t 
 essent rogarent. freely t°ans/!T;." "^^ '"*""« <»- "* 
 
 sum est = responderunt. ' ""' '" '^ ^"PP"^^ ^'^t" "spon- 
 
 21. cuius opera; ./ «.^<,.. ,W,Va//.«. 
 
 6 ^st ^^'^''^^-- title .as suffete. 
 
 20. postquam : this takp« tu^ , 
 
 -easure of time is Joined Jtht t' "' "'^" ^ ^^«"''^ 
 before the postquam clause. ^^ '" ""° " " " ^'<=«i»« 
 
NOTES. 
 
 53 
 
 Page 18. i. quotannis annul bini rigSs : two kings tach 
 year, holding office for a year. 
 
 2. pari . . . ac : just such . . . as. 
 
 4. ut : trans, before non solum. 
 
 5. ex foedere: see ex senStiis consultd, p. 17, 1. 18. 
 
 6. superesset : might be {something) over. 
 
 8. ratas : from reor ; trans, by a .usal clause. Some perf. 
 participles of deponent verbs do not difft. in meaning from 
 the pres. act., e.g., ratus, arbitrltus, usus, veritus, etc. 
 
 9. sui : genitive of the reflexive pronoun ; sui exposcendl 
 grStift : to demand his surrender ; \it. for the sake of demanding 
 him from (them). 
 
 9. senatus : i.e., an audience of the senate. 
 
 11. Antiochum: see note on p. 12, 1. 18. 
 
 12. possent : (G. 341, b ; H. 529, i, note i ; B. 323). 
 
 14. iudicarunt: declared. 
 
 15. postquam . . . profugerat: see on postquam, p. 17, 1. 26. 
 18. si: whether ; see on possent, 1. 12, above; it introduces 
 
 an indir. quest, and we must in trans, supply in order to see 
 'efore si. 
 
 18. Antiochi spe fiduciaque : their hope and confidence in 
 Antiochus. Antiochi is objective genitive. 
 
 20. exercitibus = copiis, as often in Nepos. 
 
 2 1 . excivit : from excieo. 
 
 22. absentem : i.e., they did not wait for him to return to 
 Carthage and appear before a court. 
 
 23. nil : begin the sentence with cum. 
 
 23. solvissent naves : in this instance trans, had weighed 
 anchor. 
 
 25. duplex memoria prodita est : two accouttts are given. 
 
 Page 10, i. inter! ectum : supply from inteifectum, perisse 
 to go with naufragio. 
 
 3. eius : i.e., Hannibalis. 
 
 3. quam in suscipiendS instituerat : as he had done at the 
 outset in underliikin^ it. 
 
54 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 4. propiua Tiberi: propiu. Tib*rim » ,^ .. 
 
 10. rem gessJt = pOgnivit numbers. 
 
 12. quod: somei/,,,,^ u>/,/c/,. 
 
 preposition. ^^U ^^'^^^l ^^ we should expect a 
 e^'pres.ing limie of motion '"'" °^ '''^ *"• ^^one 
 
 '4. ibi : /.,.., in Crete. 
 
 14- quo: an interrogative adv 
 
 precaution. ^ "'** " **"'"' ^' '^ould take „,easures of 
 
 '9-i«phor.3: these .e.ej„gs or iarsofvario.ssi.es from 
 
 m, tfr^ ^ ^ mirry° '^'^ '^'■g^' "«-d 
 
 mostlyforkeepinrjiquids. They 
 had two handles (hence their 
 name), were generally pointed 
 below, and so were either leaned 
 
 agamst the wall or buried in the 
 ground. (See Fig. 7.) 
 
 20. summas: adj.; sc. am- 
 Phort8(G.,93,. H. 440, note 2; 
 
 21. principibus: /eaJi„^ „,,„ ''JV\ . c 
 republic. ^ '^"' ^-^ P- 8. 1- 8. Crete was a 
 
 25- abicit: as if of no value 
 
 ^7. tolleret,dnceret: ..an object from a«pb«r,.. 
 
 Fig. 7- — Amphorae. 
 
NOTES. 
 
 55 
 
 Page 20, i. Poenas: both Carthaginians and Cretans 
 were reputed very clever among ancient nations. 
 
 2. Pruaiam: this king of Bithynia had been allied with 
 Rome in the Syrian war, but, receiving no return for his services, 
 he invited Hannibal to his court. His weak and incapable son 
 surrendered Hannibal to the Romans. 
 
 5- domesticis : Ais own, i.e., unsupported, he wa^ ao match 
 for Rome. 
 
 6. conciliabat : with this and adiungebat, below, sc. Prusiae, 
 to whom also ab eo reft-s. 
 
 10. qu9 = itaque eo. 
 
 11. utrobique : i.e., et mari et terrfi. 
 
 12. remdvisset : this represents a. fut. perf. indie, of dir. 
 disc. 
 
 14. talem iniit rationem : kit upon the following way. 
 
 15. Superabatur: Hannibal by Eumenes. 
 
 16. Imperavit . . . conligi : more regularly we should have 
 at conligerentur with imperS ; so also conici = ut conicerentur. 
 
 19. effScisset = conlegisset ; the subjunct., as usual in Nepos 
 after cum, whenever. 
 
 21. omnes ut : this order emphasizes omnep ; the usual order 
 = ut omn§s. 
 
 22. a ceteris . . . defendere : be satisfied merely to defend 
 themselves from the rest. 
 
 23. illSs . . . consecuturds : sc. esse; "he said" is to be 
 understood from praecipit. 
 
 24. Rex . . . facttirum : the clauses are arranged so as to 
 gain emphasis ; the dependence of the parts of the sentence on 
 each other is shown by the following order: se factunim ut 
 scirent in qui n&ve lix veheretur. 
 
 25. cepissent, interfecissent : see on remdvisset in 1. 12, 
 above. 
 
 Page 21. i. facta: after {^xX. being made). 
 
 1 . utrisque : both parties. 
 
 2. Quarum: ?.c-., classium. 
 
56 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 4- qnS . 
 
 It 
 >i 
 
 :i 
 
 • e.8et : an indir. quest., the object of faceret. 
 
 5- scapha : see Fig. 8. 
 
 S- caduceo : this served 
 as does our flag of truce ; 
 " ^as a wand carried by 
 heralds, etc., an emblen- of 
 the god Mercury; it was 
 twined with serpents ; see 
 Fig. 9. 
 
 Fjc. 8. -Scapha 
 
 5- Qui : i.e., tabeliariua. 
 7. professus est : from profiteor 
 "• «°1«« epistula: the ancients wrnt» 
 smeared on one side with wax TnA '"''"''^ °" '^'^'«^^« 
 
 12. Quae «.^ ' ' "^ ''^'"'S •■aised rims 
 
 /«.. '"* • • • P*^— t ^ -^'^/' -- su,,esH.e 7',usuU to 
 
 •5-H6rum: this refers to both parties. 
 !«• quam: /.<?., safety. 
 
 18. praesidia: '>•. the castra nautica, p. ., , , 
 
 tkro'wins; of these. ' ^^^'^''•"'' 
 
 -S- oppletas : see group ,.,.k. r!"'" '' 
 
 I- castra nautica : this was a for.ifi " ,• , 
 shore to protect the ships whilst „Hif" ''""' "P*^" ^''« 
 "P on shore , it was const! ; ' 2, t?"^ "' ^'^" ^^^- 
 
 2. cSnsiliS: /^j' r/.:er.,J ' '^X a garnson. 
 
 4- alias : an adv. 
 
 :»i.t 
 
NOTES. 
 
 57 
 
 7. apud : at the house of, with name of a person ; cf. chez in 
 French. 
 
 7. Flamininum : he was consul in 198, and conquered Philip 
 of Macedon in 197 (p. 12, 1. 17). 
 
 10. Patres cdnscripti = sen&tores. After the expulsion of 
 the kings at Rome in 510 the senate was enlarged by the admis- 
 sion of some who were not patricians, and the assembly was 
 called patrSs et cdnscripti, fathers and the enrolled ; later the et 
 was dropped. 
 
 11. qui: since they; hence existimirent is subjunct. Cf. 
 qui . . . intuSrentur, p. 7, 1. 19. 
 
 14. ne . . . secum haberet sibique dederet: not to keep with 
 himself but surrender to them ; ut is to be supplied before dederet 
 from ne. Notice that suum and sibi refer to the subject of 
 miserunt, but se (cum) to the subject of haberet in its own 
 clause. 
 
 15. Prusia: nom. case; so we find (Ireek nouns in -os con- 
 forming to the Latin first declension in the ending of the nom. 
 sing., e.g., NiKias, Lat. A'icids and iVicia. 
 
 15. negare : to say no, without object. 
 
 15. illud recusavit, ne . . . postularent : (ox\\\).this much he 
 objected to, that they should ash, etc. 
 
 16. recusavit: see group c a v-. 
 
 16. id . . . fieri: postulo regularly takes ut with subjunct. ; 
 cf use of impero, p. 20, 1. 16. 
 
 16. id . . . quod adversus . . . esset : an act -which was incon- 
 sistent with, etc. His idea of what guest-friendsiiip demanded 
 of him seems merely to have kept him from murdering Hannibal 
 either by his own hand or by the hand of a subordinate. 
 
 17. comprehenderent : a subjunct. representing an imperative 
 of dir. disc. Cf. opus facerent, p. 6, 1. 1 2. 
 
 18. inventiiros : supply esse. 
 
 21. haberet : the subject is a pron. standing for Hannibal. 
 
 22. ne USU veniret : lest that should come to pass. 
 24. puer : used of a slave without reference to age. 
 24. ab ianua : join with prospiciens. 
 
58 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 25- pluris praeter cCnsuftudin^m . 
 V. num: «'//.///.r • this in . ^- *"0'^' tha,, usual. 
 regards the answer. ' " '"''""• ''''"''■ ''^^^-- nothing as 
 
 2- aensit: 'ts subject is Ilannih.! 
 -y express „ere„ pol'bilurCoT^^^^ ZT ''' ^^^""^'^^ 
 
 S- virtutum: the nii.r ;„ j . 
 ^ V wh.H ho hit'.: l^^^^ ■>' '^^ .,„, .„., 
 
 >-. o, a«. The .hreX: r :t„Tr °"' '- "•' -^^ 
 
 i»i, respectively. '^ "^ '" "^^ years 183, 182, 
 
 9- Atticus: this was the friend nf'r- 
 an account of his life ''^'''- ^"^^P^^ wrote 
 
 „.,;:;.."°°'*"°» ^ "•• «"" -«•"» ..", d.p.„d,„, „„ „„.,.„„ 
 
 12. Polybius: 210-12- Hp „,„ . 
 no.'L!,?f "^ ' ""-P-'y »' N-epo. whose .,,t ha, 
 
 -;«trrh^rtr,':rr '"'---''• 
 
 emphatic mig.„. », ,i„,ila, J„, "'"' '" '1" '"'«"' •« an 
 
 o'ulC"r,"„r«-'"""^^"'^^-""^".- o™, ,h..,„ 
 
 '7- adRhodiSs: /> liheraHi*.. j.- 
 book to then. ; in the Sy ^ war thlrh H 1""''^' '''''''^^' '^- 
 
 '7- de: join .^th r^bus gesU. ' '''" '"'" °^ ^^^^ 
 
NOTES. 
 
 59 
 
 17. Cn. Manli VulsSnis : he conquered the (lalatians, who had 
 been allies of Antiochus in the Syrian war. The Rhodians had 
 been allies of Rome in the war with Antiochus and so were much 
 concerned in the peace that followed. 
 
 18. Hiiius: /.^., Hannibalis. 
 
 18. memoriae prddiderunt : haie described for us. 
 20. simul : i.e., cum eo, tof^cther luith, not at the same time with. 
 22. usus est doct5re : had as instructor. 
 24. tempus est: this can be followed by the dat. ndbis, or, as 
 here, by nds, the subject of the infin. following. 
 
 24. huius libri: <.^., the book De excellentibus ducibus exte- 
 rftrum gentium. 
 
 25. ezplicare imperatOres: this is instead of vitam imperitd- 
 rum. 
 
 26. utrSrumque: ».<?., of Roman and foreign leaders. 
 
 26. qui : for utri, the Romans or foreigners. This is a rare 
 substitution. 
 
 FjG. 10. — Ha.nnibal, 
 
 mm 
 
60 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 1 
 
 ARISTIDES. 
 
 part in the battles of SaiaJ,"' d pI .^ ''"' ^^^ ."« takes 
 he gains for the Ath^ni.n u "^ '"^ '*■•■ dealing 
 
 Though placed in charrof .i /'"' ^°'"'"^"^ '^^ ^^ (2) 
 in extreme poverty (3^^ ^ ' '^'"'"^ °^ '»>« Allies, he dies 
 
 contingent at PlataeT ^^.^i" A '' '" "'"'"'"'' °^ ''^^ A^*^-"-" 
 of the Athenian flee't, ^[turtlolT "'^' ''™°" '" ^'^"^^ 
 mand by sea. 467: His death '^^"ntrymen the com- 
 
 Nef^p' x^f X.-'- ^'""^'^'^^ '''^•'^^'y ^ «-itive for.. Cf. 
 
 in^S::'^,;!nV??;°:^f- in«ue„ce-_here of 
 between states for the leadership " '° ^ '''""^' '''"^gle 
 
 3- obtrectanint (avgrunt) inter ae • m.„ • / , 
 -'M.r. The reflexive Drononn /J T " ''^'-^■^'"^^"^^-^ "//"^ .a.;5 
 omitted, inter s. taking iUpLJ " ""^ ""'''"^ ^'^^ ^^^ - 
 
 3- In his : /■« //,^ ,ase 0/ these met,. 
 
 thepr^e^iueTse in jr"'"' "'"'""' '^"^ '° ^ ^-^^^^ed by 
 
 as if^t were Z:^^!^^- H ^ r^ r^^' 
 
 5- innocentiae: this word anH ' "..'♦^^.V.; B. 268, 6). 
 chiefly to the fact that ArilHdtr. ""'*'"«*^« f°"°«ing refer 
 
 for his own persona, gt "in weal h'V^' l"^'^ '^"''^^ P^'-" 
 his poverty, p. 26, 1. 6 '^^ statement about 
 
 6. post: since. 
 
 ^i.'sm 
 
NOTES. 
 
 61 
 
 7- quem : here the ace. stands for dS with the abl., a rare 
 use with audire in the meaning hear of. 
 
 7. quidem : in a restrictive sense, a/ least, hence audierimut 
 is in the subjunct. (G. 320, d; 11. 503, I, note i ; H. 283, 5). 
 
 8. sit appellitus : the perf. subjunct. is common in Nepos in 
 result clauses following a secondary tense (G. 287, c ; 11. 495, VI.; 
 B. 268, 6). 
 
 9. testula ilia: by that {well-knowH) decision 0/ the potsherds. 
 nie is not uncommon in this sense, usually following its noun. 
 
 10. quidem : this word hardly admits of translation in this use, 
 merely emphasizing the qui. Cf. this use with that above in 1. 7. 
 
 11. cSdSns : either {a) on his having (the assembly) or (b) 
 giving up (the struggle), the latter perhaps to be preferred. 
 
 12. ut . . .' pelleretur: a substanti e clause of purpose in 
 the subjunct., depending on the idea of command implied in 
 scribentem ((^. 331 ; H. 498, 1. ; B. 295, i). See note on respondit 
 ut, p. 2, 1. 24. Only the name Aristides was written upon the 
 potsherd. Another version of the story represents Aristides as 
 writing his own name at the request of the stranger who gave his 
 reason as stated in the text. 
 
 14. ctir = ut e5. 
 
 15. poena: abl. depending on dignus (G. 245, a ; II. 421, III. ; 
 B. 226, 2). 
 
 16. ign5rare: more emphatic than ndn ndsse, did not know 
 at all. 
 
 16. placere : not with the same subject as ignor&re, but used 
 impersonally with the clause quod . . . appeilSrStur serving as 
 its subject. 
 
 17. laborasset = laborlvisset ; subject, Aristides. 
 
 18. legitimam: imposed by law : this word and also per in 
 pertulit refer to the full period of exile demanded by the law, 
 i.e., ten years. Give force of the suffix per in translating. 
 
 20. descendit : perf. tense, as usual with postquam, instead of 
 the pluperfect. 
 
 20. sext5 fere annd : cf. this statement with the dates given 
 above. 
 
 'ft 
 
62 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 H 
 
 1 f 
 
 is stated. ' ' ^'■^"'•*' * '''^^^''^e amount of time 
 
 bee?ra.fd- frl':!!,?"-" ct T ""' '"- "« ^''^ - Xe^ 
 «-e; but. acting ind"^U:„ H,;" T^ ''^ ">« ^'"-^an 
 troops, he recaptured .HsnTJlMl , '/r' °' '''^^^y-'ned 
 Salami, destroying .he Per Lt:t;^^^^^ '>-« -ear 
 
 '• apud Salamini • th.. Jl f ^" possession of it. 
 
 an adjective. 67 for ;h ^ "'"^''^^" **^«"« -=* *' it were 
 
 p. . 1. ... wit'if;';?;x:arrhr:"^^'n^"» --*^«-^- 
 
 a participle. .,., J/r^.^X'^;;;^-.* -'' ^'^use or 
 Salamh. -^ ^ '^ ^<//r/w/j or /ouj^Jit off- 
 
 3- Idem : furthermore. CY n n ] , r i. • 
 the connection. ^' ^' " " "^^^^ to establish 
 
 3- praetor: in its earliest m.»ani.,„ / j 
 
 lo. quSduce: abl. abs. 
 m.a'ni'gC^,.'j,r ""^ """"»"'"■ "'*"^ - "» and 
 
 «UJ.™„ (G. =35, a . ° /a H '"' '''■""ding on 
 
 .88, ,,. ^* ' ^''"^ "■ W' ■■ 3S4. II, I, 2, B. ,77, 
 
 '9- ,« : for „. in p„,po» cl.„a containing a co„p..a,ive. 
 
N'OTl.S. 
 
 63 
 
 10 si . . . cSnirentur: not a prota-: of a condition contrary 
 to fact, but a suhjunct. tluiny<.-(i hy informal indir. di"'-. from 
 cOnibuntur, in a fut. more vivid Lt^iidition, and imperf. in tinse 
 because of tl»' secondary sequt-nce after delectus est. 
 
 ■:o. ad classia aedificandas . . . comparandSs : join closely 
 in translation with quantum . . . daret ; it expresses purpose. 
 
 21. quantum . . . daret: substantive clause in an indir. quest. 
 Trans, closely with cdnstitueret, of wiiich it is the object. 
 
 2 1 . quaeque : from quisque. 
 
 24. Dflum: it wa» in the temple of Apollo in the island of 
 Delos that the representatives of the league formed by Athens 
 met for over twenty years. Thtir treasure was kept there also. 
 Undoubtedly this was done to hold in check the natural jeal- 
 ousy and fear of Athens entertained by the weaker members of 
 the confederacy. 
 
 24. id: regularly attracted in gender to aeririum, the pred. 
 noun in the same sentence, ra! tr than in agreement with its 
 anteci lent word Delum, which i ;eminine {(',. 195, d ; II. 445, 4). 
 
 25. Quae omnis pecunia : of course Nepos means by this all 
 the money, outside of expenses, previously gathered into Delos 
 by the yearly collections. 
 
 26. posters tempore : /tif,r pu. 
 
 27. abstinentia : aM. of qiutlity. 
 
 J*ayf 2ft. I. quod ... in tanta . . . decessit : p. substan- 
 tive clause. Trans, quam, eU., than his dyiii}; so poor that, etc. 
 
 2. qui: an old aljl. form; see Vocabulary. 
 
 2. qui efferretur : a rel. clause of purpose. 
 
 6. Athenis : the abl. of platey/cw which, preposition omitted 
 with name of a town or small island. ("/•', for the same omission 
 with the ace. to which, Athenis and DSlum just preceding. 
 
 6. erat expulsus : pluperfect after post quam. See on erat 
 ezpulsus, p. 25, 1. I. 
 

 MICROCOirf RESOLUTION TEST CHART 
 
 (ANSI and ISO TEST CHART No. 2) 
 
 I.I 
 
 la ■2.8 
 
 1^ 
 
 
 
 1.8 
 
 _^ y^PPUEO IIVMGE 
 
 ^^ 1653 Eost Main Street 
 
 y-a Rochester, New York U609 USA 
 
 ■^— (716) 482 - 0300 - Phone 
 
 ^S (716) 288- 5989 - Fa» 
 
1 
 
 I 
 
WORD-GROUPS. 
 
 I AC-, sharp, pierce. 
 
 icer, sharp. 
 
 acriter, sharply, fiercely. 
 acies, edge, battle-line. 
 acumen, /<?/«/, acuteness, shrewd- 
 ness. 
 acerbus, sharp, bitter, sad. 
 acerbitas, harshness, bitterness. 
 
 OCulus, eye. 
 
 % kOr, swift. 
 
 equus, horse. 
 eques, horseman. 
 equitatus, cavalry. 
 
 I AG-, drive. 
 
 ago, put in motion, drive. 
 
 c6go [for co-igo], drive together, 
 
 compel. 
 redigo, drive back, bring. 
 subigo, bring under, subdue. 
 transigo, drive through, bring to 
 
 an end. 
 exagito, drive out, persecute. 
 exiguus, weighed, scanty, small. 
 
 2 AG-, say. 
 
 aio [for agio], say, speak. 
 
 nego [fr. obsolete ne-igus, deny^ 
 
 ing], deny. 
 cogito, consider. 
 c5gitatio, thought. 
 excogit"), find out by thinking, 
 
 devise. 
 
 I AL-, AR-, feed, grow. 
 
 alo, nourish. 
 
 altus, grown ,, reat, high. 
 
 altitudo, height. 
 
 arbor, tree. 
 
 2 AL-, ALI-, other, strange. 
 
 alius, another, other. 
 
 aliquLs, some other, some one. 
 
 aliter, otherwise. 
 
 aliquandd, at some time. 
 
 aliquanto, somewhat. 
 
 aliquot, some. 
 
 alienus, another's, foreign. 
 
 alieno, alienate, estrange. 
 
 alter, another, the other (of two). 
 
 65 
 
66 
 
 WOKD-GROUPS, 
 
 AM-, love. 
 
 amicus, friendly, frictid. 
 amice, in a friendly manner. 
 ami;) tia, friendship. 
 
 \\nm\cus,unfri(iidly, personal foe. 
 inimicitia, enmity. 
 amor, love. 
 
 AN-, breathe. 
 
 anima, breath, life. 
 animus, spirit, soul, mind. 
 aniniatus, disposed, inclined. 
 SL-mianimis, half alive. 
 exanimo, deprive of breath, kill. 
 
 [ANTE, before:\ 
 
 ante, before, formerly. 
 antea, before, formerly. 
 aiaA(\m\.ls,, former age, antiquity. 
 
 AP-, 0P-, lay hold of, work, help. 
 
 a^ius,. Joined to,fit:cl, suitable. 
 
 aciiplscor, reach, obtain. 
 
 opera, labor, exertion. 
 
 opus, work. 
 
 (ops), help, poiuer ; pi. wealth. 
 
 inops, without resources, poor. 
 
 inopia, want, scarcity. 
 
 copia (co-opia), abundance. 
 
 Opulentus, rich. 
 
 of ficium (opi-ficium), .r,-;--'/<Y, duty. 
 
 officlua (opi-ficlna), workshop. 
 
 A.'R-, ft. Join. 
 
 ars, skill. 
 
 arma, implements, arms. 
 
 &xmr>, ft out, furnish with arms. 
 
 arniatus, armed. 
 
 inermis, unarmed. 
 
 ARC-, shut in, keep off. 
 
 arx, straii^hold, citadel. 
 
 exerceo (drive out of confine- 
 ment), drive on, keep at work, 
 exercise. 
 
 exercitus, trained or disciplined 
 body of meUr army. 
 
 exercitatus, trained. 
 
 exercitatio, exercise, practise. 
 
 ARG-, shine, be light or bright. 
 
 argentum, shining metal, silver. 
 arguo, make clear, prove, accuse. 
 co-arguo, cz'erwhelm with reason- 
 ing, expose, prove guilty. 
 
 AV-, mark, notice. 
 
 audio, heay. 
 
 oboedio, hearken to, obey. 
 
 auris, ear. 
 
 AVG-, grow. 
 
 augeo, increase. 
 
 auctor, author. 
 
 auctoritas, authority, influence. 
 
WORD-GROUPS. 
 
 67 
 
 auxilium, re-inf or cement, help. 
 vigesco, become stroi . hoiverful. 
 
 CkTi-,/all. 
 
 cado,////. 
 
 casus, fitll, chance. 
 
 2iCCW\ Jail to, h •ppen. 
 
 concido, fai! down. 
 
 recidn, fall /',ui: 
 
 occasiij, happening, occasion. 
 
 Cedo, give place, go, yield. 
 accedo, go to. 
 antecedo, go before, excel. 
 concedo, go atoay, give way. 
 decedo, go from, depart, die. 
 discedo, go apart, depart. 
 
 CAL-, CLA-, call. 
 
 concilio, call together, unite. 
 recor ilio, call together again, 
 
 make friendly. 
 classis, men cal'-d to service, fleet. 
 clasbiarius, pertaining to a fleet. 
 clarus, called, reno'ivned, clear. 
 declaro, make -lear, show, declare. 
 
 CAND-, ghnv. 
 
 incendo, set fire to, bum. 
 incendium,yir;v. 
 
 succendo, set on fire from belo7v, 
 kindle. 
 
 CAP-, take, hold. 
 
 capio, tn (y. 
 
 capcssn, take eagerly, lay hold of. 
 
 accipii"', take to one's self, receive. 
 
 dccipiO, catch, deceive. 
 
 incipin, lay hold upon, begin. 
 
 praccipio, take beforehand, in- 
 struct, direct. 
 
 recipio, take back, reco7'er. 
 
 suscipio, take upon one's self, 
 undertake. 
 
 occupn, fake possession of, seize. 
 
 praecipuus (taken by pref u-renceV 
 
 especial. 
 
 ^nncfgs,frst, leading man. 
 
 principalus, fust place, leader- 
 ship. 
 
 captlvus, taken prisoner, captive. 
 
 caput, head. 
 
 aiiceps, two-headed, doubtful, 
 dangerous. 
 
 CAV-, watch, ware. 
 
 caveo, take heed, watch. 
 
 causa, cause. 
 
 accuse, call to account, accuse. 
 
 reCUso, bring cause against, object. 
 
 cura [for cavira], anxiety, care. 
 
 procure, take care of. 
 
 accurfite, carefully. 
 
 seCUrus, tree from care, secure. 
 
68 
 
 WORD-GROUPS. 
 
 I CEL-, CER-, strike, drive, run. 
 
 percello, strike down. 
 celer, swi/t. 
 celeriter, szviftly. 
 celeritas, suuftness. 
 procul, (// or to a distance. 
 clava, stick, stuff. 
 
 curro, run. 
 
 concurro, rush together. 
 occurrS, run agaiitst, meet. 
 cursor, courier. 
 cursus, course. 
 
 concursus, running together, en- 
 counter. 
 excursio, running out, raid. 
 
 2 CEL-, conceal. 
 
 Celo, conceal. 
 occulo, cover over, hide. 
 clam [for calam], secretly. 
 clandestInus[forclam-dies-tInus], 
 secret. 
 
 CER-, CRE-, part. 
 
 cerno, separate, perceive. 
 
 decerns, decide, contend. 
 
 cert us, settled, certain. 
 
 certamen, contest. 
 
 crimen, means of distinguishing, 
 
 fault, charge. 
 discrimen, difference, decisive 
 
 moment, crisis. 
 
 CI-, rouse, excite. 
 
 concito, put in violent motion, 
 
 rouse up. 
 excito, rouse, excite. 
 sollicito, stir up, incite. 
 
 CLAV-, lock. 
 
 Claudo ahut up, surround. 
 concludo, shut up together, in- 
 
 cluac. 
 excludo, shut off. 
 claudus (shut in, hampered), 
 
 lame. 
 
 CLV-, hear. 
 laus [for claus], praise. 
 laudo [for claudo], praise. 
 conlaudo, praise 7varntly. 
 laudatio, praise, commendation. 
 gl5na, glory. 
 gloriosus, glorious, famous. 
 
 COL-, till. 
 COlo, ////, cultivate, cherish. 
 colon us, tiller of the soil, settler. 
 COlonia, settlement. 
 cultus, cultivation, manner of 
 
 living, dress. 
 inco'.O, iivcll in. 
 incola, inhabitant. 
 
 CRB-, make. 
 creo, bring forth, create, make. 
 procreo, bring forth, beget. 
 
 ■ -4. . 
 
■' ^ 
 
 WORD-GROUPS. r.9 
 
 Crtsco, increas,. 
 
 credo, put faith in, trust. 
 
 Crtber, frequent. 
 
 incredibilis, not to be believed, in- 
 
 caerimoiiia, sacred work, cere- 
 
 credible. 
 
 mony. 
 
 commendatiu, recommending, ex- 
 
 corpus, body. 
 
 cellence. 
 
 CRV-, raw. 
 
 DAC-, DIC-, sho^v, point. 
 
 crudeliter, cruelly. 
 
 dico, say, tell. 
 
 Crudelitas, cruelty. 
 
 dictum, what is said, word. 
 
 cruento, statn with blood. 
 
 dictator, dictator. 
 
 
 indico, declare publicly. 
 
 CVR-, CIR-, curve. 
 
 index, one who points out, in- 
 
 corona, crown, garland. 
 
 former. 
 
 circiter, around, about, nearly. 
 
 indicium, evidence. 
 
 circa, around. 
 
 praedico, foretell. 
 
 circulus, circle, group. 
 
 praedico, proclaim. 
 
 
 condicio, agreement, condition. 
 
 I DA-fgive. 
 
 maledicens, ez'il speaking. 
 
 do, give. 
 
 doceo, show, teach. 
 
 dedS, give up, surrender. 
 
 doctrina, teaching, instruction. 
 
 prods, give over, betray. 
 
 disc5, learn. 
 
 reddO, give back. 
 
 disciplTna, instruction. 
 
 trado [for trans-d6],^»W over. 
 
 condiscipulus, fallow-pupil. 
 
 deditio, surrender. 
 
 
 dos, do-wry. 
 
 DEM-, DOM-, build. 
 
 donum, gift. 
 
 
 dSno, gi7'e, present. 
 
 domus, building, house. 
 
 proditio, betrayal, treason. 
 
 domicilium, dwelling, abode. 
 
 sacerdds, giver of sacrifice, priest. 
 
 domesticus, pertaining to home, 
 domestic. 
 
 2 DA-, put. 
 
 
 • abdd, put away, hide. 
 
 DIV-, DI-, shine. 
 
 addd, put to, add. 
 
 divinus, divine. 
 
 circumdS, put around, surround. 
 
 divino, foresee, divine. 
 
70 
 
 WORD-GROUPS. 
 
 divuiti, sky. 
 
 deus, deity, god. 
 
 dives, s/iitihiff, rich. 
 
 divitiae, riches. 
 
 dies, li^hty day. 
 
 meridies, tniJdoy, south. 
 
 diu (by day), long. 
 
 interdiu, by day. 
 
 iuvo (diuvo). //<•//, assist. 
 
 adiuvu, bring aid to. 
 
 Diana [for Divana], shining one, 
 
 Diana. 
 luppiter [for Diupiter], Jupiter. 
 
 DVA-, DVI-, apart, two. 
 
 duo, two. 
 dubius, doubtful. 
 dubito, go to and fro, doubt, hesi- 
 tate. 
 duplex, twofold. 
 
 bis [for dvi-ies], twice. 
 
 bini, two by two, two. 
 
 bellum [for duellum], contest be- 
 tween two, war. 
 
 bello, wage war, fight. 
 
 bellicosus, warlike. 
 
 bellicus, pertaining to war, mili- 
 tary. 
 
 DVC-, lead. 
 
 dux, leader. 
 diico, lead. 
 ductus, leadership. 
 
 deduco, lam down, conduct. 
 
 ediico, lead forth. 
 
 tduco, bring «/>, rca educate. 
 
 inducn, Ifiui in, draw into. 
 
 obdJiCn, draw mrr, draw before. 
 
 produC", lead out. 
 
 subducO (lead from under), re- 
 
 morr. witlidraw by stealth, 
 tradiico, Lad across. 
 
 EH-, take. 
 
 sumo [for subimo], take up, use, 
 
 s/'i-nd. 
 sunij>tus, expense. 
 cunsumo, use up. 
 exempluni, sample, copy. 
 eximie, uncommonly, exceedingly. 
 praemium [for prae-emium] 
 
 (what is taken above others), 
 
 reward. 
 prSmptus [for pro-emptus], 
 
 brought out, at hcnd, ready. 
 
 ES-, be, live. 
 
 sum [for esum], be. 
 
 absum, be away. 
 
 adsum, be present. 
 
 dtsum, he xvanting. 
 
 obsum, be in the way, injure. 
 
 possum [for pot-sum], be able. 
 
 praesum, be oz'cr, be in command. 
 
 prosum, be for, help. 
 
 subsum, be under, be by. 
 
 supersum, be over, be left. 
 
WORn-OROUPS. 
 
 •1 
 
 al)sens, kitis^ tiw.iy, nhu-nt. 
 pracstns, heiiii; at luntJ, /■nsotl. 
 
 VX-, front. 
 
 ex or i, out of, from. 
 extrii, outside of, heyoiiJ. 
 extrCnuis, outermost. 
 
 FA-, shine, s/io^i'. 
 
 adfabilis (that can be easily 
 spoken to), tiffahle. 
 
 fama, report. 
 
 infamis, /// spoken of disrefiit- 
 able. 
 
 infamo, say ill of Jefime. 
 
 infamia, ill-report. 
 
 fanum, a place consecrated to a 
 deity, a temple. 
 
 nefas, ///(// which is contrary to 
 divine law, sin. 
 
 infitior, not to confess, deny. 
 
 (infitiae), denial. 
 
 profiteer, declare publicly, ac- 
 knowledge. 
 
 FAC-, make, do. 
 
 facio, make, put. 
 patsfacio, make or lay open. 
 vacuefacio, make empty. 
 adficio, (/(' something to cne, affect. 
 conficio, make co '>lete, finish. 
 ef ficiu, work out, bring to pass. 
 
 '\x\\.*ixfi.tw, put betiLiccn, destroy, kit I. 
 l)raf ficin, set ii'er, put in ehiirge. 
 actlifiC", erect a building, build. 
 slf;nific", sho7i< by tigns, point out. 
 fin, be made, become. 
 proflciscor, make oJ)\ u-t out. 
 facilis, easy to do. easy. 
 difficilis, fir from easy to do, 
 
 difficult. 
 factio (a takini; part with any 
 
 one), (/ company of persons 
 
 acting togitiier, party. 
 facultas, capability, power. 
 Infectus, unfinished. 
 praefectus, one put in charge, 
 
 commander. 
 profecto, as -'redly, certainly. 
 
 FEND-, Jrike. 
 
 defend", ward off, protect. 
 defensio, defense. 
 offendo, strike agiinst,come upon. 
 offensio, offense, displeasure. 
 
 I FER-, bear. 
 
 fero, bear. 
 adfero, bear to. 
 antefero, bear before. 
 aufero, bear away. 
 confero, bear together. 
 defero, bear away. 
 effero, bear out, set forth. 
 infers, bear upon, wage. 
 
72 
 
 WORD-GROUPS. 
 
 offern, hear tmvird.t, offer. 
 pLTfero, hear through^ endure, 
 
 hrtng. 
 praefero, bear before, prefer. 
 refer bei:.- bad; refort. 
 (Wrs), t/iat which brings itself, 
 
 chance. 
 fflrtiilto, by chance. 
 lOrtuna, chance, fortune. 
 
 a FER-, PRE-, hold, fix. 
 
 frStus, sustained, relying. 
 Infirmus, 7iieaJi: 
 firmitas, endurance, strength. 
 adfirm;'), affirm, confirm. 
 conlirmo, strengthen, encourage. 
 
 forti^', strong, brave. 
 fortiter, strongly, bravely. 
 fortitudi"), fortitude, bravery, 
 ffirmosus, finely formed, hand- 
 some. 
 defdrmitas, deformity. 
 
 I FID-, FID-, bind, trust. 
 
 fides, trust, confidence 
 
 t^tWs, faithful. 
 
 fidficia, confidence, assurance. 
 
 confido, trust firmly in. 
 
 diffido, distrust. 
 
 ir dus, league, -ompact. 
 
 foederatus, leagued together. 
 
 a FID-, split. 
 
 finis [for fld-nis], dividing thing, 
 
 border. 
 adfiiiitas [adflnis, I)(>rderinR 
 
 upon], conncilion by marriage, 
 praefiiiio, limit beforehand. 
 
 FVG-yffee. 
 
 fuga, ff/ght. 
 fugo, make flee. 
 K.^mi}X%\^\ ffee for refuge. 
 Mm%\o, flee from, escape. 
 profugir., flee before, flee from. 
 trSiisfugio,y:^tr to the other side, 
 desert. 
 
 GEN-, GN-, GNA-, beget. 
 
 gSns, begetting, race. 
 
 genus, birth, stock. 
 
 generusus, of good birth, noble, 
 generous. 
 
 gener, daughter's husfymd, son- 
 in-law. 
 
 privignus [for prhi genus], o/a 
 separate race, step-son. 
 
 progenitor, progenitor, ancestor. 
 
 progenies, lineage, offspring. 
 
 ingeir um, innate quality, natural 
 capacity. 
 
 nascor [for gnascor], be born. 
 
 natu, only in abl. (gnatu), birth. 
 
 natid [for gnatio], nation, race. 
 
 natura [for gnatfua], nature. 
 
WORD-GROUPS. 
 
 ".? 
 
 GNA-, GNO-, Jtnoii'. 
 
 enirro [for t-gnir-j, wi/Xy cUarly 
 ktunvn, tell in detiiil. 
 
 nfttiis [for gnd-], kno'„ii. 
 
 ignfttus [for iii-gnfttus], uiikuon<t,. 
 
 ndbilis [for gn&-], nnimnicd. 
 
 agnS.scO, retO)^itizt\ (ft/v/cti'M/^v. 
 
 cognftscfi, become thoroii^lily tic- 
 quaiitUJ •«. .n, learn. 
 
 ignSsco [for in-gnfisco], not to 
 7i.<ish to kiio'a', pardon. 
 
 incognituK, uukinnun. 
 
 nSmen [for gn5-]. means of 
 kinnvhii,', name. 
 
 nominatim, l>y name. 
 
 n&minu, name. 
 
 cognimtn, surname, second name. 
 
 ignSro [for in-gn6ro], be unac- 
 quainted. 
 
 Igndrantia, ii^noranee. 
 
 6RA-, desire, favor. 
 
 gritus. agreeable, grateful. 
 
 fjiXxdi, favor, gratitude. 
 
 t'itia, abl. in favor of, for the 
 
 sake f. 
 ^tis [for gratiis], out of favor, 
 
 for nothing, willingly. 
 '■- •Kp'itls or 'igratiis, without one's 
 , against one's will. 
 
 GRAD-, ^oa/i: 
 
 pflias, stcf. 
 
 !»l^ -dior [for adg-],^v to, attack. 
 
 congredior, meet. 
 (ligredior, go apart. 
 t'gredior, -iOtlk forth. 
 prugredior, step fonuard, ad- 
 vance. 
 
 HAB-, have, hold. 
 
 habeu, have, hold. 
 
 ailhibco. //('/(/ tii'.oiiid, apply, use. 
 
 debco [for clt-hiber>j, have from, 
 
 mve. 
 praebfco [for pi le-hibfo], hold 
 
 forth, offer, shiK^. 
 prohibff), //('/(/ before, h: >:der, 
 
 prevent. 
 habitd, hai'C possesion of, dwell. 
 dCbilito [from dtbilis == il'^habi- 
 
 lisj, lessen in activity, loeaken. 
 
 to, go. 
 
 adeo, go to. 
 
 circutneo, ,<,<' around. 
 
 coeo, assemble. 
 
 exeo, gofo'-ih. 
 
 ineo, go into, enter. 
 
 obeo, go to meet, meet. 
 
 pereo, go to the end, perish. 
 
 praetereo, i,v past. 
 
 prodc", fonuard, advance. 
 
 redeo, go back. 
 
 ■- uljei"), go under, suffer. 
 
 transeo, cross. 
 
 adii'is, approach. 
 
\V0Kl)-{.KOUPS. 
 
 comes, lompanion. 
 
 t( nitium, f-hh,' oj assembly. 
 
 initiiim, A iiiiini;^. 
 
 \\i:r,Jonniry, nhiil. 
 
 prat-tor [for prac-itor], /<■ '■ 
 
 reditus, XW//4' /'iici.; ntiiru. 
 
 IAC-, // :.'. 
 
 iacio, thrmv. 
 
 conici" [for conilcio], thrmo to- 
 y,it' • . Cttst. 
 
 tit'ici'i, 'hnmi tfinoii. 
 
 disicio, thfino asiiiukr, siiitler. 
 
 ciciu, cast out. 
 
 inicio, t/iiuKi) into, ill/use. 
 
 obicio, tlttino before, presetit. 
 
 subicio, thnnu under, place be- 
 neath. 
 
 traiciu, throw across. 
 
 iaceu (be thrown), lie. 
 
 amiculum (a garment one throws 
 around him), mantle. 
 
 coniectus, zjlley. 
 
 [IN-, ,«] 
 
 in, ///, into. 
 
 inter, /;/ the midst, bet",ueen. 
 
 intert- a, in the meantime. 
 
 interim, mean-while. 
 
 intimus, inmost. 
 
 intra, /;/ the inner part, within. 
 
 intro, ^o within, enter. 
 
 IV-, WO-, bind, yoke. 
 
 iQs, that -.K'hieh b'tids, law. 
 
 iflstus.y,/^/. 
 
 ia>tiiia,y//f//, ,•. 
 
 iiiiu^ti", nniiistly. 
 
 iniuria (anything done contrary 
 
 to right), in/my, wron^;. 
 iQ.s-i&randum, oath. 
 ptriuriuni, /;/(,■ (V////. 1 y. 
 iudiLO, /('//// ('/// the > ■ , «(/;"■(•. 
 i6diciuni,y;/(/j,'///< ;//, trial, court. 
 iflro, tahe oath. 
 coniiiratir), taking oath together, 
 
 conspiracy. 
 
 adiungo, /<>/// to. 
 stiungn, disjoin, separate. 
 coniugium, connection by mar- 
 
 ria-^i, marriage. 
 functus [for con-iiknctus], ;W;/tv/ 
 
 together, all in a body. 
 iv fa, closely Joined, near by. 
 
 LEG-, gather. 
 
 lego, gather, select, choose, read. 
 deligu. choose from, select. 
 diligo, '-hoose out, esteem highly, 
 
 love. 
 intellegri [for inter-lego], choose 
 
 between, perceive, understand. 
 neglego [for nec-lego], not to 
 
 gather, neglect. 
 coi'i^^a, t 'le chosen with another, 
 
 colleague. 
 
WORD-(iKOUrS. 
 
 /■> 
 
 (U'lCctus, picked, chosen. 
 ilWctus, c/ioiic, icty. 
 ■liligtiiM, c/ioiuiHi^ out, Un'iiig, 
 
 iittciitivc, dilii^cnt. 
 tlillgenter, ililii^cully, (arcfitlly. 
 (lillgentia, Uilii^cncc, carc/iilncss. 
 lector, leader. 
 nfulegenter, cnrehssly. 
 -.11 rilegiutn, stcttlnii; of sacred 
 
 1/iiHi^s, s<i<r//,xe. 
 sacrilegus, o/ie 'oho takes altered 
 
 things. 
 
 LIB-, desire, loiiij for. 
 
 libit (inipers.), // pleases, it is 
 
 pleasiiii;. 
 libenter, ■7i'illiiif^/y, f;ladly. 
 libul'"', desire, iiuliiiation. 
 libidinr.sus.yi'/A'Tr///^' desire, dis- 
 
 sc/ii/e. 
 liber, doiui^ as one desires, free. 
 libfrc,//V(7)', boldly. 
 libertas,y>i . dom, liberty. 
 libero, liberate. 
 liberal is, befittins:^ a free man, 
 
 iioble-tninded, liberal. 
 liberal ita.s, noble spirit, liberality. 
 
 LIC-, LIQU-, let, learc. 
 
 licet (impers.), it is allo-..'cd. 
 scilicet [for scire-licet], r<7/ may 
 
 kno-iO, a'idently, of course. 
 licentia, freedom to do as one 
 
 pleases, license. 
 
 reHnn"'>, hate behind. 
 re -Uii.-*, reman: '\'. 
 rt.'liquiae, that xchieh is lejt, 
 
 mains. 
 (iClicium (a falling short of a 
 
 standard), yi/////. 
 
 LOC-, LOQU-, sound, speak. 
 
 conloquor, speak ',oith, eon-erse. 
 
 conloquitim, com'crsation, confer- 
 ence. 
 
 cloquentia, clear speakint^, elo- 
 quence. 
 
 LV-, loose, rel-asc. 
 
 solvn [for se-luo], loose, release. 
 ihsolvn, set free, aci/uii. 
 dissoliitus, loose, careless, dis- 
 solute. 
 
 LVC-, shine. 
 
 elQceo, shine forth. 
 
 lucus, shiniui; spet, sacred f;rcve, 
 
 diliicidt, clearly. 
 
 inliistro [for in-luctrr>], lit;ht up 
 
 greatly, make famous. 
 inlustris, ln^hted up, famous. 
 
 MA-, MAN-, measure. 
 
 manus, measuriui; thini;, hand, 
 
 armed force. 
 iminus (hands apart), from a 
 
 dtstani.e. 
 
76 
 
 WORD-GROUPS. 
 
 nimius, beyond measure, too much. 
 
 mensa, table. 
 mensis, month. 
 trimestris, of three months. 
 
 MAG-, BIAC-, big. 
 
 magnus, great. 
 
 maior, greater. 
 
 maximus, greatest. 
 
 m&gis, greater, more. 
 
 mazime, in the highest degree, 
 
 especially. 
 magnitudo, greatness. 
 maiestas, greatness, majesty. 
 magister, master, commander. 
 magistratus, office of magistrate, 
 
 magistrate. 
 malo [for magis-volo], wish 
 
 rather, prefer. 
 
 I MAN-, MEN-, mind, stay. 
 
 maneo, stay (orig. in thought). 
 
 mens, mind, thought. 
 
 detnens, out of one's mind,foolish. 
 
 dementia, madness, folly. 
 
 mentio, calling to mind, mention- 
 ing. 
 
 mentior (form in the mind, hence 
 in a bad sense), lie. 
 
 comminTscor, devise. 
 
 reminiscor, recall to mind. 
 
 Minerva, Minerva, goddess of 
 wisdom. 
 
 moneo, make to think, advise, 
 admoned, remind, warn. 
 monumentum, memorial, monu- 
 ment. 
 
 2 MIN-, MEN-, diminish. 
 
 minor, less. 
 minus, less. 
 minuo, diminish, 
 administro, help (as a subordi- 
 nate), do, perform. 
 GtatvAb, free font defects, amend. 
 
 I MAR-, think. 
 
 memor, mindful. 
 memoria, memory. 
 commemoro, recall to memory, 
 mention. 
 
 a Mor-, from MAR-, waste away, 
 die. 
 
 morior, die. 
 
 morbus, sickness, disease. 
 
 mors, death. 
 
 mortuus, dead. 
 
 immortalis, undying, immortal, 
 
 MIL-, associate. 
 
 miles, soldier. 
 militaris, of a soldier. 
 mille, thousand. 
 

 WORD-GROUPS. 77 
 
 
 
 MIR-, smile., wonder. 
 
 MOV- [MV-], m<rve. ■ 
 
 
 
 mirus, wonderful. 
 
 moveo, mo^'e. 
 
 
 
 miror, ivoiider. 
 
 commoveo, put in violent motion. 
 
 
 
 mirabilis, wonderful, strange. 
 
 disturb, alarm. 
 
 
 
 admiror, wonder at, admire. 
 
 permoveo, moi'e greatly, startle. 
 
 
 
 admirabilis, xuorthy of admira- 
 
 removed, moz-e away. 
 
 
 
 tion. 
 
 mSmentum [for movi-mentum], 
 movement, moment (time), 
 
 • 
 
 
 JSlT-t send, let go. 
 
 moment (importance). 
 
 
 
 mitto, send, let go. 
 
 commutatio, change. 
 
 
 
 amitto, send away, let slip, lose. 
 admitto, let go to, admit, commit. 
 
 MV-, shut, fasten. 
 
 
 
 committo, send together, join. 
 
 murus, zvall. 
 
 
 •t 
 
 place with. 
 
 moenia, avails. 
 
 
 
 dimitt5, send apart. 
 
 tavimb, fortify. 
 
 
 
 emitto, send forth, let go. 
 
 comtaanib, fortify strongly. 
 
 
 
 imtnittd, send against, let loose at. 
 
 muni tic, f or tif cation. 
 
 
 
 omitt5, pass over, omit. 
 
 munus, service, duty, gift. 
 
 
 
 praetermitto, let go by, pass over. 
 
 communis (bound together), 
 
 
 
 remitto, send back. 
 
 common. 
 
 
 
 commissum, that which is in- 
 
 communiter, in common. 
 
 
 
 trusted, secret. 
 
 communitais, fellowship, courtesy. 
 
 
 
 missus, sending. 
 
 I NA-, NAV-, swim. 
 
 
 
 MOD-, from MA-, measure. 
 
 navis, ship. 
 
 
 
 modus, measure, manner. 
 modo, only. 
 admodum, exceedingly. 
 commode, properly, skillfully. 
 
 navalis, naval. 
 nauta (navita), sailor. 
 
 
 
 nauticus, of a ship or sailor^ 
 nautical. 
 
 
 
 immoderatus, excessive. 
 
 
 
 
 modestus, moderate, modest. 
 
 a NA-, no. 
 
 .. 
 
 
 modestia, moderation, modesty. 
 
 ne, not, that not, lest. 
 
 
 
 immodestia, immoderation. 
 
 oefas, contrary to divine law. 
 
 
78 WORD-GROUPS. 
 
 
 neque or nee, and not, nor. 
 
 enuntio, say out, tell. 
 
 
 nemo, no one. 
 
 pronfintiiJ, make publicly kno^on. 
 
 
 neve or neu, and not, nor. 
 
 renuntio, carry back word, re- 
 
 
 nihil, nothing. 
 
 nounce, break off. 
 
 
 nimis, too much, very. 
 
 imeTnvLntius,mediator, go-between. 
 
 
 nisi, if not, unless. 
 
 
 
 non, not. 
 
 OR-, grow, rise. 
 
 
 nonnullus, some one. 
 
 orior, rise. 
 
 
 nuUus, not any, no. 
 
 adorior, rise up to, attack. 
 
 
 numquam, never. 
 
 coorior, rise together, break forth. 
 
 
 nusquam, nowhere. 
 
 ordo, row, line, order. 
 
 
 -ne (interrogative particle). 
 
 adulescens, growing up, youth. 
 
 
 NEC-, NOC-, kill. 
 
 adulescentulus, a very young 
 
 
 noceo, hurt, harm. 
 
 man, youth. 
 
 •« 
 
 innocens, harmless, innocent. 
 
 adulescentia, youth. 
 
 
 innocentia, blamelessness. 
 
 
 
 innozius, innocent, harmless. 
 
 OS-, mouth, face. 
 
 
 pernicies, destruction. 
 
 5s, mouth, speech. 
 
 
 pemiciosus, hurtful, destructive. 
 
 0r5, speak, entreat. 
 
 
 nox, night. 
 
 per5ro, speak to the end, conclude. 
 
 
 nOCtu, by night. 
 
 draculum, divine announcement. 
 
 
 nocturnus, of the night, nocturnal. 
 
 oracle. 
 
 
 NEM-, NVM-, allot, number. 
 
 oratio, speech, oration. 
 
 
 
 c5ram, in the presence of. 
 
 
 numero, count. 
 
 
 
 emimero, count over, relate. 
 
 '9k-, feed 
 
 
 WiXD.x(MS, piece of money, money. 
 
 ■^^i&c, father. 
 
 
 NV- (pron. St.), now. 
 
 paternus, of a father, paternal. 
 
 _ _ . • /• J- a7. ... . ..* 7 
 
 
 nunc, now. 
 
 novus, new. 
 
 renov5, renew. 
 
 nuntius, bearer of tidings. 
 
 nuntid, announce. 
 
 i^SiKndi, fatherland, native country. 
 panis, bread. 
 
 Penates, deities if the interior of 
 the house. 
 
 k 
 
WORD-GROUPS. 
 
 79 
 
 PAC-, PAG-, make fast, fix. 
 
 pax, compact, peace. 
 pactum, agreement. 
 pacti5, agreement. 
 
 pecunia, money. 
 pecuniosus, rich. 
 
 pila [for pigla], pillar. 
 
 PAR-, breed, part. 
 
 pario, bring forth, bring about, 
 
 procure. 
 aperio [for ab-pario],^^//rww, 
 
 uncover, open. 
 operi5, cover over, conceal. 
 reperio, get again, find. 
 
 pars, part. 
 partim, partly, some. 
 expers, having no part in. 
 dispertio, distribute, divide. 
 
 PAV-, little. 
 
 paucus (in Tp\.),feiv. 
 paucitas, fewness. 
 pauper, poor. 
 paupertas, poverty. 
 paulo, a little, somewhat. 
 parvus [for paurus], small. 
 parrulus, very small. 
 
 PED-, tread. 
 
 f6S,foot. 
 
 T^eies, Joot soldier. 
 
 pedester, on foot. 
 
 ^edisequus, follower, servant. 
 
 expedio, free the feet, extricate, 
 
 explain. 
 impedi5, entangle the feet, hinder. 
 
 PEL-, PVL-, drive, scatter. 
 
 pello, drive. 
 
 appello, 3, [adp-], drive to, bring 
 
 near. 
 appello, I, [adp-] (go to in order 
 
 to address), speak to. 
 compello, 3, dri7'e together, force. 
 compello, I , address, speak to. 
 depello, drive away. 
 impello, drive on. 
 repello, drive back. 
 impulsus, instigation. 
 
 PER-, through, reach, try. 
 
 per, through. 
 
 perTculum, means of trying, peril. 
 experior, try thoroughly. 
 peritus, experienced, skillful. 
 imperitus, inexperienced. 
 
 portus, entering, harbor. 
 porticus, coi'crcd walk between 
 
 rows of columns, colonnade. 
 opportunus,y?///«^. 
 
 ■4 
 
80 
 
 \\'ORD-GROUPS. 
 
 PET-, mnie quickly, fall. 
 
 peto, /till upon, attack, seek. 
 
 appeto, strive after. 
 
 impetus, attack. 
 
 perpetuus, contimwus, perpetual. 
 
 ^^\i^tX\io,conf'iiuously, constantly. 
 
 PLE-, fLy-,fl/. 
 
 plenus,/«//. 
 
 compleo, fll completely. 
 
 oppleo.yiV/ up. 
 
 plerusque (usually pi.), very 
 
 many. 
 plus, more. 
 
 plurimi (pi.), most, very many. 
 plurimum, %'ery much, most. 
 complures, very many. 
 locuples, rich. 
 locupleto, enrich. 
 
 populus (redupl.), people. 
 publicus [for populicus], /w^//V. 
 publice, on the part of the state. 
 publico, seize for public use. 
 
 PLEC-, -.i'eave,fold. 
 
 duplex, twice folded, double. 
 
 triplex, thrice folded, triple. 
 
 supplex, suppliant (bending the 
 knee in entreaty). 
 
 supplicium, supplication, punish- 
 ment (as criminals were be- 
 headed kneeling). 
 
 explico, unfold, explain. 
 
 implies, yi'/t/ into, entangle. 
 complector, tivine around, em- 
 brace. 
 
 [PON(J,/«/.] 
 
 pdno, put, place. 
 compOno, put together, arrange. 
 expdno, set forth, explain, disem- 
 bark. 
 interp5no, put between, interpose. 
 oppSno, put against, oppose. 
 praep5no, place over. 
 propono, put forth, propose. 
 
 POS-, behind. 
 
 post, behind, after. 
 postea, aftenuards. 
 posteaquam, after that, after. 
 posterus, coming after, next. 
 posterius, later, afteraiards. 
 postridiS, on the day after. 
 postquam, after that, after. 
 postremS, at last, finally. 
 
 POT-, master. 
 
 potior, become master of. 
 potius, more, rather. 
 potissimum, /// pref. ' to all 
 
 others. 
 potens, powerful. 
 potest as, power, ability. 
 possum [for potsum], be able. 
 
 m 
 
WORD-GROUPS. 
 
 81 
 
 
 PREC-, PORC-, pray. 
 precor, pray. 
 
 posco [for porc-sci)], demand. 
 exposco, demand from, ask. 
 postulo, demand. 
 postulatum, demand. 
 
 [PREM-, press.'\ 
 
 prem5, press. 
 
 exprimo, press out, represent, ex- 
 press. 
 
 opprim5, press against, erush, 
 overwhelm. 
 
 reprimo, press back. 
 
 PRO-, PRI-, PRAE-, before. 
 
 pr5 [prod-], before. 
 
 procul, at or to a distance. 
 
 prope, near. 
 
 propius, nearer. 
 
 propTnquus, near, related. 
 
 prStinus, ri);ht onward. 
 
 proximus, next. 
 
 prius, before, sooner. 
 
 primus, y?; J/. 
 
 primo, at first. 
 
 pristinus, earlier. 
 
 praeter, before, beyond, besides. 
 
 praeterea, besides. 
 
 PV-, cleanse, purify. 
 
 puto, make clear, set in order, 
 
 consider. 
 disputo, consider well, discuss. 
 reputo, count over, reflect up>on. 
 
 PVG-, thrust, strike. 
 
 pugno, /f;--///. 
 
 expugnij.y?;'/;/ out, take byfii:;hting. 
 impugnu, fii^ht against, attack. 
 oppugno, y?^'/// against, asscil. 
 repugnd, fight against, oppose. 
 pugna, battle. 
 oppugnator, assailant. 
 piopugnaculum, bnlwark,defense. 
 
 QUI-, CI-, lie, abide. 
 
 quiesco, rest, keep quiet. 
 adquiesco (acq-), come to rest, die. 
 quietus, quiet. 
 
 Civis, citizen. 
 
 civilis, of a citizen, civil. 
 
 civitas, citizenship, state. 
 
 REG-, RIG-, stretch, guide. 
 
 regio, direction, quarter, region. 
 dirigo [for A^-xi%o\, place straight, 
 
 direct. 
 erigo, raise up, raise. 
 
 rex. king. 
 
 regius, of a king, kingly. 
 regtium, soa.<ereignty, kingdom. 
 regno, rule. 
 
 SAC-, fasten. 
 
 sacer, dedicated, consecrated. 
 sacerdos, priest. 
 sacellum, little sanctuary. 
 
82 
 
 WORD-GROUPS. 
 
 sacra (pi.), sacred things, worship. 
 sacrarium, place for keeping holy 
 
 things, ihrine. 
 sacrilegus, sacrilegious person. 
 sacrilegium, sacrilege. 
 sacrifices offer sacrifice. 
 resacrf), beseech again, free front 
 
 a curse. 
 sanctus, made sacred, inviolable. 
 
 SEC-, SCI-, SCII>-, split, dis- 
 tinguish. 
 
 sezus, division, sex. 
 
 SCio, know. 
 
 nestio, not know. 
 
 scitum, decree. 
 
 c5nscius, knowing in common, 
 
 conscious. 
 insciens, ignorant. 
 Tnscltia, ignorance, awkwardness. 
 descisco, withdraw from. 
 resciscS, learn, find out. 
 rescindo, cut off, break down. 
 incido [for in-scldo], cut in or 
 
 upon. 
 caedes [for scaedes], slaughter. 
 
 SAL-, SAR-, guard, save. 
 salus, safety. 
 
 servo, save, guard. 
 conrfervo, preserve, sa7ie. 
 
 SCAND-, climb. 
 ascends, go up, ascend. 
 escendo, climb up, go up. 
 descendu, climb down, descend. 
 
 SCARP-, SCRIB-, cut, scratch. 
 SCribo, write. 
 inscribo, write upon. 
 scrlptor, writer. 
 
 S'E/C-, follow. 
 
 BtHViOT, follow. 
 
 consequoT, follow up, overtake. 
 
 perseqi'.or, pursue. 
 
 secundus, following, second, fav- 
 orable. 
 
 secius, following, less. 
 
 consector, pursue eagerly or con- 
 tinually. 
 
 p^disequus, attendant. 
 
 socius, associate, ally. 
 &Oc\e\.z.s, fellowship, league. 
 
 SED-, SID-, sit. 
 
 sedeo, sit. 
 
 obsideo, sit bef. :, blockade. 
 possidd, take possession of, occupy. 
 sessor, inhabitant. 
 insidiae, ambush, snare. 
 obses, hostage. 
 obsidio, siege, blockade. 
 praesidium, protection, garrison. 
 subsidium, support, assistance. 
 
WORD-GROUPS, 
 
 83 
 
 SEM-, SIM-, together, like. 
 
 semper, always. 
 
 semel, once. 
 
 simul, at the same time, together. 
 
 similis, like. 
 
 simulo, make like, pretend. 
 
 simulacrum, something made like, 
 image. 
 
 dissimilitudo, unlikeness, differ- 
 ence. 
 
 SEN-, old. 
 senex, old. 
 senesco, become old. 
 seaatus, council of elders, senate. 
 
 SEJXT-,/eel. 
 
 sentio, feel. 
 sententia, opinion. 
 seUBus, feeling. 
 
 consensio, thinking together, 
 agreement. 
 
 SER-, string, bind. 
 
 servus, slave. 
 servulus, young slave. 
 servio, be a slave, serve. 
 Inservio, serve, devote one^s self to. 
 servitus, slavery. 
 consero, bind together. Join. 
 intersero, place between, interpose. 
 disertus [for dis-sertus], methodi- 
 cal in speaking, fluent. 
 
 dSaetXl, fluently. 
 
 praesertim (connected before- 
 hand), especially. 
 rite [for srete], net. 
 
 [SIGNUM, mark.-\ 
 
 signum, mark, signal. 
 signo, set a mark on, seal. 
 Slgnifico, make a signal, signify, 
 Insigniter, remarkably. 
 
 [SPES, hope.] 
 
 8p€s, hope. 
 spero, hope. 
 despero, give up hope. 
 prosperus, answering to hope, 
 
 favorable, 
 ^ros^xt, fortunately. 
 
 SPEC-, see, spy. 
 
 aspicio, look upon. 
 
 conspici5, get sight of. 
 
 despicio, look doivn upon, disdain. 
 
 respicio, look back upon, regard. 
 
 suspicio, look up to, admire. 
 
 suspicio (subst.), mistrust, sus- 
 picion. 
 
 specto, look at. 
 
 exspecto, look out for, await. 
 
 exspectatiu, awaiting, exspecta- 
 tion. 
 
 speculator, py, scout. 
 
84 
 
 WORD-GROUPS. 
 
 STA-, stand. 
 
 ftSt stand- 
 
 constS, stand together, agree. 
 
 \nt,\Ji,stii>td on, he at hand, set upon. 
 
 obst5. stand against. '//fJt. 
 
 praestO. stand out, excel. 
 
 praestans, remarkable, preemi- 
 nent. 
 
 statim, steadily, immediately. 
 
 statua. statue. 
 
 statf 'a, height, stature. 
 
 superstes, surviving. 
 
 statuo, cause to stand, establish, 
 determine. 
 
 constituo, place firmly, establish. 
 
 dcstituo, set do7vn, abandon. 
 
 Tnstituo, place into, establish, 
 begin. 
 
 restituo, set tip again, restore. 
 
 substituS, put in place of. 
 
 institutum, regulation. 
 
 desistd, stand off from, leave off, 
 cease. 
 
 obsist5, stand against, resist. 
 
 resistS) withstand, resist. 
 
 STER-, STRA-, strew, thread. 
 
 prosterno, throw down. 
 stratum, couch. 
 stramentum, straw. 
 struo, pile up, build. 
 exstruo, build up. 
 instnio, build in. 
 obstruo, block mJ>. 
 
 [SUPER, above.] 
 
 superior, higher. 
 
 summus [for sup-imus], highe:t. 
 
 summa highest part. top. 
 
 supra, ('// the upper side, above. 
 
 supremus, highest, last. 
 
 supero, overpiKver. 
 
 superbe, haughtily. 
 
 TA- (pron. St.), that. 
 
 tain, so. 
 
 tilis, of such a kind. 
 
 tantus, so great. 
 
 \An\.\xm, only so much, only so far, 
 
 tamen,/cr all that, nevertheless, 
 
 tot, so many. 
 
 tOtidem,y//j/ as many. 
 
 turn, at that time, then. 
 
 TEG-, cover. 
 
 tego, cc^'er, 
 
 contego, cozier up, conceal. 
 
 tectum, coi'ering, roof. 
 
 TEM-, cut. 
 
 tempus, section of time, time. 
 
 tempestas, time, time (with re- 
 spect to its physical qualities), 
 weather (good or bad), storm. 
 
 templum, space of consecrated 
 ground, temple. 
 
 contnmno, scorn. 
 contuiiielia, reproach. 
 
WORD-GROUPS. 
 
 S5 
 
 TEN-, 5tret(h. 
 
 tend5, st.'etch, direct. 
 
 attendo. 'irect to. 
 
 conten'ici, strain for, contend, 
 hasten. 
 
 ostend5, spread out before, slum). 
 
 contentus, held together, satis- 
 fied. 
 
 contentio, struggle. 
 
 tempto [for tentb], handle, try, 
 tempt. 
 
 teneo, hold. 
 
 obtineo, maintain. 
 
 pertineu, reach, belong to, relate 
 to. 
 
 retineo, hold back. 
 
 sustineo, hold up, sustain. 
 
 tenuis (drawn out), thi.t, tri- 
 fling. 
 
 continC'iis, holding together. 
 
 protinus, right onvmrd. 
 
 abstinentia, self-restraint. 
 
 TERS-, shake, scare. 
 
 terror, terror. 
 
 d^ietztb, frighten from, deter. 
 
 pertttreo, frighten thoroughly. 
 
 TIM-, stun. 
 
 tirAOT,fear. 
 
 t'.meo, fear. 
 
 extimes 5, fear greatly. 
 
 pertimesco, fear greatly. 
 
 TRAG-, drag. 
 
 traho, drag, drajo. 
 contraho, draw together, assemble. 
 extrahu, drau> out. 
 retrahu, dram back, remorr. 
 tractus, drawing, nrw, tin :. 
 obtrectatio, envious detracting, 
 disparagement. 
 
 TRI-, TRE-, TER-, three. 
 
 tres, three. 
 
 trecenti, three hundred. 
 
 tertius, third. 
 
 tertio, thirdly. 
 
 tribuu {ong.gii'e to a tribus,t.c., 
 a third part of the Roman 
 people), bestini\ allot, ascribe. 
 
 trieniiium, space of three years. 
 
 trimestris, of three months. 
 
 triplex, triple. 
 
 tripus, tripod. 
 
 triremis, vessel with three banks 
 of oars, trireme. 
 
 TV-, watch, guard. 
 
 tueor, watch, guard. 
 intueor, look at, regard. 
 tutus, guarded, safe. 
 tiitum, a saje place. 
 
 TUTOR, use:\ 
 
 fitor, use. 
 Qtilis, usefm. 
 
86 
 
 WORD-GROUPS. 
 
 Qtilitla, usefulness, utility. 
 in&tilis, useless. 
 &8US, use, need, 
 
 VEH-, [VAii-J, move, earry. 
 
 veho, bca: , carry. 
 
 invehor. bear one^s self against, 
 
 attack, inveigh against. 
 perveho, carry, carry to, 
 vectigal, income, revenue, tax. 
 
 obviam [for vehiam], in the way 
 
 of. 
 vSlum [for vehelum], sail. 
 
 VEN-, [VA-, BA-],^«;. 
 
 venio, come. 
 
 adveni5, come to, arrive. 
 invenio, come upon,fnd. 
 perveni5, come to, arrive at. 
 adventus, approach, arrival. 
 contio [for con-yentio], meeting. 
 conventus, meeting, assembly. 
 advents, come to, approach. 
 arbitror (ar = ad) [go to as -vi'Vi- 
 
 vc\\Xx\.\3im, judgment, will, 
 
 VERT-, turn. 
 
 verto, turn. 
 
 Sverto, turn away. 
 
 adverts, turn to. 
 
 converts, turn completely, turn. 
 
 revertor, turn baek, return. 
 animad verto, turn the attention to. 
 versus, turning, line, verse. 
 Tenor, keep turning, move about, 
 
 be. 
 adversus, turn towards, facing, 
 
 against. 
 adversarius, .opponent. 
 adversum (prep.), against. 
 adversum (subst.), calamity. 
 exadversum, oi'er against. 
 diversus, turned different wayr, 
 
 different. 
 rfirsus [for re-vor>us], turned 
 
 back, backward, again. 
 universus, turned into one, all, 
 
 whole 
 
 VI-, VIC-, twine. 
 
 vinum, w/W(product of the vine). 
 
 vinolentus,///// of wine. 
 
 vinea, vineyard, shed (built like 
 
 an arbor for vines). 
 devinciS, bind fast. 
 yincvAwm, fetter, 
 yiiinx^, fault (twist). 
 
 VIC-, conquer. 
 
 vines, conquer. 
 
 devincS, conquer c npletely, sub- 
 due. 
 victor, conqueror. 
 victSria, victory. 
 invictus, unconquered. 
 
 \ 
 
W( 1)-GR0UPS. 
 
 87 
 
 VID-, set. 
 
 video, see. 
 
 vltu.s, si):;ht. 
 
 ▼lifi, look rtt attentively, go t<, 
 
 look at. 
 invidia,yV"<//f'ttj:j, envy. 
 prfidens [for pro vidrns], / .- 
 
 siiiH)^, prudent. ■<', -^, 
 priidentia, yi'^i 17 «m. 
 
 imprfidens, not Ji -r, uH/>te- 
 
 pared. 
 imprQdenter, *><' ../y. 
 
 imprudentia, la tj^kt. 
 
 [VIH-. J 
 
 vir, man. 
 
 virllis, manly, ma-le. 
 virltim, man Av man, Dm^ itkt- 
 ally. 
 
 VI V-, VIO-, Inv 
 
 vivo, live. 
 vivus, alivf 
 vita, life. 
 YiCtus, /ood, living. 
 
 convlvium, a living together, 
 soiial feast, banijuet. 
 
 VOC-, call. 
 
 VOCn, call. 
 
 advoco, call li , summon. 
 tievoco, call away, invite. 
 revoco, call back. 
 
 voc&tus, net called, ununited. 
 vu^cilo, be wont to call, name. 
 
 VOL-, will, wish. 
 
 vol' Will, vish. 
 
 vrtuittas, will, choice. 
 
 b85 \f ~ix ne-vol6], will or with 
 
 ptc't, rt' u 'twilling. 
 beneyolf^ da, well-wishing, 
 
 friendliness. 
 
 [ViS-, strength.] 
 
 vw, strength. 
 violo, treat toith violence. 
 i violatus, unharmed. 
 ▼indicn [for vim-dico] (asseii 
 authority), claim. 
 
i I 
 
EXERCISES FOR RETRANSLATION. 
 
 THRMISTOCLES. 
 
 I. I. No one should be placed before Th^'mistocles. 
 2. His father thought that Thcmistocles was neglecting 
 his property. 3. No disgrace can be blotted out with- 
 out the greatest diligence. 4. After he devoted himself 
 wholly ' to public affairs, Thcmistocles soon became 
 famous. 5. The result was''' that nothing of unusual 
 importance' was done without him. 
 
 * Not an adv. in Latin. * " Hy which it was brought al>out." 
 * One word — a comparative adj. 
 
 II. I. To render ' the state bolder, he built a fleet. 
 2. He built the Heet with money which came in from 
 the state mines. 3. After firs' crushing ^ the CJorcyreans 
 with this fleet, he made war upon the sea-robbers. 4. He 
 persuaded the Athenians to defend * themselves against 
 Xerxes with their ships. 5. When they sent to Delphi 
 to ask what to do,* Themistocles alone could understana 
 what ^ the reply of the priestess meant.* 
 
 1 Not infin. in Latin. ^ Abl. abs. ^ ut with subjunct. 
 quest. * " whither the reply had force." 
 89 
 
 * Indir. 
 
9C 
 
 EXERCISES FOR RETRANSLATION. 
 
 in. I, The Lacedaemonians sent their king, Leonidas, 
 with chosen men to fight ' on land. 2. The result was ^ 
 that all these men perished. 3. For although they took 
 possession of Thermopylae, they could not hold out 
 against « the number of the enemy. 4. There is danger 
 thatMf the Greek fleet remain near Artemisium, it will 
 be threatened* by a twofold peril. 
 
 * Rel. clause of purpose. 2 c/. I., 5. s Use perf. indie, of 
 sttstinere. ♦ ne. ^ fremo. 
 
 TV. I. Themistocles believed that if his countrymen^ 
 defended themselves there, they would finish the war 
 immediately, 2. Therefore ^ he urged Eurybiades, the 
 commander-in-chief,^ to remain* in the narrow strait. 
 3. He declared that the great number of the king's 
 ships could not be manoeuvred in the place where he 
 wished the Greeks to attack him. 4. "If your oppo- 
 nents depart,* O King, you will be compelled to pursue 
 them one by one." 5. The shrewdness of Themistocles, 
 rather than the arms of Greece, defeated the king. 
 
 1 Omit. ^Itaque. 3 Use a rel. clause. ♦ Cf. II., note 3. 
 ^ Not pres. tense. 
 
 V. I. Although the king could have crushed^ Greece 
 with his remaining forces, nevertheless Themistocles 
 persuaded him to return ^ to Asia. 2. For the king 
 feared that his enemies would destroy the bridge which 
 had been built over the Hellespont. 3. Within the 
 memory of man so great forces have not been defeated 
 
THEMISTOCLES. 
 
 91 
 
 in a similar way by one man's cleverness. 4. We have 
 been informed that the king marched from Asia to 
 Athens'^ in six months but* returned in thirty days. 
 5. In this manner was Greece freed from her enemies. 
 
 1 Pres.infin. of "crush "with perf. indie, of /t;jj«w. - C/.U., note 3. 
 * Athends, without preposition. * sed. 
 
 VI. I. The Athenians followed* the suggestion of 
 Themistocles in regard to* the threefold harbor of 
 Piftieus. 2. The Lacedaemonians said' that the Athe- 
 nians ought not'' to rebuild their walls. 3. "For wo do 
 not wish there to be fortihed places outside of the Pelo- 
 ponnesus for* the enemy to seize." 4. The Athenians 
 understood that the I'eloponnesians had said this because 
 they wished them to be as weak as possible. 5. Themis- 
 tocles advised them to send him alone as ambassador 
 to the Lacedaemonians and to rebuild the walls mean- 
 while. 
 
 ^ " used." 2 ^,-. 3 .. said not " — one word in Latin. 
 * " which the enemy may seize." 
 
 VII. I. Themistocles gave his attention to deceiving* 
 the Lacedaemonian niai;istrates as long as possible. 
 2. When it was leported to him by his colleagues that 
 very little of the work-of-fortifying- was left (to be 
 done"), he bade tiie Lacedaemonians send trusty citizens 
 to Athens. 3. As soon as they had complied with his 
 wish,* he sent back his fellow-ambassadors. 4. Witii 
 perfect frankness* he said to the ephors : "If you wish 
 
92 
 
 KXERCISES FOR RETRANSLATION 
 
 to recover your ambassadors, send me back to Athens." 
 5. " It is right for the Athenians to surround their city 
 with walls." 6. You Lacedaemonians regard the advan- 
 tage of* your own state rather than that of all Greece. 
 
 > ttt with subjunct. 2 One word. » Omit. * Cf. " Gestus est el 
 mos." 6 Adv. in superlative. « «. that which will be useful to." 
 
 Vm. I. Themistocles, in his absence, after being 
 banished, was accused of treason by the Lacedaemo- 
 nians. 2. He said> to the king of the Molossi, with 
 whom he - was living : " If the Athenians come here, I 
 must die."» 3. The Athenians demanded him f rom * 
 the king in-the-name-of-their-state,* and promised that 
 they would declare war if he did not give him up. 
 4. The king gave sufficient force to conduct « him safely 
 to Pydna. 5. From there he was compelled to flee to 
 the Persian king and reveal to him who he was. 
 
 1 died. 2 /^^ Themistocles. 
 * d. 5 Qne word. 
 
 •' Use gerundive construction. 
 Cf. qui accusdrent. 
 
 IX. I. Nepo tells' us that Themistocles and Thu- 
 cydides, the historian^ of those tin.^s, belonged to the 
 same state. 2. He has informed us that after the battle 
 was fought at Salamis, Themistocles freed the king from 
 peril by a message. 3. "If the bridge which you have 
 built over the Hellespont is destroyed," you will be sur- 
 rounded by your enemies." 4. " I ask you to return to 
 Asia and to protect* me if I ever* come seeking for your 
 friendship." 5. Afterwards," in the reign of Artaxerxes, 
 
HANNIBAL. 
 
 93 
 
 when he fled to Asia, he was in safety, although all 
 Greece pursued him. 
 
 ^aid. * "who has left a history." " Cf. IV'., note 5. 
 * difendd. ' uniquam. • Posted. 
 
 X. I. In the presence of the king, Themistocles spoke 
 fluently and made many promises. 2. " If you present 
 me with great gifts, I will establish my home in Asia, 
 and subjugate Greece In war." 3. That he might have 
 bread and wine, the kmg gave him the annual income * 
 from two cities. 4. If we accept the authority of Thu- 
 cydides, Themistocles, being unable ' to overcome Greece, 
 voluntarily took poison. 5. There is a report that his bones 
 were secretly buried in Attica by his friends. 6. Many 
 writers ^ have told us that burial ^ in Attica was not allowed 
 to those who had been condemned for treason. 
 
 * " that which came in each year." 2 « siiice he was unable." 
 ' scrtptor. * " to he buried." 
 
 HANNIBAL. 
 
 I. I. Hannibal never ceased i.. cherish in his heart 
 his father's hatred of ^ the Romans. 2. He so far sur- 
 passed the Roman generals in wise-leadership- that they 
 never defeated him in Italy. 3. But it must not be denied 
 that he was driven avCay. 4. If no one had been able to 
 defeat him, the Romans would have been conquered. 
 
 ^ Not genitive. - One word, ptudeiitiu. 
 
MH 
 
 94 
 
 EXERCISES FOR RETRANSLATION. 
 
 II. I. He attempted to make Philip a foe of the 
 Romans/ and to fire Antiochus with a desire to make 
 war.** 2. Roman ambassadors made"" the king suspicious 
 of Hannibal.^ 3. When Hannibal was not more than 
 nine years old he asked his father/ the general Hamilcar, 
 to take him to camp. 4. " If you will give me your 
 word," said his father, " never to entertain any friendly 
 thought for" the Romans, I will take you with me." 
 5. No one should doubt' that he always kept the oath 
 which he gave his father. 
 
 1 Dat. 2 Use the gerund. » adJfud. * Recast like the text. 
 * Use i with abl. « " that you will never think friendly 
 about." ' " it ought to be doubtful to no one." 
 
 III. I. Nepos says that after the death of Hamilcar 
 Hasdrubal was chosen* general in his stead,* but that 
 Hannibal was in charge of all the cavalry. 2. It has 
 been reported* to us that the army conferred the chief 
 command on Hannibal when-he-was * less than twenty- 
 five years old.^ 3. Within the next three years all the 
 tribes of Spain were overcome in war by Hannibal. 
 4. After he nad raised three armies he caused a road to 
 be built across * the Alps. 5. Whenever the Alpine tribes 
 attempted to prevent his passage, he cut ^ them to pieces.* 
 
 1 sufficio. 2 Jicd. 8 Trans, by a participle. * trans. 6 One word. 
 
 IV. '. Near the Rhone, the Po, and the Trebia, 
 Hannibal engaged battle with Roman consuls and routed 
 their armies. 2. After he had passed the Apennines on 
 
HANNIBAL 
 
 95 
 
 his way to Etruria, he was troubled with a severe disease 
 of the eyes. 3. Never afterwards could he use his right 
 eye as well. 4. He was so grievously affected ' with this 
 disease that he was carried in a litter. 5. He faced two 
 consuls and in one battle put both to flight. 
 
 ^ Use premd. 
 
 V. I. After he had waited several days in the moun- 
 tains near Rome, he set out for Capua. 2. We are able 
 to understand how great a man Hannibal was. 3. It 
 will not take ' long to tell how * he cheated Fabius, one 
 of the shrewdest of generals.' 4. For under cover of 
 the night * he so terrified the Romans that he got clear 
 without any loss of his army. 5. Not very many days 
 after the battle of Cannae he ought* to have set out 
 again for Rome. 
 
 i"be." "^quomodo. « Trans, freely. < Abl abs. 6 pgrf. 
 tense of debed ioW. by pres. infin. 
 
 VI. I. His country recalled him undefeated to defend 
 it against Publius Scipio. 2. He was defeated by this 
 Scipio, who was the son of the Scipio with whom he had 
 fought at the Rhone. 3. In his flight after the battle the 
 Numidians desired to destroy him, but he escaped them. 
 
 VII. I The Carthaginians thanked the senate for' 
 having made peace and begged them to restore the 
 captives. 2. "We will not release the captives, because 
 you keep "^ Hannibal, our bitterest foe/^ in charge of an 
 
96 
 
 EXEKCISKS FOR RETRANSLATION. 
 
 army."* 3. When by the decree of the senate this reply 
 was given, the Carthaginians called Hannibal home and 
 elected him 'ang. 4. Hannibal thought he would seize 
 a ship and flee * secretly to Antiochus before men should 
 be sent to" demand his surrender. 5. With the same 
 diligence with which' they had conducted matters in 
 war, the Carthaginians paid money to the Romans accord- 
 ing to * compact. 
 
 ^quod. 2 "have." » "most unfriendly to us." */>.," near the -\rmy 
 with command." » se recipid. * Use gratid. ' dc. *■ ex. 
 
 VIII. I. Hannibal had set sail from home in utter 
 despair,* but he persuaded Antiochus to undertake war. 
 2. It has been reported that the Carthaginians visited 
 the same punishment upon Mago as upon his absent 
 brother, Hannibal. 3. Although Antiochus, in the hope 
 that ''■ he could bring the Carthaginians into the war, was 
 willing to follow the suggestions of Hannibal, he acted 
 stupidly in many ways. 4. But if he had seen that 
 Hannibal was superior to himself, he would not have 
 been overcome by the Romans. 
 
 1 " things being despaired of." 2 sT forte. 
 
 IX. I. The opportunity arising,^ Hannibal betook him- 
 self to Crete. 2. There he would have been in great 
 danger had he not been the shrewdest of men.^ 3. For 
 report had gone out that he was carrying with him a 
 great (amount of') money. 4. Having formed* his plan, 
 he filled with lead, jars which he pretended contained " 
 
HANNIMAL. 
 
 97 
 
 all his possessions. 5. He saw that if he should place 
 these in the temple of Diana, the Gortynians, misled, 
 would guard them carefully.* 
 
 » " being made." » " a man shrewdest of all." •• Omit. 
 * Capio. ^ Infin. of coutineo. '' " with great care." 
 
 X. I. Seeing 1 that the Cretans were thus deceived, 
 he went to Prusias in Pontus.'' 2. He thought that if 
 he should rouse this king against the Romans, he would 
 wage war (with them') by land and sea. 3. He promised 
 that he would destroy* Eumenes, the king of Pergamum,* 
 if Prusias wished him to be killed. 4. He instructed all 
 the king's seamen merely to defend themselves from the 
 rest, but to seize or kill Eumenes. 5. He made them 
 know how great a reward this would bring*' them. 
 
 1 Not a participle in Latin. Cf. Them. X., note 2. 2 Ace. 
 * Omit. * oppyimd. 6 ^dj. « " be." 
 
 XI. I. Hannibal did not doubt that he could show 
 his (followers') in what ship Eumenes would engage 
 battle. 2. When the Bithynians, following ^ Hannibal's 
 instructions, together attacked the ship of Eumenes, the 
 king did not hesitate to seek safety in flight. 3. The 
 king's men wondered why their opponents cast earthen 
 jars into their vessels. 4. Not then only, but often on 
 other occasions, did Hannibal terrify his foes by his 
 cunning. 5. For^ these ja.s were filled with snakes, and 
 the .seamen could not see how to * avoid them. 
 
 ■ Omit. ^ Trans, by the case of " instr jctions." 
 * " they should." 
 
 •'' nam. 
 
98 
 
 EXERCISKS FOR KKTRANSI.ATION. 
 
 XII. I. The Romans, fearing that with Hannibal 
 alive they would never be free from ' plots, sent armed 
 men to the kingdom of Prusias to seize him. 2. Prusias 
 commanded the Roman officers ^ themselves to find the 
 place where he was, (saying ') that they could easily capture 
 him. 3. That he might not be shut in on all sides, Han- 
 nibal had built his house in such a way that from its doors 
 he could get a view* in evsry direction. 4. When his 
 slave reported to him that armed men were surrounding 
 the house, Hannibal feh that he must take* poison. 
 
 1 "without." '^Vsc /I'xiUtts. -^ Omit. ^ prospicere. 
 « Cf. Them. VIII., note 3. 
 
 XIII. I. Hannibal died in his seventieth year. 2. Many 
 have written that he devoted some time to literature. 
 3. As long as he lived he wrote books. 4. It is agreed 
 who was Hannibal's teacher in* Greek literature. 5. But 
 that we may more easily decide which general is to be pre- 
 ferred, we will permit you to describe the deeds ^ of others. 
 
 1 " of." 2 ris gestae. 
 
 ARISTIDES. 
 
 I. I. Although the Athenians knew that Aristides 
 surpassed Themistocles in uprightness, they exiled him 
 for ten years. 2. It has been asked why the excited 
 people could not have been quieted. 3. One man ' has 
 replied that Aristides was driven out because he strove 
 
AKISTIDKS. 
 
 99 
 
 eagerly to be called the Just. 4. What has Aristides 
 done worthy of this punishment? 5. I have heard that 
 after Xerxes came down against (ireece, the people were 
 pleased ^ to recall Aristides to his country. 
 
 ' qiiiiiam. - " it pleased the people." 
 
 II. I. In the naval battle of Salamis,' Themistocles 
 was leader ; but at I'lataea the Athenians, under the lead- 
 ership of Aristides '^ put the barbarians to Hight. 2. It 
 was owing 3 to the justice of Aristides that a league of 
 almost all the Greek states was made. 3. Before this 
 time the chief command by sea had not been held ^ by 
 the Athenians. 4. Then many Greek states chose them 
 as their* leaders on land and sea. 5. For after the bar- 
 barians had been routed, the justice of the Athenian 
 Aristides became celebrated. 
 
 » i.e., " which was fought off Salaniis." 2 Ah!, abs. •'' " It was 
 brought about l)y," etc. < habed. ^ Dat. of reference. 
 
 m. I. Although Aristides built fleets and raised 
 armies, he died extremely poor.' 2. His daughters 
 were reared at the state's cost. 3. Later on when they 
 were betrothed in marriage, dowries were provided '^ for 
 them from the public treasury. 4. Each state chose 
 Aristides to collect the money for renewing the war 
 again the barbarians. 
 
 1 /.i"., "in great poverty." "^ dd. 
 
1 
 
 '^mm 
 
ABBREVIATIONS USFD IN NOTKS AND 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 abl.. . . 
 
 . ablative. 
 
 abs. . . 
 
 absolute. 
 
 ace. . . 
 
 accusative. 
 
 act. . . 
 
 . active. 
 
 adj. . . 
 
 adjective. 
 
 adv. . . 
 
 . adverb. 
 
 B. . . . 
 
 . Bennett's 
 
 
 Grammar. 
 
 </. {confer) 
 
 comfarey see. 
 
 comp. . . 
 
 . comparative. 
 
 conj. . . 
 
 . conjunction. 
 
 dat. . . 
 
 . dative. 
 
 declens. . 
 
 . declension. 
 
 defect. 
 
 . defective. 
 
 deinonst. . 
 
 . demonstrative 
 
 dim. . . 
 
 . diminutive. 
 
 dir. . . . 
 
 . direct. 
 
 disc. . . 
 
 . discourse. 
 
 distrib. . 
 
 . distributive. 
 
 e.g. (exemp 
 
 li 
 
 gratia) 
 
 . for example. 
 
 Eng. . . 
 
 . English. 
 
 F., felii. . 
 
 . feminine. 
 
 f., ff. . . 
 
 . folloiving. 
 
 foil. . . 
 
 . followed. 
 
 fr from. 
 
 freq. . . V freijuent. frequently, 
 
 frequentative. 
 fut future. 
 
 G Allen &• Green- 
 
 oug/i's f.atin 
 Grammar. Ae- 
 vised Edition. 
 
 gen genitive. 
 
 H Harkness'' Latin 
 
 Grammar, Stand- 
 ard Edition. 
 
 Han. . . . Hannibal. 
 
 i.e. (id est) 
 
 . that is. 
 
 imper. . . 
 
 imperfect. 
 
 impers. 
 
 impersonal. 
 
 indecl. . 
 
 indeclinable. 
 
 indef. . . 
 
 indefinite. 
 
 indie. 
 
 . indicative. 
 
 indir. . . 
 
 . indirect. 
 
 infin. . . 
 
 infinitive. 
 
 intens. . . 
 
 . intensive. 
 
 interrojij. . 
 
 interrogative. 
 
 intrans. 
 
 . intransitive. 
 
 lit. . . . 
 
 literally. 
 
 loc. . . . 
 
 . locative. 
 
 lOI 
 
I02 
 
 ABHkKVIATlONS. 
 
 I i 
 
 M. . . . 
 
 mascMline. 
 
 rt-l 
 
 relative. 
 
 N. or ntut. 
 noni. . . 
 num, . . 
 
 HfHler. 
 . tiominative, 
 . iiumcnil. 
 
 sc. (scilicet) . 
 Mng. . . . 
 »tt 
 
 UHJerstaml, suffly 
 
 sing II III r. 
 
 stem. 
 
 orig. . . 
 
 . orij^inally. 
 
 iiibjiinci . . 
 iiibord. . . 
 
 subjunctive, 
 suhontinale. 
 
 part. . . 
 
 |KiSH. . . 
 
 . fartiiifU. 
 
 . fassive. 
 
 »ul»t. . . . 
 iiiperl. . . . 
 
 siibitantive. 
 suferlative. 
 
 perf. . . 
 
 ptTS. . . 
 
 pliir. . . 
 
 . t^rfect. 
 . fersonal. 
 . fliiral. 
 
 Them. . . . 
 trans. . . . 
 
 Tliemistocles. 
 translate or traHsla- 
 
 tion. 
 
 pri'tl. , . 
 prep. . . 
 
 . /n't/im/f. 
 . /n/,).<i/ton. 
 
 lit. {videlicet) 
 
 namely. 
 
 prei*. . . 
 pron. . . 
 
 . frestnt. 
 . fronoiitt. 
 
 w 
 
 with. 
 
 
 froKominnl. 
 
 I, 2, 3, 4. with 
 
 
 quest. . . 
 
 . question. 
 
 verbs . . 
 
 ist, lit, jil, anil 4th 
 
 conjugation 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 i, seeab. Acarnina, -ac. v., a woman 1h- 
 
 ab (before vowels and some con- l..n(-ing to Acarnania. in iinrtl.- 
 
 sonants),* (before consonant). wtstern f;ree»e; TliLni. i, 2. 
 
 prep. w. ah\.,,ni'„y/n'w, /,,>,„, accedS (adc-), 1, -.essl. coMin.s 
 
 Them. 3, ., ; 7, 2; /^, .\ris. 1, (ad, /, -rt,) ^v), .;v or <<-/;/,• 
 
 3; a, 2; Thtm. 5, r ; 9, j; 10, /,., •, 
 
 2; 10,5; </.v.'/«.f/, Han. 10, 5. accept J , ■ ;i(lj. (pi-rf. 
 
 •bicia (pronounce oNicid), 3, part. v vrr), //,,/>- 
 
 -iecl, -iectiis (ab, </Tfr/)'; iacio, ///;% tw/< .///.• 1.7, ^. 
 
 Mr<;7.'). t/i,;ni> one side (as of accidS, 3, a<(.i(.. (ad, V. .- cado 
 
 no vahie), Man. 9, 3. fall), fall to ; harfcn, I Ian! 
 
 absins, -entis, adj. (j)art. of g, i. 
 
 absum) [ks-, h], hthif; away: accipiS, 3, -cepl, -ceptus (ad, to: 
 
 away, a/'seiit. Them. 8, 2; c&^ib, takt), tair to (o,„-'s .ulf)- 
 
 Han. a, i; 5, 3. n<«Vv, //<wr. Han. 2, 4. 
 
 abstinentia, -ae, k. (abstingns, accusS, 1 (orig. r= ad causam 
 
 abstinent), ahstineme ; tnuelf provocare), call one to account, 
 
 ishness,frteJom from anvtous- aaiis,; Them. 8, 2. 
 
 '"'"• ^^"'*- ^ 3; 3, -• acer, acri.s, acre, adj. [ac-, j//(//-/>J, 
 
 absum, abesse, af ul, af uturus sliar/ : capahU; . neixctic. 
 
 (ab, away; sum, A), be away, aciea, -ei, K. [ac-, s/iarp], e.l^e ; 
 
 be absent, Them. 8, 4; part. line of battle. 
 
 absens, -entis, absent. Them. acriter,adv.(acer, j/;</r/),j//,7;//,..- 
 
 8,2; Han. a, i ; 5, 3. .v(j,Yr/,', Han. n, -, ; <„-//r.,./,., 
 
 ic, conj. (see atque), and, as, Han. 7, i. 
 
 tAan, etc.: simul ac, <7j .r,.-,..« acumen, -inis, n. (acuo, w.7.<v 
 
 OJ. 
 
 sharf), acuteness. Han. 11, 3. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 ac", prep. w. ace, to, towards, 
 ■"•' 'is. 2, 2 ; before, Them. 7, i ; 
 7, 4: fot. "hem. 2, i; 6, 5; 
 A lis. 3, I 
 
 .iddo, 3, -cli li, -ditus (ad, to ; 2 
 u,x-,j'it', add. Them. 2, 8. 
 
 adduce, 3, -cluxi, -ductus (ad, to ; 
 duco, lead), lead, bring, Han. 
 2, 2 ; 2, 4. 
 
 adeo, adv. (ad, to ; eo, thither, to 
 that point), to suck a degree, 
 Them, i, i; 10, i; thus far, 
 so much, so very. Them. 4, 5 ; 
 II m. 4, 3; Aris. i, 3. 
 
 adeo, -Ire, -ii (-IvI), -itus (ad, to ; 
 eo, go), go or come to, approach, 
 Them. 7, i; 7, 4. 
 
 adficio (aflf-), 3, -feci, -fectus (ad, 
 to; facid, do), do to, affect; 
 impose, Han. 8, 2 ; in pass., be 
 troubled, Han. 4, 3. 
 
 adfirmd (aff-), i (ad, intens. ; 
 finno, strengthen, confirm), pre- 
 sent in words as firm, true ; 
 assert, declare. Them. 4, 2. 
 
 adipiscor, 3, adeptus (ad, to ; 
 apiscor, reach), obtain, gain, 
 acquire. Them. 9, 4. 
 
 Admetus, -I, m., Admetus, a king 
 of the Molossians in Epirus, 
 who befriended Themistocles 
 in his exile ; Them. 8, 3. 
 
 admiror, i (ad, at ; miror, look 
 with wonder), be astonished at. 
 
 adorior, 4, -ortus (ad, against ; 
 orior, raise one''s self), attack, 
 Han. II, 4. 
 
 adquiescS (acq-), 3, -quievi, -qui- 
 etus (ad, denoting beginning ; 
 
 quiesco, rest), become quiet, rest ; 
 die, Han. 13, 1. 
 
 adripi5 (arr-), 3, -ripul, -reptus 
 (ad, to [one's self] ; rapid, 
 snatch), seize, catch up. Them. 
 8, 4. 
 
 adulescentia, -ae, f. (adulescens, 
 young), youth (from the seven- 
 teenth to the fortieth year). 
 
 adventus, -us, m. (ad, to ; vkn-, 
 come), coming to ; coming, ap- 
 proach, arrival. 
 
 adversarius, -a, -um, adj. (ad- 
 versus, opposed), opposing; as 
 a subst., opponent. Them. 3, 3 ; 
 Han. 8, 4. 
 
 adversum, -I, n. (neut. of the 
 adj. adversus, opposite), the 
 opposite direction ; calamity, 
 disaster. 
 
 adversus and adversum, adv. (ad, 
 towards ; verto, turn), opposite ; 
 prep. w. ace, against, Han. 
 4, 2; 8, 4; Aris. 2, 3. 
 
 aedificium, -T, n. (*aedifex, build- 
 er), building, house, Han. 12, 3 ; 
 12, 4. 
 
 aedifico, i (*aedifex, builder), 
 build, construct, Them. 2, 2 ; 
 6, 2; Han. 12, 3; Aris. 3, i. 
 
 Aemilius, -i, Lucius Aemilius 
 Paulus, a Roman consul, killed 
 at the battle of Cannae, 216 
 B.C. ; Han. 4, 4 ; another of 
 the same name was consul in 
 182 li.c; Han. 13, i. 
 
 aeneiis, -a, -um, adj. (aes, copper), 
 of copper, of bronze, bronze 
 (adj.), Han. 9, 3. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 aequalis, -e (aequus, equal), adj., 
 equal in ,/i,v ; as sul)st., con- 
 temporary, coe7'al, Arii-. i, i. 
 
 aeque, adv. (aequus, equal), 
 equally, J Ian. 4, 3. 
 
 aequipero, i (aequipar, 'Perfectly 
 equal), equal, Them. 0, i. 
 
 aequitas, -atis, v. (aequus, equal), 
 equality ; fairness, justice, Aris. 
 
 2, 2. 
 
 aequus, -a, -um, adj. [ic-, aic-, 
 like\ equal ; favorable ; proper. 
 Them. 7, 2. 
 
 aerarium, -I, n. (aes, money), 
 treasury, Han. 5, 5; Aris. 3, i. 
 
 aetas, -atis, k. (for aevitas, fr. 
 aevum, a^'e), i^v ; time. Them. 
 
 _ 9, I ; Han. 2, 5. 
 
 Africa, -ae, f., Africa, .sometimes 
 used of the continent, I)ut 
 more usually of the vicinity 
 of Carthage only, Libya; Han. 
 3, 3; 7, '; 8, I. 
 
 ager, agri, m. {d-yp6s), fielil, dis- 
 trict, territory, Han. 5, i. 
 
 aggredior, 3, -gressus sum (ad, 
 against; gradior, ^-^t;), attack. 
 Them. 4, 4. 
 
 ago, 3, egi, actus [ac;-, drive, 
 lead\, put in motion ; do, act, 
 Han. 10, I ; plan. Them. 5, i ; 
 9, 3 ; gratias agere, t/iank, 
 Han. 7, 2. 
 
 aid, defective (for agio, fr. ag-, 
 say), say. Them. 1,4; affirm, 
 declare, Them. 4, 2 ; 9, i. 
 ali&s, adv. (alius, other), on other 
 
 occasions, Han. 11, 7. 
 alienus, -a, -um (alius, other), of 
 
 another ; unsuitable, disadvan- 
 tageous. Them. 4, 5. 
 
 ali5, adv. (alius, other), to an- 
 other place ; elsewhere ; to a 
 different object. Them. 6, 3. 
 
 aliquis, -qua, -quid, indef. subst. 
 pron. (alius, other ; quis, who), 
 some one or other; something 
 (neut.), Han. 11, 2. 
 
 aliquot, indef. num. adj. indecl. 
 (alius, other ; quot, how many), 
 some, sez'erul, a fexv, Han. 4, 
 
 4; 5, '; 13, 2. 
 
 aliter, adv. (alius, other), other- 
 wise. Them. 7, 6. 
 
 alius, -a, -ud, gen. -lus, pron. 
 adj. [ai,-, AI.I-, othcr\, other, 
 another, Aris. 2, 2; neque aliud, 
 and nothing else ; alii . . . alii, 
 some . . . others, Han. 8, 2. 
 
 alo, 3, alui, altus or alitus [ai,-, 
 grow], nourish, support, Aris. 
 3, 3- 
 
 Alpes, -ium, v., the Alps, the 
 high mountains of .Switzerland, 
 in ancient times the northern 
 boundary of Italy. 
 
 AlpicI, -orum, m. (Alpes, Alps), 
 the inhabitants of the Alps. 
 
 alter, -era, -erum, gen. -his, pron. 
 adj. [ai.-, am-, ot.'.er], another 
 (of two); other; one or the 
 other ; second. Them. 5, 3 ; 
 Han. 3, 3. 
 
 altus, -a, -um, adj. (part, of alo, 
 feed), grown ; high. Them. 6, 5. 
 
 amice, adv. (amicus, friendly), 
 in a friendly manner, Han. 
 2,6. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 amicitia, -ae, v. (amicus, frieml- 
 
 ly),fric)idship. Them, g, 4. 
 amicus, -I, M. [am-, icrve], 
 
 fricnti. 
 
 amicus, -a, -um, adj. [am-, love], 
 friendly, I Ian. 10, 2. 
 
 amphora, -ae, v. (dfitpopeiis), a 
 two-handled jar, Ilan. 9, 3. 
 
 amplius, adv. (amplus, lart^e), 
 more, more than, Ilan. 2, 3. 
 
 anceps, -cipiti.s, adj. (an-, around ; 
 CAP- in caput, head), two- 
 headed: double. Them. 3, 4. 
 
 ancora, -ae, v. (Aysvpa), anchor. 
 Them. 8, 7. 
 
 angustiae, -arum, f. (angustus, 
 narro7i>), narro7us ; straits. 
 Them. 3, 2 ; narrow defiles, 
 Ilan. 5, 2. 
 
 angustus, -a, -um, adj. [axc.-, 
 squeeze, choke], narrow. Them. 
 
 4, 5- 
 "alma, -ae, f. [an-, breathe; cf. 
 animus], breath; life, Han. 
 
 I, 3- 
 
 animadverts, 3, -ti, -sus (animus, 
 attention; adverto, turn to), 
 attend to ; notice ; see, perceive, 
 Aris. I, 4. 
 
 animus, -I, m. [an-, breathe ; cf. 
 anima], mind ; heart, Han. i, 
 3; ability. Them. 10, i. 
 
 annalis, -is, m. (annalis, of a year; 
 sc. liber), record of a year, his- 
 torical work, Han. 13, I. 
 
 annus, -!, m. [ac-, bend, swell], 
 year, Aris. i, 6 ; 3, 4. 
 
 annuus, -a, -um, adj. (annus, 
 year), of a year; lasting a 
 
 year, annual. Them, g, 4 ; 
 Han. 7, 4. 
 ante, prep. w. ace, before (of time 
 or space), Han. 3, 4; Aris. 
 2, 2 ; adv., before, previously. 
 Them. 2, 4. 
 antea, adv. (ante, before ; ea, 
 these things), before, previously, 
 Han. 2, 2 ; 3, 4. 
 antecedo, 3, -cessi (ante, before ; 
 cedo, go), go before, excel, Han. 
 I, I. 
 antefero, -ferre, -tull, -latus (ante, 
 before ; fero, bear), bear before ; 
 place before, Them. 1,1. 
 Antiochus, -j, m., Anliochus, king 
 of .Syria 223-1S7 b.c. He 
 engaged in war with Rome at 
 the instigation of Hannibal; 
 Han. 2, i; 7, 6. 
 antisto, i,-stetl {axAt, before ; sto, 
 stand), stand before, be superior, 
 excel, 'Aris. i, 2. 
 aperio, 4, -eruT, -ertus (ab, from ; 
 I'AR-, get), lay bare, uncover; 
 disclose, reveal. Them. 8, 6. 
 Apollo, -inis, M., Apollo, son 
 of Jupiter and Latona; the 
 god of the sun, prophecy, 
 etc. ; his chief shrine was at 
 Delphi. 
 appareo (adp-), 2, -uT, -iturus 
 (ad, to; pare5, be at hand), be 
 clear; come in sight, appear, 
 Han. 12, 4. 
 appar5, i (ad, for; paro, pre- 
 pare), prepare for ; make ready 
 for, prepare, Han. 7, i. 
 I appello (adp-), 3, -pulT, -pulsus 
 
VOCAHUI.ARV 
 
 (ad, to ; pello, c/rne), drive to : 
 /'/tut,' to laud. 
 2 appello (adp-), i [pei.-, d,hc: 
 if. app.Uo, 3], accost, address: 
 call, name, I Ian. 3, 4 ; Aris. 1,3. 
 Appenninus, -I, m., the Apen- 
 nines, a mountain range ex- 
 tending' nearly the length of 
 Italy; J Ian. 4, 2. 
 applied (adp-), i, -avl or -ul, -atus 
 (ad, to; V'^xzh, fold ox lay), place 
 to, join, attach, Aris. 2, 3. 
 apud, prep. w. ace, near, Han. 4, 
 3 ; 6, 3; at, Aris. 2, i ; I Ian. 
 2,4; before, Them. 7, 2 ; 10, I ; 
 anioni;, with, I Ian. 7, 3; at the 
 hon.<:e of, Han. 12, i; in the 
 writings of, Han. 4, 4; on. 
 Them. 7, 5. 
 Apulia, -ae, v., Apulia, a country 
 in southeastern Italy; Han. 4,4. 
 ara, -ae, k., altar, Han. 2, 4. 
 arbitrium, -T, n. (arbiter, yV/,/^.^,), 
 judgment: vjill, Han. 12, 5; 
 Aris. 3, I. 
 arbitror, i {a.r\A\.&c, judge), judge ; 
 
 think, Han. 10, 3. 
 argentum, -I, n. [arc,-, shine, be 
 bright], shining metal ; silver, 
 Han. 9, 3. 
 ArgI, -oruni, m., see Argos. 
 Argos' (only nom. and ace), 
 usually in the form ArgI, 
 -orum, Argos, the capital of 
 the country Argolis in north- 
 eastern Peloponnesus. 
 Aristides, -is (ace. Aristiden), m., 
 Aristidcs, an Athenian states- 
 man and general, contempo- 
 
 rary and rival of Themistocles, 
 surnamed the "Just" for his 
 absolute integrity; Aris. i, i. 
 arma, -nrum, n. [ak-./zJ, imple- 
 ments : arms : force of' arms, 
 Han. 10, 4; II, ;•; 7oar, Han. 
 2, I. 
 armati, -Hrum, m. (armatus, 
 armed), armed men, Han. 
 12, 4. 
 armatus, -a. -um, adj. (part, of 
 armo, arm), armed : see armati. 
 armo, i (arma, arms: ar-, ///), 
 <■'//"/; rouse, incite, Han. 10, i. 
 Artaxerxes, -is, m., Artaxerxes, 
 Longimanns (" Long-hand "), 
 king of Persia. 473-4-5 li-<'. ; 
 Them. 9, i; 10, 2. 
 Artemisium, -T, n., Artcmisium, 
 a promontory on the north- 
 eastern shore of Iviboea; the 
 (Meek fleet met the Persian 
 off this in 480 n.c. and fought 
 a drawn battle; Them. 3 2; 
 3, 4- 
 arx, arcis, v. [arc-, shut in: 
 
 keep oj'], citadel. Them. 2, 8. 
 ascendo (adsc-), 3, -dT, -cnsus (ad, 
 to ; scando, climb), climb to, go 
 to; embark, embark upon, Han. 
 7,6. 
 Asia, -ae, f.. Asia, either (</) the 
 continent so far as known to 
 the ancients; or (b) Asia Minor, 
 as termed later; Them. 5, i. 
 astu, N., i'ulecl. (&<jTv), city ; 
 
 usually Athens, Them. 4, i. 
 at, conj., but, yet. Them. 3, 2 ; 
 8,7. 
 
VOCAliULAkY. 
 
 AthSnae, -arum, k., Atfiois, the 
 leadiiifi city of (Ireece, the tapi- 
 tal of Attica; Aris. 3, 2, i-tc. 
 
 Atheuiensis, -c>, adj. (AthSnae, 
 At/ifHs), as a subst., an At/ie- 
 uMfi, Aris. I, r; 2, i, ftc. 
 
 atque or (l)efore consonants 
 only) ac, conj. (ad, to, in addi- 
 tion ; -que, and), and, and 
 furtlwrmoie, and in fact, and 
 yet, Han. 2, 4; 13, 3; Aris. 
 I, I; after words of conipari- 
 son, as, than. Them. 6, 3; 
 Han. 2, 2. 
 
 Attica, -ae, v., Attica, the coun- 
 try of dreece of which Athens 
 was the capital ; Them. 10, 5. 
 
 Atticus, -I, M., Titus Potnponius 
 Atticus, a great friend of 
 Cicero ; he wrote history, and 
 resided chiefly in Athens, from 
 which fact he received his cog- 
 nomen; Han. 13, I. 
 
 auctor, -5ris, m. (auge5, increase ; 
 AVG-, gro'v), author, historian. 
 Them. 10, 4. 
 
 auded, 2, ausus sum (for avided) 
 [av-, mark, desire\,dare, Them. 
 
 4, 2- 
 audiS, 4, -ire, -ivi or -ii, -itus [av , 
 
 ma) k, notice], hear. Them. 4, 5; 
 
 7, 2 ; learn, Aris. i, ^ 
 Aurelius, -i, m., C. AurcUus Cotta, 
 
 a Roman consul in Hannibal's 
 
 time ; Han. 7, I. 
 aureus, -a, -um, adj. (aurum, 
 
 gold), of gold, golden, Han. 
 
 7, 2- 
 
 aurum, -i, n. [ays-, burn\ gold, 
 money. 
 
 aut, conj. introducing two alter- 
 natives, either . . . or, Han. 
 10, 6; Aris. j, 4. 
 
 autem, t ^versative conj., post- 
 po.sitive \cf. aut), but, Aris. 
 I, 2; 2, i; 3, 4; Han. 8, 3; 
 moreover. Them. 9, 4 ; now. 
 Them. 2, i ; Han. 9, 2; ho^o- 
 ever. Them. 9, 4 ; furthermore. 
 Them. 10, 3; Han. 13, i. 
 
 avaritia, -ae, f. (avarus, covetous), 
 avarice, Han. 9, 2. 
 
 B 
 
 Baebius, -i, m., Cn. Baebius 
 Tamphilus and M. Baebius 
 Tamphilus, Roman consuls, 
 182 and 181 B.C.; Han. 13, i. 
 
 barbari, -orum, m., barbarians, 
 especially Persians, Them. 3, 
 i; 6, 2;.7, 5; Aris. 2, i. 
 
 barbarus, -a, -um, adj. ((idp^apoi), 
 foreign, strange; as a subst., 
 
 a barbarian ; Persian, viz., 
 
 Xerxes, Them. 4, 5. 
 bellicSsus, -a, -um dj. (belli- 
 
 cus, of war), warlike, Han. 
 
 10, 2. 
 bello, I (bellum, war), carry on 
 
 war, fight, Them. 5, i ; 9, 2. 
 bellum, -i, n. (old duellum) [nvA-, 
 
 apart, twol, contest between 
 
VOCAIiUl AkV 
 
 two: war. Them. 2, i; Aris. 
 
 3, ' 
 bene, adv., comp. melius, superl. 
 
 optime (bonus, ):ood), welt, 
 
 Han. 4, 3. 
 biduum, -I, n. (fr. adj. biduus 
 
 [bi-dies], containini^ hvo i/nys), 
 
 the space of t7vo days, I Ian. 
 _6, 3- 
 bini, -ae, -a, distrib. num. adj. (bi- 
 
 [l)Vl-J, two), two by two, Han. 
 
 7,4- 
 bis, num. adv. (bi-[DVi-], two), 
 
 twice. Them. 7, 5. 
 Bithynia, -ae, k., Bithynia, a 
 
 country on the northwest coast 
 
 of Asia Minor; Han. la, 2. 
 Bithynii, r.runi, .m., /Uthy»iaus, 
 
 Han. II, 4. 
 Blitho, see Sulpicius ; I Ian. 13, i . 
 bonum, -i, n. (bouus, f:ooii),i;ooJ 
 
 "''".<, plur. ; };o,>d ij untitles ; 
 
 sen-ices. Them. 9, 3 ; propertv, 
 
 Han. 7, 7. 
 bonus, -a, -urn, adj., comj). me- 
 
 lior, superl. optimus, .i^ood. 
 
 Them. 7, 2; safe. Them. 6, t 
 brevis, -e, adj., short ; brevi, adv. 
 
 (i.e., for brevi tempore), shortty, 
 
 presently. 
 
 C (occasionally G), an abbrevia- 
 tion for the praenomen Gaius 
 (Caius). 
 
 caduceus, -I, m., ,; herald's staff, 
 Han. II, I. 
 
 caerimdnia, -ae, v. [cke-, malce'], 
 strictly sacred work, ceremo- 
 ny ; respect, rcc'crence, sanctity. 
 Them. 8, 4. 
 
 callide, adv. (callidus, shrewd), 
 shrewdly, cleverly. Them, i, 4. 
 
 callidus, -a, -um, adj. (called, f>e 
 skilful), skilful, shreziul, Han. 
 5, 2 ; saj^acious, Han. 9, 2. 
 
 campus, -T, M. [scAp-, scamp-, 
 scratch. di!f\, plain, field, Han. 
 5,4- 
 
 Cannensis, -e, adj. (Cannae, Can- 
 nae), of Cannae, a town of 
 Apulia in Italy. It was the 
 
 scene of Rome's worst defeat 
 at the hancLS of Hannibal in 
 216 li.c; Han. 5, 4. 
 
 capesso, 3, -IvI, -Ttus (desidera- 
 tive form of capio, take), take 
 eai^erly ; lake part in, under- 
 take. Them. 2, i. 
 
 capiS, 3, cepT, captus [cap-, take\ 
 take, capture, Han. 10, 6; moz'e, 
 affect. Them. 8, 7 ; form, Han. 
 9, 3- 
 
 captivus, -a, -um, adj. [cap 
 takel, captii-e ; as a subst., 
 captive, Han. 7, 2; 7, 3. 
 
 Capua, -ae, p., Capua, the chief 
 city of Campania, the divi.sion 
 of Italy just south or south- 
 east of Latium ; Han. 5, i. 
 
 castellum, -I, n. (dim. of ca- 
 9\mm.,castle, fort), fort, fortress, 
 
 fl 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 caftlt' ; fortified dwellitti,', Han. 
 
 ", 3- 
 
 castra, -orum, n. (plur. of ca- 
 strum), camp. 
 
 c?«trum, -i, N. [scad-, cad-, 
 coTi-r], fortified town. 
 
 casus, -us, M. [cad-, ////], fall : 
 chance, Han. la, i. 
 
 causa, -ae, K. [cav-, -watch, wa: e^, 
 cause ; reason ; responsibility ; 
 causi (abl.), for the sake of, 
 with a dependent genitive pre- 
 ceding ; ob earn causam, on that 
 account ; tua causa, on your 
 account. 
 
 cedo, 3, cessT, cessus (for cecado) 
 [cad-, fall], ^o away; yield, 
 Aris. I, 4. 
 
 celeriter, adv. (celer, swift), 
 swiftly, quickly, Han. 12, 5. 
 
 celo, I [CAI.-, cover, hide], hide, 
 conceal, Han. 2, 6. 
 
 cena, ae, v., the principal meal 
 of the Romans, dinner. 
 
 cen5, I (cena, dinner), take din- 
 ner, dine, Han. 12, i. 
 
 Centenius, -T, m.. Cuius Centenius, 
 a Roman general defeated by 
 Hannibal ; Han. 4, 3. 
 
 centum, indecl. num. adj., hun- 
 dred. Them. 2, 2. 
 
 certamen, -inis, n. (certo, con- 
 tend), contest, struggle. Them. 
 
 6,3- 
 
 certus, -a, -um, adj. (part, of 
 cem5, distinguish, discern), cer- 
 tain ; trusty, Ari.s. 3, 2. 
 
 Ceteri, -orum, m., the rest, Han. 
 
 »o» 5- 
 
 (ceterus), -a, -um. adj. [pron. .st., 
 CA-, CI-], u.sually in plur., re- 
 maining, rest of, other, Han. i, 
 I ; 10 2 ; very often used a.s a 
 subst. 
 
 Cethegus, -T, m., /'. Cornelius 
 Cethcgus, a Roman consul, 18 1 
 B.C. ; Han. 13, i. 
 
 circiter, adv. (circus, circle), 
 round about; about, nearly, 
 Han. 6, 3. 
 
 circumdo, -dare, -dedi, -datus 
 (circum, around; DA-, put), 
 place around; sur-onnd, in- 
 vest, Them. 6, i ; Han. 12, 4. 
 
 circumeo, -ire, -ivi (ii), -itus 
 (circum, around ; eo, go), go 
 around ; surround, Th m. 3, 
 -'1 9> 3 i 'i'i^iti make the round 
 of, Han. 12, 4. 
 
 circumvenid, 4, -venT, -ventus 
 (circum, around ; veni5, come), 
 come around ; surround, Han. 
 
 4, 3- 
 civis, -is, M. or f. [qui- (ci-), lie], 
 
 citizen, fello^v-citizen. Them, i , 
 
 2; 8, I. 
 civitas, -atis, F. (civis, citizen), 
 
 citizenship ; body of citizens ; 
 
 state, Aris. 2, 3; 3, i; Han. 
 
 3,2. 
 clam, adv. [cal-, cover, hide], 
 
 secretly. Them. 10, 5 ; Han. 
 
 7,6. 
 clandestinus, -a, -um, adj. (clam, 
 
 secretly), secret, Han. 2, 2. 
 clarus, -a, -um, adj. [cal-, call], 
 
 clear, distinct ; celebrated, 
 
 Them. 8, 7. 
 
VOCAIUI.ARV 
 
 tlassiarius, -a, -um, adj. (classis, 
 
 fleet), helonf^iiii;; to a Jlct ; 
 
 mostly ill phir. as subst., «„rw/ 
 
 Jon-:s, se.nne/i. Them. 3, 2 ; 
 
 4i 2 ; Han. 10, 5. 
 classis, -is, I-. [c\i.-, oi/i], that 
 
 w/iii/i Js ca/IiJ, i-Aiss ; y/,,/, 
 
 Them. 7, 5 ; Ifa... 7, 4 ; Aris. 
 
 2, 2; 3, I. 
 Clastidium, I. s., ClastUium, a 
 
 town of Cisalpiiif (Jaul; Han. 
 
 4, '• 
 Claudius, -i, m., Manus Cl,i,„/i,is 
 
 Marcellits, a k<irnan consul, 
 
 196 I!C. ; Han. 13, I. 
 claudo, 3, -si, -sus (for *clavid6) 
 
 [i-'LAV-, An/'], shut: shut in; 
 
 suriouuJJicm in,euclose, Han. 
 
 5, 2. 
 
 Cn., abbreviation for Cnaeus 
 (Gnaeus); Han. 4, i ; 13, ,. 
 
 (coepio), 3, coei)i, Cfjeiitus (com-, 
 iniens. ; *api6, fr. ap-, lay hohi), 
 lay hold of; k-^ni. Them, g, 3. 
 
 COgitO, I (com-, iiitens.; agito, 
 cousi(lci), toiisiilcr thorout^hly ; 
 think, Han. 2, 6. 
 
 cognomen, inis, n. (com-, -with ; 
 (;Nij-, l-iioui), surname, seeond 
 name, Aris. i, 3. 
 
 cognosce, 3, -gnOvI, -gnitus (com-, 
 inteiis. ; (g)n6sc5, become ac- 
 quainted with), ^t,W a thorou,i;k 
 knowledge of: recognize, Aris. 
 I, 2 ; learn, Han. 7, 4. 
 COgO, 3, coegT, coactus (com-, to- 
 gether, or intens. ; ago, drive), 
 drive ; drive together ; force. 
 
 i i'nur 
 
 iiifi, c^Tfij\i, I nem. 8 
 
 cohortatiO, onis, f. (cohortor, en- 
 courage), encouragement, Han. 
 II, I. 
 
 C0I6, 3, colul, cultiis [coi.-, till], 
 till, cultivate: regard, esteem, 
 rcTcrcncc, 'I'hem. 8, 4. 
 
 commemoro, i (com-, completely: 
 memoro, bring to remembrance), 
 mention, tell, Han. 2, 3. 
 
 committo, 3, -misi, missus (com-, 
 together ; mitto, send or let go), 
 send to'^'cthcr , connect ; proe- 
 Hum committere, engage battle, 
 Han. II, 3; do, be guiltv of, 
 Aris. I, 4. 
 
 commode, .k!v. (commodus, hav- 
 ing a due measure), fitly : slil- 
 fnlly, fluently. Them. 10, I. 
 
 communis, -e, adj. (com-, togeth- 
 er: *munis, bound, fr. mv-, 
 futen), common, united. Them. 
 3. 2; 7, 4 ; Aris. 2, 2 ; 3, i. 
 
 1 compare, I (com-, /,';',///,v .• paro, 
 get, briui^), get together : collect, 
 prepare , Aris. 3, i ; ,n„ke ready 
 for: raise (exercitus), Han. 3, 2. 
 
 2 compare, i (compar, lihe or equal 
 to one another), compare, Them. 
 5, 3- 
 
 comperio, 4, -perl, -pertus (com-, 
 thoroughly; n: R-, through, try), 
 go through thoroughly: ascer- 
 tain, fnd out, Han. 2, 2. 
 
 compleo (conp-), 2, -plevl, -pletus 
 (com-, completely; pi.f.., f//)^ 
 fill up, Han. 9, 3. 
 
 compliires, -plura (rarely -pluria), 
 gen. -ium, adj. (com-, intens. ; 
 
 
 J , ., ... ..,.,, ,i^,-,y, 
 
10 
 
 VOCAHULARY. 
 
 il! 
 
 very many, Man. g, 3; as 
 subst., M. or K., very many, 
 sez'eral. 
 
 compdnS (conp-), 3, -posul, -posi- 
 tus (com-, toi^cther ; p6n6, put, 
 place), put or briii^ toi;ether, 
 settle ; bellum compdnere, end a 
 ■war /y treaty, make peace, I Ian. 
 6, 2; 7, I. 
 
 comprehends (conp-), 3, -di, 
 -hensus (com-, toj^eihcr, com- 
 pletely ; prehendS, seiie), take 
 hold of with both hanas ; seize, 
 Han. 12, 3. 
 
 comprob5 (conp-), i (com-, w/wl- 
 ly ; probo, appro^i'e), assent to; 
 ratify, sanction, Han. 3, 2. 
 
 concedS, 3, -cessi, -cessus (com-, 
 completely; cedo, go), go a7vay; 
 depart, withdraw, Tliem. 8, i ; 
 grant, allow. Them. 10, 5. 
 
 concidd, 3, -cidi, -cTsus (com-, 
 completely ; caedo, cut), cut to 
 pieces, kill, Han. 3, a. 
 
 conciliS, i (concilium, meeting), 
 call together ; make friendly, 
 join, Han. 10, 2 ; Them. 10, i. 
 
 concitatus, -b., -um, adj . w. comp. 
 and superl. (part, of concito, 
 arouse), aroused, excited, Aris. 
 
 1,4- 
 COncitS, I (intens. of concied, more 
 
 together), arouse, spur on, urge 
 
 on, Han. 11, 5. 
 concurro, 3, -currl or -cucurri, 
 
 -cursus (com-, together; currd, 
 
 run), hurry together ; assemble; 
 
 make an attack on, Han. 10, 5. 
 COncuisus, -lis, M. (concurto, run 
 
 together), a running together; 
 attack : conflict, Han. II, 4. 
 
 condiciS, -onis, k. (com-, together • 
 Die-, sho7v), agreement, pro- 
 posal ; terms, Han. 6, 2. 
 
 cdnferS, -ferru, contull, conlatus 
 (com-, together; fero, bring, 
 carry), bring together; collect, 
 gather ; concentrate ; co.npare, 
 Han. 13, 4; contribute; bestow; 
 turn, apply ; convey, carry 
 away, Aris. 3, i ; se conferre, 
 betake one V self, go. Them. 2, 7 ; 
 Han. g, i. 
 
 c5nficid, 3, -feci, -fectus (com-, com- 
 pletely, thoroughly ; facid, do), 
 do complet''ly ; cany through, 
 finish, perform, Them. 4, 4 ; 
 Han. a, 4 ; write, Han. 13, 2. 
 
 c5nfligo, 3, -flixi, -fiictus (com-, 
 together ; fligo, strike), strike 
 together; fight, engage battle. 
 Them. 3, 2; Han. 6, 3. 
 
 cSnfugid, 3, -fugl, — (com-, com- 
 pletely ; fugi5, flee), flee for 
 refuge, flee. Them. 8, 3 ; g, 4- 
 
 congero, 3, -gessi, -gestus (com-, 
 together; ger5, bring, carry), 
 bring together; collect. Them. 
 6, s'. 
 
 congredior, 3, -gressus sum (com-, 
 together ; gradior, walk, go), 
 come together; engage battle, 
 Han. I, 2 ; 6, 2. 
 
 COniciS (pronounce coniicio), 3, 
 -ieci, -iectus (com-, together; 
 iacio, throw), throw together, 
 Han. 10, 5 ; infer ^ conjecture^ 
 Tliem. I, 4. 
 
VOCAIJULARV. 
 
 11 
 
 c6nlabefi9, -fieri, -factiis (com-, 
 
 intuns. ; labefacio, ,;ii,sc to tot- 
 
 f-r), he iHiide to /all .• A- (^-.v 
 
 thnrtoit, siifplantetl, Aris. i 3 
 
 conlega (coll-), -ae, m. (com-. 
 
 toi^etlur : leg6, (hoose) (one 
 
 cho.sfii at the same time with 
 
 another), colhagiu. 
 
 C0nlig5 (coll-), 3, -iGgf. .lee.us 
 
 (com-, tox.-t'u-r; legs, X'^t/n-r), 
 
 bri„f^' tof;ether ; collect, Kan. 6, 
 
 4; 10, 4. 
 
 conlocS (coll-), I (com., to,^H-tlur .• 
 
 loco, place), //// or //„^^ /^. 
 
 ^v///.-/-.- //„<Y, Han. II, 4; 
 
 betroth, give in marriage, Aris. 
 
 toi^ether .- serS, twine), connect ; 
 y''"/ .• manum cSnserere, y.v« 
 //!/;/</ /<) Aan,/, join t'urtlc. 
 c5nserv6, i (com-, intcns. ; servS, 
 /;<■</), icep: /-rccrrc; sure, 
 Them. 8, 6; /r,/, «^j<-r?v, 
 clietiih, Han. i, j. 
 
 c5nsiderd. 
 
 con.iJer, rejlect. 
 
 3,3- 
 
 conloquium (coll-), l, n. (conlo- 
 quor, talk witA), conference, 
 Han. 6, 2. 
 
 conloquor, 3, -locutu.s .;um (com-, 
 together: loquor, ta'.k), con- 
 verse, discuss. Them. 9, 4. 
 
 c5nor, i, try, attempt, cndeai'or. 
 Them. 6, 2; 7, 2 ; Han. 3,4; 
 Aris. 3, I. 
 
 c5nscriptus, -a, -um (part, of 
 conscribo, write together), en- 
 rolled ; patres conscripti, sena- 
 Jors, Han. 12, 2 (see note). 
 
 consector, i (com-, intens.; .sec-, 
 follow), follow eagerly; pursue. 
 Them. 2, 3. 
 
 consequor, 3, -seciitus (com-, 
 intens. ; stf^wx, follow), follo-io ; 
 mertake, arrive, Them. 7 2; 
 Han. 7, 7 ; obtain, gain, accom- 
 plish, Han. II, ;; 10, 5. 
 
 cSnsero, 3, -semi, -sertus (com-, 
 
 Han. 9, I. 
 consilium, -I, n. (,/ cSnsuIS, con- 
 sult), advice, suggestion, coun- 
 sel, Tht^m. a, 7; 7,4; intrigue, 
 Han. 2, 2. 
 cSnspicio, 3, -spexi, -.spectus 
 (com-, together [seeing all parts 
 at a glance]; specio, spy), look 
 'It : see, Han. 11, 6. 
 c6nstitu5, 3, -m, -ntus (com-, to- 
 get her .• statuo, set), set together, 
 arrange: set up, huild, estah- 
 lish, found : station, 'VWnx. 3, 
 4; acterinine, Aris. 3 i. 
 cSnsto, I, -stiti, -staturus (com-, 
 together ; sto, stand), stand to- 
 K'ther, agree ; constat, impers., 
 It is agreed : consist of Them. 
 6, S- 
 c5nsuesc6, 3, -suevi, -suetus (in- 
 ceptive form fr. «c6n8ue6, he 
 accustomed), accustom one's 
 self: in perf. tenses, be accus- 
 tomed, Han. 12, 5. 
 consuetiido, -inis, v. (consuetus, 
 accustomed), custom, habit, 
 usage, practice. 
 consul, -u!is, M. (,/ consuls) 
 [sal-, leap^, consul: one of 
 the ivvo chief magi.strates at 
 Kome, chosen annually after 
 
12 
 
 VOC M'.ri.AKV. 
 
 the expulsion of the kings ; 
 H.m. 4, 4. 
 
 cSnsnlaris, -e, adj. (cSnsul, ((•« 
 mi), fiifiiiuiiii,' to ti ioiisiil: 
 as a subst., oiw -n'ho has lh\ii 
 consul, ex-ioitsul, Man. la, i. 
 
 c5nsul9, 3, -ul, -ultus (com-, to- 
 Xi't/nr ; s.M.-, Ifn/'), loiisuiir ; 
 (onstilt, ask iOiiiiscl of, ask ad- 
 vice of. Them, a, (>■ 
 
 cdnsultum, -i, n. (consuls, ,/,7/7- 
 c/atc), rcsoiution, decree, I Ian. 
 
 7, 3- 
 
 contends, 3, -ill, tus (com-, in- 
 tens.; tendo, stieteli), strain; 
 s/nti^^t,'/e, contend, contest, Aris. 
 I, I ; assert; affiim. Them. 7, 2. 
 
 continens, -entis (])art. of conti- 
 neo, //('/(/ tixet/ier), self-eou- 
 tr oiled ; continuous ; with ter- 
 ram, mainland., Them. 3, 2. 
 
 cSntid, -oiiis (for conventio, fi. 
 convenio, assemble), ,. cmbly. 
 Them, i, 3. 
 
 contra, adv. and prep. w. ace. 
 (comp. form of com-, -oith), 
 (a) adv., ou the other hand, on 
 the contrary. Then .4,5; (/') 
 prep., against, contrary to. 
 
 contrahd, 3, tra.xl, -tractus (com-, 
 together ; trah5, draw), gather 
 together, collect. 
 
 contumelia, -ae. v. (cf. contumax, 
 obstinate ; contemnd, disdain), 
 reproach, disgrace, 'I'hem. i, 3. 
 
 convenio, 4, -veni, -ventus (com-, 
 together ; veni5, come), come 
 together, assetit'-le ; meet With, 
 go to ; agree with ; foint to, fit 
 
 to (foil. I>y in); agree ufon ; 
 im|)ers., convenit, // is agreed, 
 llan. 13, r. 
 
 convocS, I (com-, together ; voc5, 
 call), call tigether, assemble, 
 Han. 10, 5. 
 
 cOpia, -ae, V. (for coopia, com-, 
 intens.; ops, ^inoer, wealth), 
 abundance ; in plur., forces, 
 troops. 
 
 Corcyra, -ae, 1., Corcyra, an 
 island west of northern (Ireece, 
 near llpirus ; Them. 8, 3. 
 
 Corcyraeus, -a, -urn, adj. (Cor- 
 cyra, Cortyra), Coreyrean, of 
 Corcyra ; as a suhst., Corcyraei, 
 -orum, M.. Corcyreans, 'I'heni. 
 
 a, 3- 
 
 Cornelius, -I, m., Lucius Corne- 
 lius, a Ron consul of the 
 year i()3 i!.<'. , Han. 8, i; see 
 also Scipio and Cethggus. 
 
 COrnii, -us, N. [<'ar-, hard, scrape ; 
 cf. I'.ng. horni, horn, Han. 5, 
 2 ; wing, Han. 8, 4. 
 
 corona, -ae. I". [cvr-, curt'el, gar- 
 land, wreath, crown, Han. 7, 2. 
 
 corrump5, 3, -rfipi, -ruptus (com-, 
 intens.; rumpo, break), break 
 to pieces ; corrupt, bribe. 
 
 credo, 3, -didi, -ditus [crat-, 
 faith : DA-, put], put faith to ; 
 ha;e confidence in; entrust, 
 Han. 9, 3; think, believe. 
 Them. 4, 5 ; 9, i. 
 
 Cre6, I [CRE-, make, bring forth], 
 create ; choose, el, -f, Han. 7, 4. 
 
 Creta, -ae, v., Crer the large-^t 
 of the Clreek islands, situated 
 
VOCAHULAkV. 
 
 11 
 
 south of the AoKean. in thr 
 Mediterranean; Man. g, i. 
 
 Cr«t*ns«s, -ium. m. (Crtta, ( V,/, ). 
 
 Cr.i.uis, inhabitants of thL- 
 
 jslami Crete; Man. 9, 2; 10, r. 
 
 crimen, -inis, n. [,/.;k., , ,a;., 
 
 /'"•/J, <//,7/:;v, ai.KSatlOII, 
 
 I'hem. 8, 2. 
 cum, Lonj. (-_- quom, a ca-^e fnrm 
 of proi, St. (A-; ./qui). :,,//,//, 
 ^'•^•a. -; 3, -^'■A■..• r..//,'//,7r/-.- 
 
 Han. ,,3. ' ^• 
 
 cum, prtp. w. abl. (f,,r »8com, 
 fr. >>v.C;/oa,mi), -wif/i, lo^ctlur 
 ■with, Aris. 2, .'; with. /.,■„ 
 ^rt<w,/„/, Them. 3, - .\,is. I, ,. 
 cunctus, -a. -urn, adj. (f„r con- 
 iun'-tus, i)erf. part, of coniungo, 
 join tor;rt/u-r), all, J Ian. i, j. 
 cupide, adv. w. comp. and .snperl. 
 (cupidus, r./i,vr). eagerly, zeal- 
 ously, Aris. I, 5. 
 
 cupidiWs, atis. V. (cupidus, ,/,•■ 
 ""'"■'• •■'^''' ). •■'!<'■> uess, joiui. 
 
 lliiU 11,111. 2, I. 
 
 cupidus, .,. -urn. a.lj. (cupia, 
 '/o/;,, fr. c\c.. «,„/;), ,.„^,,.^^ 
 
 cupifl, 3, ivi or -if, -itus f( VIS 
 ?<■/.,//], /„. ^„,,,.,.. ,/,..,,.,._ j^,^.^.^^* 
 
 "'fni. 10, r; ,/,,v,v ,„;v/,j//,., 
 I Ian. 10, J. 
 cflr (ohkr form quor, forquoi and 
 rei). interroR. and rel. adv., 
 ■fliyf li'lieiejoref on aeeoiint 
 oj -.vliicli, Aris. i, j. 
 cura, -ae, 1 . (for *cavira, fr. <\v-, 
 JtVA //), ,,/;■,-, eoncern, dili^'.nee, 
 Han. 9, .,. 
 
 custSdio, 4, -ivI or -il. it.is (cQ- 
 Stos, Kit" J), giiara, r..,//,//, 
 Han. 9, ,. 
 
 Cyrenaei, -orum, m. (Cyrenae, 
 iyicne), Cyreitaeans, t/u in. 
 habitants «/ Cyrene, Han. 8, t. 
 
 damns, i (damnum, hurt, loss), 
 
 l>rin,i; a loss upon; condemn. 
 
 Them. 8, 1; 10, 5. 
 de, prep. w. 2^A.,fro,n, out of; 
 ffom, of. Them. 4, 3 ; g^ , . 
 
 ahout, concerning, in regard to, 
 
 Them. 1,4; 2,6; 10,4; Han. 
 a, 2; Aris. i, i. 
 debe5, 2, -ul, -itus (de, from : 
 habeo, have, hold) [\i.\h.,have], 
 o-Jic; ought (loll, by intin.;, 
 Han. 2, 5. 
 
 debilito, i (debilis,?m//),j..,,,/.,//, 
 Han. I, 2. 
 
 decedo, 3, -cessi. -cessns (d6, 
 from : cedo, go), go away, die, 
 Aris. 3, 2. 
 
 decem, indetl. num. adj.. ten, 
 Aris. I, 3. 
 
 decerno, 3, <revl, -cretus (de, 
 from ; cenio, separate) [ckr-, 
 t'KK-. /,/;-/]. decide, deferinine : 
 decree ; vote; do battle, Han. 
 4, I- 
 
14 
 
 VOCAIU I *RY. 
 
 diclirS, I (d<, intens. ; cUi5, 
 mtiAi' clear), make clear, skmo, 
 ilan. II, z. 
 
 didS, 3, -didi, -ditus (di, away ; 
 Ab,fut) [2 V\;/'uf],surren(/er, 
 Han. 9, I ; liejoU, Them. 1, 3. 
 
 d§duc5, 3, -duxi. -ductus (d*, 
 
 Jrom,ihywii : dflcS, /<■.•,/) [nvc-, 
 
 lead\, bthif^ : coniiiut, 'I'hem. 
 
 8, 5; I Ian. II, 2; leaii out, 
 
 lian. II, I. 
 
 defends, 3, -fendi, -fen.sus (d8, 
 /rum, off: ♦fendo, slriii), -wan/ 
 off; (then of the object from 
 which an attack is warded off), 
 defend. Them. 7, 4 ; Han. 10, 5. 
 
 diferS, -ferre, -tull, -latus (dS, 
 
 from ; fer6, carry) [ker-, 
 
 hear~\, report. Them. 7, 2 ; Han. 
 
 12, 2 ; offer ; confer upon (ad), 
 
 Han. 3, I. 
 
 deinde (de, from ; inde, t/nnce), 
 thereafter, Han. 7, 6; then, 
 next. Them. 2, 2. 
 
 delectus, -a, -um, adj. (part, of 
 2 deligo, select), picked, chosen, 
 Han. 4, 1 ; Aris. 3, i ; .sul>*t., 
 dSl^ctus, -i, M., chosen one. 
 Them. 2, 6. 
 
 deled, 2, -evi, -etus (de, out, away; 
 I.1-, smear), blot out ; destroy. 
 Them. 4, i. 
 
 deliberd, i (dS, thorouf^hly ; 
 libro, weigh, consider), consult 
 an oracle. Them. 2, 6. 
 
 1 deligd, I (de, close ; lig6, bind), 
 bind fast, Han. 5, 2. 
 
 2 deligo, 3,-!egi, -Icctus {^iffrom; 
 lego, gathc! ), choose. 
 
 Delphi, -orum, m., Delphi, a 
 town at the foot of Mount 
 I'urna.sMis in I'hocis in which 
 was tlie famous temple and 
 (jracle of Apollo. 
 
 D£lus (-08), i. K-. /)elos, a small 
 island in tiie Aegean sea, ttu- 
 central one of the ( ycladts, 
 famed as the birthplace if 
 Apollo :iiu! Diana; Aris. 3, 1. 
 
 dSmigrO, I (d«, from ; migro, 
 depart), depart from, remir c. 
 
 depellO, 3, -pull, -pulsus (th,from ; 
 peI16,</''m'),'/''/rvi'///.Them.5, i . 
 
 dipdnd, 3, -posui. -positus (de, 
 away; pdn6, pl^ce), lay asuie. 
 give up, Han. 1,3; store away, 
 Han. 9, 3. 
 
 deportd, i (de, away : porio, car- 
 ry), carry a'i'iiv. Them. 2, S. 
 
 dSpugno, I (de, ^'la ; pugnd, 
 fight), fight out, '1 hem. 4, 4. 
 
 descends, 3, -scen<lt, -scensus (di, 
 (/(Ti'// ,• scando, climb), go down, 
 Aris. 1, 7. 
 
 deserd, 3, -s> lui, -sertus (de, //'/-,• 
 sero, /"«./) [sKR-, bind], aban- 
 don, dcici t. Han. 8, 3- 
 
 dSsiderO, i , long for, wish for, 
 desire : miss ; require, need. 
 
 desind, 3, -sil (sIvT), -itus (dS, 
 dow'i ; sino, ////, set), stop, 
 cease, desist. Them. 6, 4. 
 
 desistO, 3, -stiti, -stitus (Ai,from ; 
 ststo, stand), stop, cease, leave 
 off, Han. I, 3. 
 
 desperd, i (de, negative; spero, 
 ho/'C), •■ in despair of, Them. 
 xo, 4- 
 
 WT: 
 
 ■np 
 
 i\ 
 
 ■rwNt- 
 
VOCABLI.AkY. 
 
 15 
 
 dJtrimentum, -I, n. (d«ter(, ru/> 
 
 inixiy), /est, Han. 5, 2. 
 deus, -I, M. [i)iv-, s/tin.'], .1 ^W. 
 
 Them. 3, 7. 
 devincO, 3, vkl, -vlctus (d«, 
 thoroughly; ylnc6, (-otL/iur) 
 [vrt-, fOHi/aei], lom/iiff thor- 
 0Hi;hly, I'hcm. 5, j; menonif, 
 Han. 1, 2. 
 dexter, -tra, -trum, adj., rii^/it, 
 Han. 4, 3; dextra, -at (ftin.of 
 dexter, rii^ht ; sr. munxxt), ni^'ht 
 hand, pltdi;,; Them. 8, 4. 
 Diana, -ae, v., Diana, a Latin 
 divinity, identified with the 
 (Jreek Artemis, dauj^hter of 
 Jupiter and I.atona; the god- 
 dess of hunting; llan. 9, ;,. 
 dico, 3, di.\i, dictiLS [nil-, shonv, 
 point], say, Man. 3, i ; 6, 3 ; 
 Aris. I, 4. 
 dictator, -ori.s, m. (dicto, diclare 
 repi;it,;ily, liiitatt), Jiit.itor, 
 Ilan. 5, I ; 5, 3 ; a Roman 
 officei outranking the consuls, 
 appointed with aI)solute pow- 
 er when gre-* danger threat- 
 ened tiie state. 
 di€s, -eT, M., somtimes k. in sing, 
 [nr-, shine], day, Han. 5, 3; 
 5, I- 
 difficilis, -e, adj. (dis-, negative; 
 facilis, easy), difficult. Them. 
 8,5. 
 dignitas, -atis, f. (digous, ^vor- 
 thy), dignity, position ; splen- 
 dor, mas^nijicence. Them. 6, i 
 respect. Them. 8, 2. 
 dignus, -a, -um, adj. (for decnus, 
 
 fr. DV.C; beseem), destrving, 
 worthy, Ari.s. 1, 4. 
 dilictua, -us, M. (dli-, apart; 
 
 i.K(.-, feather), selection ; lr,y, 
 Han. 6, 4. 
 dQigenter, adv. (dIUgena, care- 
 ful), cirefully, Ilu-m. x, 3. 
 diligentia, ac, v. (diligeni, care- 
 Jul), carefulness ; dili^'ence, 
 earnes/h.ss, Han. 7, 5. 
 diligd, 3, Itxi, -lectus (dli-, 
 •'Part: legd, choose), choose 
 out, hn'e, Aris. 3, 3. 
 dimicS, i (dis-, i^rcatly ; mk6, 
 UI07C to and Jro) (brandish 
 weapons against an enemy), 
 fi^'ht, Han. 8, 3. 
 dimittd, 3, -misi, -missus (dia-, 
 ap<irt ; mitto, send), send away, 
 let t;o a-Miy, Them. 7, 3 ; Han. 
 3, 3 ; .!.■■'>''• up, Han. 12, 5. 
 discedd, 3, -cess?, -cessus (dis-, 
 apart; cedo, .j,v), depart, go 
 a-way; come off, Han. i, 2 ; 
 scatter. Them. 4, 3. 
 disicid (pronounce disiicio), 3, 
 -ieci, -iectus (dis-, apart ; iacio, 
 thrtnv), scatter; rout; raze, 
 Han. 7, 7. 
 dispalatus, -a, -um, adj. (part, of 
 dispalor, wander off), strag- 
 gling, Han. 5, 2. 
 dispergS, 3, -rsi, -sus (dis-, apart; 
 spargo, scatter), scatter, sepa- 
 rate. Them. 4, 2. 
 displiceo, a, -ul, -itus (dis-, nega- 
 tive; placed, please), displease; 
 nnd no Jul or with. Them. 3, i. 
 dissideS, 2, -edi, — (dis-, apart ; 
 
 
 ww^i:-^- c 
 
16 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ■ 1 1 
 
 :l 1 
 
 sedeo, «'/), sit apart; have a 
 
 quarrel (ab) loit/i, Han. lo, 2. 
 dissolutus, -a, -urn (part, of dis- 
 
 solvo. loose'), reckless, dissolute. 
 dissolvo, 3, -solutus (dis-, apart ; 
 
 solvo, to loose), to unbind, to 
 
 destroy, 'hem. 5, i ; 9, 3- 
 distringS, 3, -nxl, -ctus (dis-, 
 
 apart; stringo, draw), busy, 
 
 occupy, Han. 13, 2. 
 diu, diutius, diutissime, ady. [di-, 
 
 shine'\, long, Han. I2, 5. 
 diutius, see diu. 
 divinus, -a, -um, adj. {Mvvia,god), 
 
 of a god ; divine, sacred, Han. 
 
 divitiae, -arum, F. (dives, rich), 
 riches, wealth. Them. 2, 3. 
 
 d5, dare, dedl, datus [da-,^/?'^], 
 give ; grant. Them. 10, i; Aris. 
 
 3, 3 ; furnish. Them. 8, 5 ; 
 Aris. 3, I; verba dare, cheat, 
 deceive, Han. 5, 2; operam 
 ABlK, give attention to, put forth 
 efforts. Them. 7, i. 
 
 doctor, -oris, M. (doced, teach), 
 teacher, instructor, Han. 12, 3. 
 
 dolus, -T, M. {cf. 56\oi), deceit; 
 trick, cunning, strategy. Them. 
 
 4, 5; Han. 5, 3. 
 domesticus, -a, -um, adj. (domus, 
 
 house) [dem-, build], personal, 
 private, Han. 10, 2. 
 
 domicilium, -I, n. (domus, house ; 
 DEM-, build ; CAL-, cover), resi- 
 dence. Them. 10, 2 ; castle. 
 
 dominati5, -onis, f. (dominor, 
 bear rule) [dom-, tame], rule, 
 sway; power. 
 
 dominus, -I, m. [dom-, tame], 
 master, captain. Them. 8, 6. 
 
 domus, -us or -i [dem-, build], 
 house, dwelling place, Han. 7, 
 7; home. Them. 4, 2; Han. 8, 
 I ; house, household, family, 
 Them. 9, 2 ; in the locative, 
 domi, at home, Han. i, 2. 
 
 d5no, I (donum, gift), present, 
 Han. 7, 2 ; give, bestotv. Them. 
 
 10, 3- 
 
 dOS, dotis, F. \ps.-, give], a mar- 
 riage portion, dowry, Aris. 3, 3. 
 
 dubito, I (dubius, doubtful), 
 doubt, Han. i, i; 11, 2; hesi- 
 tate, Han. 2, 4; II, 3. 
 
 dubium, -i, N. [dva-, apart, two], 
 doubt; sine dubid, without 
 doubt, undoubtedly, Han. g, i. 
 
 dubius, -a, -um, adj. [dva-, apart, 
 two], going in two directions, 
 doubtful, Han. 2, 5. 
 
 ducenti, -ae, -a, num. adj. (duo, 
 two ; centum, hundred), two 
 hundred. Them. 2, 5 ; 3, 2. 
 
 duc5, 3, duxi, ductus [dvc-, 
 lead], lead, bring, Han. 3, 3; 
 8, 4 ; take, Han. 2, 4 ; carry off, 
 Han. 9, 4; prolong. Them. 7, 
 i; consider, Aris. i, 4. 
 
 dum, conj., while, Han. 2, 4. 
 
 duo, -ae, -o, num. adj. [dva-, 
 two], two, Han. 4, 4 ; 6, 3 ; 13, 
 3, etc. 
 
 duplex, -plicis, adj. [dva-, two; 
 Pi.EC-, fold], t^oofold, double, 
 Han. 8, 2. 
 
 dux, -ucis, M. or F. [dvc-, lead], 
 leader, Aris. 2, 2. 
 
VOCABULARY, 
 
 17 
 
 A Tdv T^hl f "^ ''' "■ '°™' ^^"J- (postpositive), /or, 
 
 ea adv. abl. fem of « ; .<•. via). /«/.v, ,w,,y, ^ris. 1,33.,. 
 
 ^^_M,;/ «,<,;, ; aere, Ilan. 3, 4. Them. 2, 5 ; 8. ;. ' 
 
 effero, -ferre. extull elatus (ex. enumero, x (e, '.i ..«,./.,./,-, 
 
 out carry a.v.,y; bury {carry count, relate, emunerate, Ian. 
 
 out/or (•una/), Axis. ■^^ 2. 5 4. 
 
 efficio, 3, -feci, -fectus (ex, ..«/, e5, adv. (old dat. of is), //////;.v- 
 
 ///>/< ; corfiplete, Them. 2, 3. 
 effugio, 3, -fugi, — (ex, from ; 
 
 eo, Ire, ivi or il, itfirus [i-, _^,>], 
 .iro, Han. 3, 4. 
 
 fugi5, y/.r), Jice from ; escape, eodem, ad'v. V-ld dat. and loc. of 
 
 Them. 8, i 
 ego, mel, plur. nos, pers. pron., /, 
 
 idem, t/u- same), to the same 
 place, Han. ii, 2. 
 
 me we, us, Them. 9, i ; Han. Ephesus, -I. v., Epkesus, a city of 
 
 s»,I/-*„ - ^°"'^ '" Asia Minor: Them. 
 
 egredior, 3, egressus .sum (e, out, 8, 7. 
 
 from; graiior ^^o, come), .^o or ephorus, -1, m. (.Vopo.), .//.„... 
 
 Han xf . "• ^' '' ""'' ''^''' '' ""P'^'^-' '^'^'^ I-«- 
 
 SiojR /" " exceeded that of the kings. 
 
 -lectus (e, o^rt; ,acio, .,,./), Tiiem. 9, ,; Han. „, 2 
 
 Them's 'i "'' '""■"'• "*"'"' ■•^'^' •^'- ^^''""^> ^""-)' 
 
 »i«.„i.,»* ' - , , /""'•f'^'«"«;plur.,r</r'<///-i',Them. 
 
 elephantus, -i, .m., elef/iaut, Han. 2, 5 ; Han. 5, 3. 
 
 3,4- 
 eloquentia, -ae, f. (eloquens, <•/<> 
 
 quent), eloquence, Aris. 1, .\ 
 emendo, i (e, from, out ; men 
 
 equitatus, -us, m. (equito, rule), 
 
 cavalry, Han. 3, i. 
 erga, prep. w. ace, towards, Han. 
 
 I. 3; 10, I. 
 
 I'lw.n''^'.^ ^"f"' """' "^' "g6. '^'o"j'andadv.,.V...,M.v-, 
 »//«/./.], free from faults ; fore, Them. 4, 5. 
 
 amend, make jrood. Them, i, i. 
 
 emitto, 3, -misl. -missus (k, forth, 
 
 out ; mitto, send, let ^■-«), send 
 
 ^"gO> 3, -lexT, -rectus (e, out, 
 up ; rego, make straight), raise, 
 arouse. Them, r, 3. 
 
 ^^^I'T' '''f'' ' ^'"^'" error,-oris, ^,. ^,g: astray), m.s- 
 emittere, ^/^, exp,re. take, delusion, blunder, Han. 9, 3. 
 
 ^i 
 
IS 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 'li 
 
 SrudiS, 4, -Tv! or -il, -Itus (8, 
 from ; rodia, rough), free from 
 roughness ; train, educate, 
 teach. Them. lo, i. 
 
 gscendd, 3, -dl, -ensus (6, from 
 [below], up; scando, climb), 
 mount upon, embark. Them. 
 8, 6. 
 
 et, conj., and ; too, also. 
 
 etiam, conj. (et, and ; iam, now), 
 and also, even also; '< besides. 
 Them. 2, 3 ; still. Them. 4, 5 ; 
 non sSlum . . . sed eti»in, not 
 only . . . but also. Them. 2, i. 
 
 etiamtum, adv. (etiam, even ; 
 turn, then), even then, still, 
 Han. 4, 3. 
 
 Etruria, -ae, f., Etruria, the 
 division of Italy on the west- 
 em coast just above Latium ; 
 Han. 4, 2. 
 
 etsi, conj. (et, even ; si, if), er<en 
 if, though, although. Them. 
 
 5, I- 
 
 Euboea, -ae, f., Euboea, a large 
 island, just off the coast of 
 Attica and Boeotia. 
 
 Eumenes, -is, m., Eumenes, king 
 of Pergamum, 198-158 B.C., a 
 friend and ally of Rome; 
 Han. 10, 2 ; 11, 4. 
 
 Eurdpa, -ae, f., Europe, the con- 
 tinent. 
 
 Eurybiades, -is, M., Eurybiades, 
 a Spartan general, commander 
 of the entire (ireek fleet Jn 
 the battles with Xerxes' fleet ; 
 Them. 4, 2. 
 
 ex or (before consonants only) e, 
 
 prep. w. abl., out of, from. 
 Them. 1, i ; 8, 7; 10, 3; in 
 conseqiKuce of, Han. 7, 5. 
 
 exadversum, prep. w. ace. (ex, 
 from ; adversus, opposite), over 
 against, opposite. Them. 3, 4. 
 
 exagit5, t (ex, from, out; agitS 
 [intens. of ago], drive), drive 
 out, pursue. Them. 9, 4. 
 
 excedo, 3, <essT, -cessus (ex, 
 away ; c6d5, go), go away, de- 
 part, Han. 6, 4. 
 
 excello, 3, -celsus [ex, out; cel-, 
 rise'\, be eminent ; be superior, 
 surpass, Aris. i, 3. 
 
 excied or exciS (ex, out; cieS, 
 cause to go), call out; summon, 
 Han. 8, i. 
 
 excludo, 3 -clusi, -clusus (ex, 
 from ; claudd, shut), shut off, 
 cut off, hinder. Them. 5, i. 
 
 excdgito, I (ex, out; cogitS, 
 think), think out ; devise, plan. 
 Them, i, 4. 
 
 excursid, -onis, f. (ex, forth, 
 out; CVR-, run), a running 
 forth ; raid; invasion. Them. 
 6, 2. 
 
 exed, -ire, -il or -TvT, -itus (ex, out, 
 from ; eo, go), go out, go away ; 
 start, Them. 6, 5 ; have, disem- 
 bark. Them. 8, 7 ; spread, Han. 
 9, 2. 
 
 exerceo, 2, -ul, -itus (ex, out; 
 arced, confine), keep out of an 
 enclosure ; keep busy ; train ; 
 exasperate, Han. 10, I. 
 
 exercitus, -us, m. (exerceS, train), 
 army {trained force), Them. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 19 
 
 8, 6; plur. in sense ol forces. 
 Them, a, 5; Aris. a, i; 3, i. 
 exhaurid, 4, -hausl, -haustus (ex, 
 out; haurio, draw (water, etc), 
 draw off; exhaust, Han. 6, i. 
 exheredS, i (exhSrts, disinher- 
 ited), disinherit. Them, i, 2. 
 existim5, i (ex, out, up ; aestimo, 
 reckon), value, judge ; think, 
 consider. 
 exitus, -us, M. (ex, out; i-, f<j), 
 ■way out, exit, issue, Ilan. 
 ".3- 
 expediS, 4, -ivl or -il, -itus (ex, 
 out; pes, foot), free, extricate, 
 Han. 5, 2. 
 expellS, 3, -pull, -pulsus (ex, 
 out ; pello, drive), drive out or 
 away ; expel, banish, Aris. i, 
 7 ; 3, 4- 
 experior, 4, pertus sum (ex, 
 out, thoroughly; per-, try), 
 try thoroughly ; try ; f„d by 
 experience. Them. 9, 4. 
 explicd, 1, -avi (-ul), -atus (-itus) 
 (ex, ottt; \>\\zl, fold), unfold; 
 explain, set forth, state, describe. 
 Them. 4, 5; unfold, deploy. 
 Them, i, 3. 
 explSrd, 1, investigate, search 
 into, Them. 7, 2; endeavor to 
 learn, Han. a, 2. 
 
 exp8n5, 3,-posuI, -positus (ex, out, 
 forth ; pono, place), place out ; 
 disembark, land. Them. 8, 7. 
 exposes, 3, -poposci, — (ex, 
 from ; posco, demand), ask 
 earnestly from, demand. Them. 
 8, s; Han. 7, 6. 
 expugno, I (ex, to the end; 
 pugno, fght), take by storm, 
 capture; capture, fight past. 
 Them. 4, i. 
 exsilium, -I, n. (exsul, exile), 
 
 exile, Aris. i, 3. 
 exspectatiS, -onis, f. (exspecto, 
 wait for), a waiting for ; ex- 
 pectation, eagerness, Han. 6, i. 
 exspecto (exp-), i (ex, out; 
 specto, look), look for, wait 
 for, await, expect, Them. 7, i. 
 exstinguo (ext-), 3, -stinxl, 
 -stinctus (ex, out, completely; 
 stinguo, quench), extinguish; 
 blot out. Them, 1,3. 
 exstruo, 3, -struxT. -striictus (ex, 
 out, forth ; struo, build), build 
 up ; raise, erect. Them. 6, 5. 
 exsul (exul), -ulis, m. or k. (ex, 
 forth ; SAL-, leap), exile, Han. 
 7, 7- 
 extra, prep. w. ace. (exter, on 
 the outside), outside of, beyond. 
 Them. 6, 2. 
 
 P 
 
 Fabius, -I, m. (d) Quintus Fabius 
 Maximus, Roman consul and 
 dictator in the Second Punic 
 
 War; Han. 5, i; (b) Fabius 
 Labeo, Roman consul in 183 
 B.C.; Han. 13, I. 
 
! I!- 
 
 20 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 11 
 
 IS 
 
 facile, adv. (facilis, eas^'), comp. 
 facilius ; siiperl. facillimS ; fasi- 
 /)', Aris. 3, ( . 
 facilis, -e, adj. (facio, t/o), that 
 may he done ; easy, Han. lo, 3. 
 facio, 3, fecT, fact us [hac-, make, 
 do], make, do. Them. 8, 2; Aris. 
 i> 4; a, i; 3, 3; Han. 2, 2; act, 
 Them. 7, 6; build. Them. 9, 3; 
 palam facere, disclose, make 
 kmnvn, Han. 7, 7 ; 11, i ; verba 
 facere, speak, plead. Them. 10, 
 I ; certiorem aliquem facete, in- 
 form any one, Them. 5, i. 
 factum, T, N. (facio, do), deed, 
 act, occurrence, Aris. 2, 2 ; 
 Han. 13, 4; 6, 3. 
 facultas, atis, f. (facul = facilis, 
 that may be done), capability, 
 ability, power ; plur., wealth, 
 means, resources, Han. 6, 2. 
 Falernus, -a, -um, adj., Faler- 
 nian ; of Falernus, a district 
 in Campania; Han. 5, i. 
 falls, 3, fefelli, falsus [kai,-, trip], 
 
 make fall ; deceive, 
 falsus, -a, -um, adj. (fallo, de- 
 ceive), false, untrue. Them. 7, 2. 
 fama, -ae, f. [f.\-, show], report, 
 news, 1 umor. Them. 2, 6 ; 
 10, 4 ; Han. 9, 2 ; reputation. 
 Them, i, 3. 
 familiaris, -e, adj. (familia, /?«/- 
 ily), belonging to the household, 
 private: res familiaris, prop- 
 erty. Them, i, 2. 
 fere, adv., for the most part, 
 almost, Aris. i, l ; 2, 3; about, 
 Aris. I, 7; 3, 4. 
 
 ferS, ferre, tuli, latus [ff.r-, M/z-.- 
 tal-, ILA-, lift], bear, carry, 
 Han. 4, 3. 
 
 ferox, -ocis, adj. [ff.r-, wild, 
 strike], bold; warlike. Them. 
 2, I. 
 
 fictilis, -e, adj. [fig-, handle, 
 fix], made of clay, earthen, 
 Han. 10, 4; II, 5. 
 
 fidelis, -e, adj. (fides, trust), 
 trusty, faithful. Them. 4, 3. 
 
 fides, -ei, F. [FID-, bind, trust], 
 trust, faith, confidence, belief. 
 Them. 7, 2; promise, oath, 
 Han. 2, 4 ; protection. Them. 
 8,4. 
 
 fidiicia, -ae, f. (*fiducu8 = fidus, 
 trusting), confidence, Han. 8, i. 
 
 fnia, -ae, F. (filius, son), daughter, 
 Them. 8, 4. 
 
 filius, -i, M. [fi-, nurse], son. 
 Them, i, i ; Aris. i, i. 
 
 finis, -is, m. (often f. in sing.) 
 [for »fidni8, fr. fid-, split], 
 boundary, end, limit, Han. 13, 
 4; plur., territory, Han. 8, I. 
 
 flO, fieri, factus (used as pass, of 
 facid), be made : bring abcut. 
 Them. 6, 5 ; be done, Han. 
 
 11, 5 ; 12, 3 ; happen, Han. 
 
 12, 5. 
 
 Flamininus, -i, m., T. Quintius 
 Flamininus, envoy of the 
 Romans to King Prusias, to 
 demand the surrender of Han- 
 nibal, who was at his court; 
 Han. 12, I. 
 
 Flaminius, -!, m., M. Gains 
 Flaminius, a Roman consul ; 
 
VOCAHULARV. 
 
 21 
 
 he commanded the Romans in 
 the battle of Lake Trasume- 
 nus ; Han. 4, j. 
 flamma, -ae, v. (for *flagma, fr. 
 V\.m:-, MiKt-), hlazt\ '1 "hem. 4, 2. 
 foederatus, -a, -um, adj. (part, of 
 foedero, h.ij^'in), hi L-nguc wit/i, 
 allied, Han. 3, 2. 
 foedus, -eris, .\. [kid-, /,/;/(/] 
 
 tcii^i^m; treaty, Han. 7, 5. 
 fore, forem, see sum. 
 foris, -i.s, V. [i.-(,K-, hou\ door, 
 
 Han. 12, 4. 
 forte, adv. (.ihl. of fors), hv 
 chaftic, ferc/iamc, perhaps, 
 Han. 8, i ; Aris. 3, 1. 
 fortis, -e, adj. [n-.K-, //„/,/], stead- 
 fast : vii^oroits, hrare, Han. 13, i . 
 fortitudo, -inis, v. (fortis, brave), 
 bravery, courage, valor, Han. 
 I, I. 
 fortulto, adv. (fortuitus, aceiden 
 
 tal), by cliance, Han. 12, 5. 
 fSrtuna, -ae, v. (fors, chame), 
 fortune; luck; property, Han. 
 9, 3- 
 forum, -I, N. [i.(jK., /,,„.,.], open 
 thoroughfare ; market-plaee, fo- 
 rum . 
 
 frango, 3, fregl, fractus [kkac-, 
 brea/i-], break; crush, 'I'lieni. 
 
 frater, -tris, m., brother, Han. 3, 3. 
 Fregellae, -anini, k., J-Wgellae, 
 
 a city on the river l.iris in 
 
 I.atium; Han. 7, 2. 
 frustra, adv. (,/ fraus, deception), 
 
 III a deccned manner ; in vain, 
 
 Han. 2, 2. 
 frustror, i [frustra, in 7Hiin ; 
 
 lER-, wild, strike], deceive, Han. 
 
 2,6. 
 
 fuga, -ae, v. [v\^:; Jlee], Jli^-ht, 
 Them. 4, 3; Han. 6, 4; u, 4. 
 fugo, I [IV(;-, y/.v], niakejlee; 
 put to Jlight, discomfit, rout, 
 Han. 4, 1; 4, 4; Aris. 2, 2. 
 ful, fui.sse, see sum. 
 fundamentum, -T, .v. (fundo, lay a 
 foundation), foundation, Han. 
 7, 7- 
 fundo, 3, ffidl, fusus [KI-, iri)., 
 pour], pour, scatter ; overcome, 
 rout, Aris. 2, I. 
 fungor, 3, functus sum, busy one's 
 self vi'//// ,• perforin ; hold, fill. 
 Them. 7, 3. 
 Furius, -i, M., /7„///j- Pur ills, a 
 Roman consul in 196 B.C. • 
 Han. 7, 6. 
 futiirus, -a, -um, adj. (part, of 
 sum, be), future ; as a subst., 
 futura, -urum, a., future, Them. 
 I, 4. 
 
 Gallia, -ae, f., Gaul, includ- 
 ing modern France, Belgium, 
 Switzerland, and part of 
 
 no.'thern Italy; the Romans 
 called the portion correspond- 
 ing to modern France, Gaitia 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 i 
 
 t 
 
 
 i \- 
 
 
 ' 
 
 ■ 
 
22 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Transalptna ; that correspond- 
 ing to northern Italy, Gallia 
 Cisalptna ; Han. 3, 4. 
 
 Geminus, -i, m., Cn. Servilius 
 
 • Geminus, Roman consul in 
 217 B.C.; he was killed at the 
 battle of Cannae; Han. 4, 4. 
 
 generOsus, -a, -urn, adj. (genus, 
 birth), of nobkbirth,'Y\i&va. i, 2. 
 
 gens, gentis, F. [ckn-, beget^ 
 race, people, nation. Them. 7, 4. 
 
 genus, -eris, n. [cen-, bege^, race, 
 birth ; family ; sort, kind. 
 
 gerS, 3, gessi, gestus \i:,VS; carry], 
 bear, carry; carry on, wage, 
 Han. 8, 3 ; do, perform. Them. 
 1, 3; Han. 5, I ; conduct, Han. 
 7, 1 ; mdrem gerere, humor, com- 
 ply with one 'j wish. Them. 7, 3 ; 
 rSs gestae, exploits, deeds. 
 
 gesta, -orum, n. (neut. plur. of 
 part, of gero used substantive- 
 ly), events, Han. 13, 3. 
 
 glSria, -ae, F. [clv-, hear}, glory, 
 fame. Them. 6, 3. 
 
 Gortynii, 'rum, M., Gortynians, 
 citizens of Gortyna, a city in 
 Crete ; Han. 9, i ; 9, 4. 
 
 Gracchus, -1, M., Tiberius Sem- 
 pronius Gracchus, a Roman con- 
 sul, 215 and 213 B.C.; Han. 5, 3. 
 
 gradus, -us [orad-, walk], step, 
 Them, a, 1 ; /. sition. Them. 
 
 5, I- 
 
 Graecia, -ae, f. (Graecus, Greek), 
 Greece, used not only of the 
 country occupying the eastern- 
 most of the three southern 
 peninsulas of Europe, but also 
 of the Greek colonies in Asia ; 
 Aris. I, 7; 3, 2. 
 
 Graecus, -a, -um, adj., Greek. 
 
 Grai, -orum, m., a less frequsnt 
 form for Graeci, Greeks. 
 
 Grains, -a, -um, adj.,Cn;/(»«, Han. 
 3, 4 ; see note on passage ; 
 Greek, Grecian, Them, g, 2. 
 
 gratia, -ae, v. (gritus, pleasing), 
 that which gives pleasure ; 
 favor, service, kindness, Them. 
 8, 7 ; in the abl. with preceding 
 dependent genitive, gxii.^k,for 
 the sake of Han. 7, 6; gr&tias 
 agere, thank, Han. 7, 2. 
 
 gratiis (grStis), adv. (abl. plur. 
 of gritia), out of kindness ; for 
 nothing, without reward. 
 
 gratus, -a, -um, adj. [gra-, de- 
 sire, favor"], welcome, agreeable, 
 pleasing, Han. 7, 3. 
 
 gravis, -e, adj. [grav-, heavy], 
 heavy ; severe, Han. 4, 3. 
 
 H 
 
 habe9, a, -uT, -itus [hab-, have], 
 have, hold. Them, a, 4 ; 6, 2 ; 
 keep, Han. 7, 3 ; fnd, Them. 
 
 9,4- 
 habito, I (freq. of habed, have). 
 
 have possession of; dwell, live, 
 reside, Them. 8, i. 
 Hadriimetun, -I, n., Hadrume- 
 tum, a Carthaginian town ly- 
 ing on the coast, to which 
 
VOCABULARY, 
 
 23 
 
 Hannibal fled after the l)attle 
 of Zania; I Ian. 6, j ; 6, 4. 
 Hatnilcar, -aris, m., Ilamilcar, 
 the father of Hannibal; llaii. 
 i| '; a, J. 
 Hannibal, -alls, m., //,uini/>,tl, a 
 Carthaginian, son of Hamilcar, 
 one of the greatest generals of 
 the world's history; he enabled 
 his country very nearly to crush 
 Rome in the Second I'unic 
 War; I Ian. i, ',eu. 
 Hasdrubal, -alis, m., I/asdmhal, 
 (rf) brother-in-law of Hannibal, 
 who succeeded him as com- 
 mander of the army; Han. 3, 
 I ; (b) brother of Hannibal, 
 who was killed in battle when 
 coming to Hannibal's support 
 in Italy; Han. 3, 3. 
 Hellespontus, -I, m., the Helles- 
 pont (the modern strait of the 
 Dardanelles), between Thrace 
 and Mysia ; the name was also 
 applied to the shores about the 
 strait ; Them. 5, i ; 9, 3. 
 Hercules, -is, m., //erculcs, son 
 of Jupiter and Alcmena ; the 
 national hero of Greece ; after 
 his death deif .■.' and made the 
 god of strength ; Han. 3, 4. 
 hereditas, -atis, f. (heres, /leir), 
 
 inheritance, Han. i, 3. 
 hie, adv., in this place, here, 
 upon this, at this, hereupon, 
 now, Han. 5, 2. 
 hie, haec, hoc, gen. huius, de- 
 monst. pron. (a) (used adjec- 
 tively), this, these, Aris. a, 3 ; 
 
 (/') (used substantively), this, 
 these, .\ris. i, 2 ; (as pers. 
 pron.), //.■, etc.. Them, i, i ; 
 Han. I, 3. 
 hinc, ad\., from this 7 cry place : 
 hence, from this place, llan. 4, i . 
 Hispania, -ae, f., S/>ain, includ- 
 ing the whole peninsula ; Han. 
 2. 3; 3, 3- 
 historia, -ae, K. (iaropLa), history. 
 
 Them. 9, i. 
 historieus, -i, m. (j<i-ropt/f6s), stu- 
 
 ilent <f history, historian. 
 hodie, adv. (contracted from 
 hoc die, on this day), to-day, 
 Han. 3, 4. 
 homS, -inis, m. and k., human 
 beiui^ ; man. Them. 5, 3 ; 9, 2 ; 
 Aris. I, 3. 
 honos (or honor), -oris, m., honor ; 
 
 oficial position. Them. 7, 3. 
 hortor (for heritor), i, exhort, 
 
 encourage. Them. 4, 2. 
 hospes (hostis, stranger; pot-, 
 master), -itis, M., visitor, guest, 
 friend. 
 hospitium, -I, n. (hospes, host), 
 hospitality, guest-friendship. 
 Them. 8, 3. 
 hostia, -ae, k. [has-, hurt], ani- 
 mal for sacrifice, victim, Han. 
 2, 3- 
 hostis, -is, M. and f. [has-, hurt], 
 stranger ; a public enemy, foe, 
 Tht-m. 5, I, etc. 
 hue, adv. (*hoi [st. ho- of hie, 
 this] ; and -ce), to this place, 
 hither^ to this point, Han. 
 
 la, 4. 
 
 7>4; 
 
 ^1 
 
' t 
 
 24 
 
 VOCAUULARY. 
 
 iaciS, 3, icci, iartus [ia< -. v'. 
 St- II J ; cf. iaceo, //r], /luil, 
 t/iii'w, Han. n, 5. 
 iam, adv., iiliiiii/y, iimv, Justy 
 
 at last, Them. 7, 5. 
 ianua, -ae, v. [1 \-, .voj, i/ooni'<iy, 
 lioiisc-dooi\iiitiaiUi\ Han. 12, 4. 
 ibi, adv., in that /•/ace, thirc. 
 
 Them. 8, ,5; Han. 12, i. 
 idem, eailtni, idem, dpmonst. 
 pron. [pron. st., I-, this ; -dem, 
 demonst. suffix], the sarin; 
 Aris. 2, I ; Them. 8, i ; iihc- 
 7c>isi; I'hem. 9, 3. 
 idSneus, -a, -um, ad}../t, /ro/'er, 
 
 siiilal'lc. 
 igitur, conj., to rcsiinic, then, 1 Ian. 
 
 3, I ; therefore, aecontiiif^ly. 
 ignorS, I (*ign6ru8, ignorant) 
 [(;n.\-, cno-, kiuyii)\, be igno- 
 rant of, be unacqtiainteJ with, 
 Aris. I, 5. 
 ignStus, -a, -um, a'l' ''-'■ m- 
 (g)n6tu8) [c.NA-, (..-.J-, A-nojul 
 (f r. in-, not . notus, in wn). un- 
 known. Them. 8, 6. 
 ille, ilia, illud, gen. -lus, dtmon.'^t. 
 pron. (ii) (used adjecti vely), 
 that, those, Aris. 1,3; (/') (used 
 substantively), that one, the 
 other, the former. Them. 8, 7 ; 
 in almost all cases best trans- 
 lated by an emphatic pers. 
 pron., he, they, etc. ; Them. 2, 2 ; 
 5, I ; Han. 2, 4; Aris. i, 5. 
 immitto (inm-), 3, -misi, -missus 
 (in, upon, against ; mitto, setui. 
 
 let go), send against, let loose, 
 
 Han. 5, 2. 
 immolS, 1 (in, n/>on : mola, sac- 
 
 ri/icial meal), s/rinhle meal 
 
 upon ; sacrifice, Han. a, 3. 
 imperator, -oris, m. (imperS, com- 
 
 inand), commander, leader, gen- 
 eral, Han. I, 2; 2, 3. 
 imperium (inp-), -i, n. {cf. impe- 
 
 ro, command), command, Aris. 
 
 2, 2 ; Them. 4, 2 ; Han. 3, i ; 
 
 fouur, siK'ereignty ; authority, 
 
 Han. 5, 3. 
 imper5 (inp-), i (in, uf>on : par6, 
 
 /«/), put a com in a lid upon; 
 
 command, order, Han. 10, 4. 
 impraesentiarum, adv. (in prae- 
 
 sentia rerum), for the present, 
 
 Han. 6, 2. 
 imprudenter, adv. (impriidinB, 
 
 not foieseeint,'), umvisely, im- 
 prudently, Han. 2. 6. 
 in, prep. vv. ace. a. 1 abl., in; 
 
 \s. ace, into, to, Aris. 1, 7 ; 
 
 for (against), Han. 2, 3; over, 
 
 ThL-m. 9, 3. 
 incendium, -i, n. [in, to; cand-, 
 
 glo7ii (cf incendo, set fire to)], 
 
 fire, Them. 4, i. 
 incend5, 3, -cendi, -census (in, to, 
 
 on ; *cand6, set fire, fr. CAM)-, 
 
 glo7v), set fire to: inflame, Han. 
 2, i; burn, Han. 7, 3; 7, 4- 
 incola, -ae, m. and f. [in, in ; 
 CO].-, till, dwell], one who dwells 
 in ; inhabitant, Han. 3, 3. 
 incredibilis, -c, adj. (in-, net • 
 
VOCAHll.AkV. 
 
 25 
 
 
 credibilia, to k- beliei-eil), not to 
 be bcliei'nt ; imndihlf, I Fan. 
 6,3 
 inde, adv., tlun, mxt (of stic- 
 ces.sion in time or plact), I fan. 
 4, 2 ; from that place, from 
 there, thence. Them. 8, 7. 
 indicium, -i, .n. (in, to: nic-, 
 point), point ins; out ; i //forma- 
 tion, e-,'iJence, .\ris. 3, 2. 
 indlcS, 3, -dTxI, -dictu.s (in, to; 
 dic6, say) [indicd], declare pub- 
 licly, declare. Them. 8, 3. 
 indiged, 2, -igul, — (indu = in, 
 without force ; egeo, need), 
 stand in need of; be in want 
 of, lack ; be dependent upon, 
 Han. I, 3. 
 indued, 3, -duxi, -ductus (in, in ; 
 duco, lead), lead into, draw 
 into, Han. 5, 3; 8, i; 9,3. 
 industria, -ae, f. (industrius, ac- 
 tive, diligent), activity, diligence. 
 ineS, -ire, -IvI or -ii, -itus (in, 
 i//to ; eo-, go), go into ; begin. 
 Them, i, i; for/n, Han. 10, 3; 
 inire gratiam, gain favor. 
 inermis, -e, adj. (for ftiarmis, 
 fr. in-, negative ; anna, arms), 
 without arms ; u/tarmed, Han. 
 _ 3,4- 
 
 infers, ferre, -tull, inlatu.s (in, 
 in ; fero, bri/ig), bring on ; 
 bring upon. Them. 9, 2 ; Han. 
 a, I ; wage, carry on. Them, 
 a, 4. 
 infirmus, -a, -um, adj. (in-, t/ot ; 
 firmus, firm, strong), weak, 
 powerless, Them. 6, 3. 
 
 infitior, i (inlltiae, denial), deny, 
 
 Han. I, I. 
 ingratiis (ingritU) (abl. plur. of 
 ingritia, thanklcss/iess, u.sed 
 adverbially). without one's 
 thanks, against one's will. 
 Them. 4, 4. 
 iniciS (pronounce iniicid), 3, 
 -ieci, -iectus (in, tipon ; iaci6, 
 throtv), throw upon; infuse; 
 inspire, Han. 5, 2. 
 inimicus, -a. um. adj. (in-, not; 
 amicus, friendly), unfriendly, 
 hostile, Han. 7, 3 ; as suhst., 
 inimicus, -I, m., enemy, personal 
 foe. Them. 9, 4; Han. 12, 2. 
 initi.'.m, -i, n. (ineS, go into), be- 
 ginnit/g. Them, i, i ; Han. 
 II, 5. 
 iniuste, adv. (iniustus, unjust), 
 
 unjustly. Them. 7, 6. 
 inludd, 3, -IfisT, -lusum (in-, on, 
 upon ; ludo, play), to make sport 
 of, deceive, Han. 10, I. 
 inlustris (ill-), -e, adj. (in, in- 
 tens. ; I.VC-, shine), lighted up ; 
 illustrious, famous, Aris. a, 2. 
 inlustrS (ill-), i (,/ inlustris, 
 lighted up, famous), make clear, 
 make famous. Them, i, 4. 
 innocens, -centis, adj. (in-, not; 
 noceo, harm), doing no harm, 
 guiltless. 
 innocentia, -ae, f. (innocens, ,^///- 
 less), bla/nelessness, i/itegrity, 
 Aris. I, 2. 
 inquam, -is, -it, defect., say or 
 
 said, Han. 2, 3. 
 inrideO (irr-), a, -risl, -risus (in. 
 
 I i 
 
26 
 
 VOCAMUJ.ARY. 
 
 at; ridai, /aui:;h), Liu^h at, 
 mock at ; make s/iort I'f, I Ian. 
 
 insciins, -entis, adj. (in-, m>f ; 
 •ciO, l-How), not kiunvin^, una- 
 tcare, Han. g, 4. 
 
 iosidiae, -arum, v. (in, against ; 
 SEI)-, sit), a sittinii^ against, 
 ambns/i, I Ian. 4, 3 ; 5,3; //''A 
 Han. 13, 2. 
 
 insidior, i (insidiae, am hush), lie 
 in ambush, liv in ~,>.<ait for ; 
 plot against, Han. 6, 4. 
 
 instins, -antis, adj. (part, of 
 instd, be at hand), pressing, 
 threatening, impending ; a.s 
 subst. in plur., instantia, -ium, 
 ti., present. Them, i, 4. 
 
 instituO, 3, -stitui, -stitutus (in, 
 into ; statuo, sfl, place), place 
 into ; establish, set up : begin, 
 Han. a, 4; 8, 3. 
 
 insula, -ae, K., island. 
 
 intellegd, 3, -iCxI, -lectus (inter, 
 between ; lego, choose), choose 
 between ; discern, see ; kno'w, 
 Them. 6, 3 ; understand, Han. 
 5, 4; Aris. I, 4. 
 
 intemperans, -antis, adj. (in-, 
 not ; temperSns, observing mod- 
 eration), immoderate, reckless. 
 
 intempecantia, -ae, k. (intempe- 
 rans, immoderate\, excess; ar- 
 rogance, Aris. 2, 3. 
 
 inter, prep. w. ace. (comp. form 
 of in, in), between. Them. 3, 2 ; 
 Aris. I, I ; Han. 10, 2. 
 
 interea, adv. (inter, among; ea, 
 these thing:), in the meantime. 
 
 meantime, meanwhile, 'i'hem. 
 
 7, 2- 
 
 intered, ire, -ii, -itfirus (inter, be- 
 tween ; ed, go), go among, be 
 lost: die, Han. 13, 1. 
 
 interficiS, 3, -feci, fectus (inter, 
 between ; faci5, make), put out 
 of the xoay ; kill, slay, destroy. 
 Them. 4, i ; Han. 5, 3 ; Aris*. 
 2, I. 
 
 interim, adv. (inter, between, dur- 
 ing; im, an old ace. of is, this), 
 in the meantime, meanwhile. 
 
 interior, -ius (comp. of *interu8, 
 within), inner, more secret, 
 Han. 2, 2. 
 
 interitus, -us, m. (</. intered, per- 
 ish), destruction, death, Han. 
 8,2. 
 
 interpSnS, -posui, -positus (inter, 
 behueen ; p5nd, /;//, place), put 
 between, interpose, insert, ob- 
 serve ; put forward, allege. 
 Them. 7, i. 
 
 intersum, -esse, -fui, -futurus 
 (inter, between ; sum, be), lie 
 between, be present at, take part 
 in, Aris. 2, I. 
 
 int.a, adv. and prep, (contracted 
 fr. interft [*interus, within"] ), 
 prep. w. ace, within, inside of, 
 Han. II, 4- 
 
 intueor, 2, -tuitus sum (in, upon ; 
 tueor, look), look at, look upon, 
 regard, consider. Them. 7, 6. 
 
 inutilis, -e, adj. (in-, not ; utilis, 
 useful), of no advantage, harm- 
 ful. Them. 7, 4. 
 
 inveni5, 4, -veni, -ventus (in, up- 
 
VOCAUl I.AkV. 
 
 27 
 
 <"/ ; veniS, come), cmic ///,.//, 
 >«</. IliLin. 4, I ; Ilaii. la, 5. 
 invictus, -a, -um, adj. (in-, not: 
 victus, iom/iund), iiHiOu,/ii,n</. 
 invidia, -ac, v. (invidu«, nni,;,^), 
 finy, jealousy, hatrni, 'riitin. 
 8, r; Han. 1, 2. 
 ipie, -a, -um. ntn. ipsiuB, inteiis. 
 ,)ron., s,-lt\ rnvM-//, you,:ulJ\ 
 himsdf, /i,-,s,lj\ its.'!/'; t/,„t i>r 
 this very ; in person ; he, she, 
 ete.: Han. a, 6, ete. 
 is, ea, kl, gen. iius, demonst. 
 pron. [pron. .st., i-, this one, he], 
 (</) (u.secl adjeitively). this, that, 
 these, those : (/;) (used sul).st.iii- 
 tively), this, that, these, those, 
 (very freq. a.s a pers. pron.), //.•, 
 she, it, they. Them, i, j ; 1,3; 
 6, 4; Aris. 3, (, ete. 
 ita, adv. [pron. .st., 1-, this: 
 pron. St., r.\. {ef. tarn) J, /// 
 this way : thus, so. Them. 9, 1 ; 
 Ilan. 2, 5. 
 Italia, -ae, r., Italy, the middle 
 one of the three southern pen- 
 insulas of Kurope; Han. 8, i. 
 itaque, conj. (ita, thus : -que, 
 ami), and so: hence, accord- 
 *"Kh'> there/ore. 
 item, adv. [pron. st., i-, this: 
 pron. St., TA- (cf. tam)], just 
 so : in like manner, lihewise, 
 
 "an- 7, I ; 7, 3- 
 iter, ilineris, .\. [i-, t,'o], y,:ul, 
 march, u<ay. Them. 5, 2 ; Han. 
 
 3, I ; iter facere, march. Han. 
 3, J- 
 iterum, adv.. a^'.iin, a second 
 
 tunc, Tluin. 5, 1 ; Han. 5, 3. 
 iubeS, 3, ifissi. iussus. bid, order, 
 command. I htm. 7, 3 ; 8, 5 ; 
 Man. a, 4. 
 iudicium, -i. n. (jQdex, >./;<), 
 
 Judi^ment : tn.il, riani. i, j. 
 iiidicS, i (iudex, /ndi^c), f^oint out 
 the ri^ht, judxe. decide, /ass 
 /nds^ment on, I lum. i, j; 5, j; 
 declare, jroda/m, Han. 7, 7. 
 luppiter (liipi-), lovis. m. {i,<\-, 
 shine : pater, father), Jn/t cr, 
 Jo7e, the son vi Saturn ; the 
 ( hief god among the Romans ; 
 Han. a, 3 ; sit- iif)teon passage. 
 iiirS, I (ius, n^'ht), h,nd one's 
 self (morally) ; swear, take an 
 oath, Han. 2, 4. 
 iiis, iuris. n. [iv-, hmd], that 
 which is I'indint:: ris^ht, law, 
 'I'hem. 7, 4 ; right. pri7iUxe, 
 Ilan. la, 3. 
 iusiurandum, lurisiurandl. .\. 
 (ius, ri);ht : iuro, swear) (rii;ht 
 to he sworn to), oath, Han. 2, 5. 
 iustitia, ae. v. (iustus, Just), 
 /us/ice, iiprii^htncss, Aris. 2 2. 
 iustus, -a, -um, adj. (ius, right), 
 that acts in accordance with 
 right, Jii si. u /right, Aris. i, 3. 
 iuvencus, i, m. (for *iuvenicu8, 
 fr. iuvenis, young), a young 
 bullock, bullock, Han. 5, 2. 
 
 H 
 
 ii 
 
28 
 
 VOLAHUI.AKV. 
 
 Karthiginiinsia, e, adj. (Kar- 
 
 thigd, Ctiitli.ii^i), Ciiitlitr^iiii 
 an: nl>.o as a siil)H(., Man. 7, 4. 
 KaithigS, -iiiis, »., Cuilmi^i:, a 
 tity of northern Africa ; its 
 
 niins ari; in t far from Tunis. 
 It was u Kilony frnm Tyie 
 ami uri'W to he- \i'iy powerful , 
 I Ian, 7, 4; 7, f, 
 
 L., an al>l)reviation for Lucius; 
 
 llan. 4, t ; 8, I. 
 L«bed, -oius, M., see Pabius, 
 
 llan. 13, I. 
 labor, -oris, M. (i.Mt-, tiikt, seiz,- : 
 
 if. Xafifldi/u), toil, effort ; iahor, 
 
 Han. 13, ! ; JijH'ulty, Then). 
 
 4,4- 
 
 labdrd, i (labor, /«'//), labor ; take 
 trouble., .An--, i, 5. 
 
 Lacedaemonius, -n. -uni, adj., 
 LacedaemoiiiiiH, I.aiouiaii ; as 
 a subst., Lacedaemonius, 1. m., 
 Laceilnemoiiiaii, Aris. 3, i- 
 
 Lampsacus, -i, k., or -um, -I, n., 
 Lamps(Hus, a town in Mysia, on 
 tiie Helles[><)nt ; Tliem. 10, 3. 
 
 largitid, -on is, v. (largior, i;ive 
 bountifully), distributint^. liber- 
 ality, bribery. Them. 2, 2. 
 
 lectica, -ae, v. (lectus, <ouili), 
 litter, seilau, Han. 4, 3. 
 
 legatid, unis, k. (Ieg5, send 7vitli 
 II I otii mission), embassy, 'llieni. 
 
 6,5- 
 legatus, i. m. (16g6, send -.oitli ,/ 
 eotn m is si on ), avi bassador. Them. 
 6» 4 ; 6, 5 ; 7, 3. 
 
 ISgitimus, -a, -um. adj. (lix, law), 
 le^'dl, fixed by law, Aris, i, 6. 
 
 Lednidis, -ae, .M , Leomdas, a 
 .Spartan kinfi, lonmiander <if 
 the famous three hundred who 
 were slain defending the pass 
 of Thermopylae agai.ist the 
 I'ersians under .\erxes in 4S0 
 B.C. ; Them. 3, i. 
 
 lex, leRis, K. [i.i.(;-, bejixeil},law, 
 Ihem. 10, 5. 
 
 libenter, adv. (lib^ns, 'u<illin,i,'), 
 -oillini,'ly, ^i^ladly. 
 
 liber, -era, -eruni, adj. [i.iii-. 
 desire^, doini; as one desires, 
 free. Them. 6, 5- 
 
 liber, -bti, M., the inn, r bark of 
 a.'r,'; u.sed to write upon and 
 so book, Han. 13, 2; 13, 4. 
 
 libere, adv. (liber, fee), freely : 
 fianl;:y. Them. 7, .(. 
 
 liberi, -orum, m. (liber, free), 
 ■Jiildren (of free parents). 
 
 libero, i (liber, free), set free. 
 Them. 5, 3 ; Aris. 2, i. 
 
 ligneus, -a, -um, adj. (lignum, 
 wood), ofioood, zuooden, Th^m. 
 
 2,6; 
 
 2» 7- 
 
VOCAmi.AKV. 
 
 29 
 
 Ligurl*, •m. \t , /./^'/„, ,;;/>, ., 
 people luiiig «ii llicat'st c.a^t 
 'f northtni Italy; llati. 4 j. 
 
 littera, -ae, 1. [n. /,.,/,. ,»,^„,], 
 
 a /,//,r ,,( thf alph.il). I ; in 
 plur.. /,7A;- lit,r,itiir,\ lliem. 
 9,j: 10,1; Man. ,3,,; ,3,3. 
 
 UtUS, r.ris. N. [ I.I ,/„///. .«/r./; J, 
 
 "■""'""'• . .'//I'r,-, I Ian. 12, |. 
 locus, i. M.. plur. loca, .N...)r loci, 
 «■■.//'■/<,■. /.'/;//, /,>,i///,v/, I Ian. 
 
 7,3 
 longe, adv. (longuB, Av/j,), , omp. 
 
 longius, Miperl. loDgissimi, ///, 
 
 Them. 6, 3; ^//^', Ihem. 7, i. 
 
 longinquuB, a, um.adj (longm, 
 
 /"'/,». li'»sU Thftn. 4, 4. 
 longus, a. iiin. a.lj.. /,„/,, ,„f 
 lincir f.xtciit>. ilKn.. a, 5; 
 /iv/;', t,-iiii>iis, I Ian. 5, 4. 
 Longua, i, m , lilu-.ius Sem /■,■„. 
 mil'. /..oi^iK, A Kuman <onMil 
 whom llaiii)il.al .leftated at 
 Irtbia ; Man. 4, ;:. 
 LQcini, .",i,ini, m.. r„c,i,n,,,ts, a 
 people li\ inn in lovx.r Italy just 
 J>tlow < inipania: I Ian. 5', 5. 
 Lyslmachus, i, m.. /, .i,„.'u/,us. 
 the father of Aristidc.'*; Ari.v 
 
 M 
 
 M., ahhreviation for Marcus ; 
 
 Han. 7,6; 13, I. 
 magis, adv., comp. [mm-., mm,., 
 
 %] (superl. mjlximd), vtor,: 
 
 magister, -trf. m. [.\i\<:., /y,], 
 
 'H(ist,)\ lommini,/,)-. Pan. 5 3. 
 magistratus, us, m. (magister, 
 niiistii), niiix'is/nit,; iivil oj/iar; 
 fninristi;i,y, offi<<\ Han. 7, 2. 
 Magnesia, -ae, v., M„.^',usia, a 
 i-ity of s(nithwestLin .Asia 
 Minor, on the Maeander river; 
 'I'hem. 10, 2. 
 magnitudS, -inis, ?•. (magnus, 
 great), f^rciitness, i'hem. 10, 1 ; 
 pmvcr. 
 magnus, -a, -urn, adj., comp. 
 mSior ; stiptrl. mSximus 
 [.M.\(i-, big], great, Han. 5, .-, 
 etc.; impoiiant, Them. 1, j; 
 large. Them. 6, 1 ; eminent. 
 
 I liem. 6, I ; mignfi opere, also 
 written mannopere, i;ieatlv, 
 
 ex,ee,iiiii;(y ; miior natu, e,',/e>. 
 
 Them. 3, S. 
 MagiJ, unis, m.. .)/„.,,,_ hmth. r 
 
 of Haiinil)al : Han. 7, ^ ; 8 .•. 
 maior, mains, ^rf.,,. mai6ris, . omp. 
 
 of magnus [m.\(;-, hig]. 
 maifires, um, m. and v., omp, 
 
 of magnus (used sulisiaiui.t! . 
 
 ill plur.) [m\(;-, hg\, i„ees/„y.' 
 male, ailv. (malus, A;,/), A„/.v, 
 
 tiiisiteeesst'iti/v. 
 malum, -1. .\. (malus, c-//), e-'i/, 
 
 I 111 ni. 9, _' ; Hit ^/,) tune. 
 maneo, 2, nuinsl, man.sus \\\\\ . 
 
 stay], stay ; re/fia/n, 'I hem. 3 
 
 5 ; 4, -'• 
 
 Maiilius, i, M., O/, Manlius 
 I'ulso. u Roman consul in iSy 
 H.f. ; \[jt,\\. 13^ 2. 
 
 \ : 
 
30 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 manus, -us, f. [•ma-, pleasure], 
 hand; company, body of men, 
 number, band; manum con- 
 serere, engage battle, Han. 4, 2. 
 MarathSn, -onis (ace. Marath5na), 
 Marathon, a town on the east- 
 em coast of Attica ; in tiie 
 plain near this, Miltiades won 
 his famous victory over the 
 Persians, 490 B.C. 
 Marath5nius, -a, -um.adj. (Mara- 
 thon, Marathon), of Marathon. 
 Marcellus, -i, M-, Marcus Clau- 
 dius Marcellns, (</) a famous 
 Roman general, conqueror of 
 Syracuse, consul a number of 
 times, repulsed Hannibal at 
 \ola; Han. 5, 3 ; (/') a Roman 
 c. isul in 183 B.C. ; Han. 13, i. 
 Mardonius, -i, m., Mardonius, a 
 Persian general, si n in-law of 
 Darius ; he commanded the 
 earliest Persian expedition 
 against Greece, which only 
 reached Thrace ; he also com- 
 manded and was killed at 
 Plataea, 479 b.c. ; Aris. 2, i . 
 mare, -is, N. (</. Eng. mere), sea. 
 Them. 2, 3 ; 4, 5 ; Han. 2, i ; 
 Aris. 2, 2. 
 maritimus, -a, -um, adj. (mare, 
 sea), of the sea. Them. 2, 3; 
 Aris. 2, 2. 
 maxime, adv. (maximus, great- 
 est), in the highest degree; 
 especially. Them. 2, 6. 
 maximus, -a, -um, superl. of 
 
 magnus, Han. 2, 3- 
 Maximus, see Fabius ; Han. 5, i. 
 
 memor, -oris, adj. [mar- (dupli- 
 cated), think], mindful, Han. 
 12, 5. 
 
 memoria, -ae, f. (memor, mind- 
 ful), memory, recollection. 
 Them. 10, 3 ; Aris. i, 3. 
 
 mens, mentis, f. [m.\.\-, men-, 
 mind], mind, thought, idea, 
 purpose ; feeling, Han. 2, 5. 
 
 mensis, -is, m. [ma-, measure], 
 month. Them. 5, 2. 
 
 mentio, -onis, f. [man-, men-, 
 mind], mention, Han. 12, i. 
 
 meritum, -i, n. (</• mereor, de- 
 serz'e), serz'ice ; merit, Them. 
 
 8,7- 
 
 metallum, -i, n. (niraWov), 
 metal : mine. Them. 2, 2. 
 
 meus, -a, -um, poss. pron. (me, 
 me), belonging to me ; my, 
 mine. Them. 9, 2 ; Han. 2, 3. 
 
 miles, -itis, M. [mil-, associate], 
 companion ; soldier, Han. 11, i. 
 
 militaris, -e, adj. (miles, soldier), 
 belonging to a soldier or to war, 
 military, Aris. 2, 2. 
 
 mille, indecl. num. adj. [mil-, as- 
 sociate], a thousand ; as subst., 
 mille, sing. ; milia or millia, 
 plur., N., thousand, Them. 2, 5. 
 
 Miltiades, -is, M., Miltiades, {a) 
 the celebrated Athenian gen- 
 eral who defeated the Persians 
 at Marathon ; (b) the founder 
 of an .vthenian colony in the 
 Chersonesus. 
 
 minor, minus, -oris, adj. (comp. 
 of panrus) [min-, diminish], 
 less. Them. 6, i. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 31 
 
 Minucius, -i, m., (a) A/. Mini,cius 
 Rufus, master of horse under 
 Fabius ; by his recklessness he 
 nearly destroyed the army of 
 Fabius during the latter's ab- 
 sence; llan. 5, 3; (/,) Quiutus 
 Minucius, a Roman consul, 
 B.C. 193; Han. 8, i. 
 minus, comp. adv. (neut. ace. of 
 minor, less), less, Them. 4, 3 ; 
 5» 2; minus rdbustum, not 
 strong enough, Han. 10, 2 ; 
 almost equal to non, Them. 
 1,2. 
 miror, i, -atus (minis, wonder- 
 ful), wonder, be surprised at, 
 Han. II, 3. 
 misericordia, -ae, f. (misericors, 
 compassionate) , compassion,pity. 
 Them. 8, 7. 
 [missus, -us], M. ^mitto, send), 
 
 sending, demand, mmand. 
 mittd, 3, misl, missus [mit-, 
 send\ send, let go; send. 
 Them. 6, 4, etc. 
 modus, -I, M. [MA-, measure^ 
 measure, manner, ivay. Them. 
 5» 3; lo, 3; Han. 5, 3. 
 moenia, -ium, n. [mv-, fasten], 
 
 walls, city walls. 
 MolossI, -orum (-urn), m., Molos- 
 sians, a people in the eastern 
 part of Epirus ; Them. 8, 3. 
 moned, a, -uT, -itus [.ma.v-, think], 
 make to think ; admonish, 
 warn. Them. 8, 5. 
 mSns, -tis, m. [man-, project], 
 
 mountain. 
 monumentum, -i, n. [ma.\-, 
 
 mind], that which brings to 
 mind ; monument, memorial, 
 Them. 10, 3. 
 morbus, -T, m. [.mar-, imste a^vay], 
 illness, disease. Them. 10, 4 ; 
 Man. 4, 3. 
 morior, 3 and 4, -tuus sum [mar-, 
 waste away, die], die. Them. 
 10, 4 ; Han. 13, I. 
 moror, i (mora, delay), delay, 
 
 linger, Han. 5, i. 
 mors, -tis, K. [mar-, waste away, 
 
 die], death. Them. 10, 4. 
 mortuus, -a, -um (part, of morior, 
 
 die), dead. 
 m6s, moris, m. [ma-, measure], 
 
 way, manner. Them. 7, 3. 
 moveo, 3, movi, motus [mov-, 
 moT'e], maze. Them. 2, 8 ; 
 influence. Them. 4, 3. 
 multititdS, -inis, f. (multus, 
 much), multitude ; great num- 
 bers. Them. 3, 2 ; Han. 5, 2 ; 
 body of men; populace, Aris. 
 1,4. 
 multo, I (multa, flne, penalty), 
 punish one with anything, 
 fine ; Aris. i, 3. 
 multo, adv. (multus, much), by 
 much, by far, much. Them. 9, 
 3; 10, I ; Han. 4, 3. 
 multum, adv. (multus, much), 
 
 often, frequently. Thorn, i, 3. 
 multus, -a, -um, adj., comp. plus, 
 superl. plurimus, much, many. 
 Them. 8, 2; Aris. 2, 2; as 
 subst., multi, -orum, \\.,many ; 
 multa, -orum, n., many things. 
 Them. 10. 2. 
 
 si 
 f ^ 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 ' r 
 
32 
 
 A'OCABULARY. 
 
 muniB, 4, -ivi or -ii, -itus (moenia, 
 defensive walls), surround with 
 a wall; fortify, Them. 6, 5; 
 defend, protect. Them, a, 6 ; 
 build, Han. 3, 4. 
 
 munitiS, -onis, F. (munio, sur- 
 round with a wall), a fortifying, 
 work of fortification. Them. 7, 2. 
 
 munitus, -a, -um, adj. (part, of 
 
 mnrala, fortify), fortified. Them. 
 
 6,2. 
 munus, -eris, n. [mv-, fasten], 
 
 duty ; serz'ice ; present, gift. 
 
 Them, xo, 2; Han. 12,3. 
 mums, -I, M. [mv-, fasun], wall. 
 
 Them. 6, 2. 
 Myus, -untis (ace. Myunta), My- 
 
 us, a city in Caria. 
 
 N 
 
 nam, conj., for. Them. 1, 3 ; 
 
 Aris. I, 7. 
 namque, conj. (nain,y<'r; -que, 
 
 and) (stronger than nam), and 
 
 with reason for; for indeed, 
 
 for. Them. 5, 3 ; 6, 3 ; Aris. i, 
 
 i; 2, 2. 
 nanciscor, 3, nactus or nanctus 
 
 sum [nac-, get], get ; obtain. 
 
 Them. 6, 2. 
 nascor, 3, natus [gna-, beget], be 
 
 born, spring, derive origin, 
 
 Them, i, 2 ; Han. 3, 2. 
 nitiS, -onis, f. [gna-, beget], race, 
 
 nation, Han. 1,1; 10, 2. 
 natus, -us, M. [gna-, ^<f^/], birth. 
 
 Them. 2, 8; 10, i. 
 naufragium, -i, n. (nlvis, ship; 
 
 FRAG-, break), shipwreck. 
 
 Them. 7, 5 ; Han. 8, 2. 
 nauta, -ae, m. (for navita, fr. 
 
 ^s\;wet,switn), sailor. Them. 
 
 8, 6. 
 nauticus, -a, -um, adj. (nauta, 
 
 sailor), pertaining to sailors or 
 
 ships, naval, Han. 11, 6. 
 nivalis, -e adj. (nivis, ship). 
 
 pertaining to ships, naval, Them. 
 2, 3 ; Han. 10, 5 ; Aris. 2, i. 
 
 navis, -is, f. [nav-, wet, swim ; 
 cf. vovt], ship, vessel. 
 
 Naxus (os), -1, F., Naxos, an 
 island in the Aegean sea, the 
 largest of the Cyclades ; Them. 
 8, 6. 
 
 ne, adv. and conj. [na-, no], {a) 
 conj., in order that not, that 
 not, lest. Them. 3, 2 ; 5, i ; 
 8, 3; often best rendered not 
 to, Han. 2, 4 ; {b) adv., ne 
 . . . quidem, not ez'en. 
 
 -ne, enclitic particle [.na-, no], 
 used in asking questions and 
 appended to the first word in 
 its clause regularly, which is 
 the most emphatic word ; in 
 direct questions it is rendered 
 by the interrog. form given to 
 the clause ; in indirect ques- 
 tions by whether ; Han. 2, 4. 
 
 nec or neque, conj. (ne, not; 
 -que, and), and not, nor; 
 neque . . . nec, neither . . . nor. 
 Them. 2, 4 ; see neque. 
 
VOCABUL VRY. 
 
 33 
 
 necease, neut. adj. (found only 
 in nom. and ace. sing.), n^ccs- 
 sury. Them, g, 2. 
 necessitas, -atis, v. (necesse, neces- 
 sary), necessity. Them. 8, 6. 
 neglego, 3, -lexl, -lectus (nee, 
 not; lego, feather), not to heed ; 
 be indifferent to, .tegUct, Them. 
 I, 2. 
 nego, I (ne, not; ag-, say), say 
 "no," Han. la, 3; say not, 
 Them. 6, 2 ; deny. Them. 10, 4. 
 nem5, [inis], m. and v. (n6, not; 
 hom5, man), no one nobody. 
 Them, i, i ; 2, 7 ; ),_„. i, i; 
 (for gen. and abl. sing, and 
 entire plur., supply correspond- 
 ing forms of nuUus). 
 Neocles, -is and -I, m., NeocUs, 
 
 the father of Themistocles. 
 neque or nee, conj. (ue, not; 
 -que, end), and not, nor. Them. 
 I. 4; 7> 4 ; xo, 4; Aris. 2, 2; 
 neque . . . neque, neither . . , 
 nor ; see nee. 
 nihil, indecl., n. (n8-, not; hilum, 
 
 a whit), nothing. 
 nihilum, -I, n. (ne, not ; hilum, a 
 whit), nothing; usually in the 
 abl. with a comp., ni) ,'.5 mraus, 
 nihilo setiu8, nevertheles. , none 
 the less. Them. 7, 2 ; Han. 7, i. 
 nisi, conj., ;/ not, Han. u, 4; 
 unless, Han. 9, 2 ; except, Han. 
 X-, 3- 
 n6bilis,-e, adj. [(;No-.,t«r-y], a^^/,-. 
 known, proniinen ', Tl em. 7, 2. 
 noctu, adv. (nox, night), by night, 
 in the night. 
 
 n616, nolle, nolul, — ne. not; 
 void, wish), be un u ;tg ; re- 
 fuse, Them. 7, i. 
 nomen, -inis, n [■, .o. k,io-u>], 
 me.uis of knoriviii^ : name; 
 people, Han. 7, -;. 
 non, adv. (for out r.jenum, fr. 
 ne, not ; oenum - '-aum, one), 
 not. Them, i, 7; 7, 2 ; 10, 5. 
 nSnnihil (non, not ; nihil, noth- 
 ing), indtcl., N., somewhat, 
 something, Han. 13, 2. 
 n6s (plur. of ego), we. 
 noster, -tra, -trun', possess, adj. 
 
 (nos, we), our. Them. 10, 4. 
 novem, indecl. num. adj., nine, 
 
 Han. a, 3. 
 novus, -a, -um, adj. [nv-, now'l, 
 new, fresh, Han. 6, 4 ; 7, 5 ; 
 strange, Han. 11, 6. 
 nox, noctis, f. [noc-, /t///, w„Xv 
 disappear], night, Them. 8, 7 ; 
 Han. 5, 2; 6, 3. 
 nullus, -a, -um, gen. -lus, adj. (ng, 
 not; uUua, any), not any ; no. 
 Them, i, 3; Han. 8, z\ Aris. 
 3» 2 ; as a subst. for nemo, 
 Han. 5, I. 
 num, an interrog. particle ex- 
 pecting (in direct questions) a 
 negative answer; in indirect 
 questions translated whether; 
 Han. 12, ;. 
 numerus, -I, m. [ne.m-, allot], 
 
 number. Them. 5, 3. 
 Numidae, -arum, m., A'umidians, 
 a people of northern Africa; 
 their cavalry was of great ser- 
 vice to Ha-.inibal ; Han. 6, 4. 
 
 
34 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 numquam or nunquam, adv 
 (n6, not ; umquam, n<er), never, 
 Them. 7, 6; Han. i, 3; 13, 4 
 
 nunc, adv. (num, ftcmi ; -ce, de 
 monst. suffix), ttmo, at this time^ 
 Them. 9, 4; Han. 7, 3. 
 
 nuntiS, 1 (nOntius, announcing), 
 announce, carry word ; report, 
 Han. 13, 4- 
 
 nuntius, -i, M- (adj., nuntiua, an- 
 nouncing, u.sed substantively), 
 messenger; message. Them. 9, 3. 
 
 Ob, prep. w. ace, on account of, 
 for. Them. 8, i ; Han. 7, 2 ; ob 
 earn causam, on that account, 
 therefore. Them. 6, 2. 
 
 0bduc5, 3, -duxl, -ductus (ob, 
 over ; ducd, lead, draw), draw 
 oz'er, overspread, Han. 5, 2. 
 
 Obicid (pronounce oNicio), 3, 
 -iecT, -iectus (ob, before; iacio, 
 throw), throw in the 7vay of, 
 Han. 5, I ; present, offer, Han. 
 5, 2. 
 
 Obitus, -us, M. (cf obeo, go before) 
 (it going to or doiun ; dinun- 
 fall), death, Han. 3, i. 
 
 Obses, -idis, m. and F. (ob, before, 
 by ; SKD-, sit), hostage. Them. 
 7, 2; Han. 7, 2; 7, 3. 
 
 ObsideO, 2, -sedi, -sessus (ob, be- 
 fore ; sedeo, j'V), sit before, 
 stay; besiege, beset; occupy, 
 Han. 13, 4. 
 
 obsonium, -I, n. ((Jfficwi'), that 
 which is eaten xvith bread, 
 viands, victuals, fish. Them. 
 
 10. 3- 
 obtrectatiS, -5nis, f. (obtrectS, 
 
 disparage), envious detracting, 
 
 jealousy, Han. i, 2. 
 Obtrectd, i (ob, against; tracto. 
 
 handle, act), be opposed to ; dis- 
 parage, Aris. I, I. 
 
 obviam, adv. (ob viam, in the 
 way), in the way of; obviam 
 ire (foil, by dat.), go to meet, 
 Han. 4, 4. 
 
 0ccid5, 3, -cTdT, -cisus (ob, against ; 
 caedS, strike), strike down; kill, 
 Han. 4, 3. 
 
 0CCUp5, I (ob-, without force ; 
 CAP-, lay hold of), seize ; take 
 possession of, Han. 12, 5 ; pass., 
 be engaged or busy with, Han. 
 
 7, '• 
 OCUlus, -T, M. [AC-, sharp], eye, 
 
 Han. 4, 3. 
 odium, -I, N. [on-, push, iate], 
 
 hatred, enmity, Han. 1,2; 2, 3. 
 omittS, 3, -mlsi, -missus (for 
 
 obmitto, fr. o^ oz'er, past; 
 
 mitto, send, let ), let go by; 
 
 pass 07'er, omit, i..in. 2, I. 
 omnis, -e, adj., all, the whole, 
 
 Aris. 2, 3, etc. 
 onerarius, -a, -um, adj. (onus, 
 
 burden), belonging to a burden ; 
 
 that carries burden ; nSvis 
 
 onerlria, a transport ship. 
 opera, -ae, f. (opus, work) [op-, 
 
 lay hold\ exertion; work, ser- 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 35 
 
 vice ; operant dare, bc-stfl7v care 
 
 on, give attention to, Han. 2, 2. 
 
 OperiO, 4, -ul, -ertus, cover iK<er, 
 
 conceal, Han. 9, 3. 
 oportet, 2, -uit {cf. 2 opus, need), 
 impers., it is necessary, Them. 
 6,2. 
 oppidum, -I, N. (Ob, on, oz-er : 
 *pedum [(/ TiSov], ground, fr. 
 PEI)-, tread), fortijied to7vn, 
 town. Them. 2, 8 ; 10, 3. 
 oppleS, 2, -plivi, -pic t us (ob, 
 intens.; pleo, fill), fill com- 
 pletely, fill, Han. II, 6. 
 Oppdno, 3, -posui, -positus (ob, 
 against; pono, place), set 
 against, put in the -way of. 
 Them. 6, 5. 
 opportunus, -a, -um, adj. (ob, fie- 
 <are ; *portunus, fr. portus. 
 
 harbor; per-, through), fit- 
 ting, suitable, advantageous. 
 Them. 4, 5. 
 
 opprimo, 3, -pressi, -pressus (ob, 
 against; premo, press), press 
 against; crush, subdue, over- 
 power, o^'erthrow. Them. 4, 4. 
 
 oppugnator, -oris, m. (oppugno. 
 
 fight against), besieger, assail- 
 ant. Them. 7, 3. 
 
 (ops), opis, V. [op., lay hold, 
 help], help, aid, support ; gen- 
 erally in plur., opes, -um,/(w. /- ,■ 
 wealth ; forces ; resources, Han. 
 I. .3. 10, 2. 
 
 optimus, -a, -um, adj., superl. of 
 bonus, good [op-, lay hold], 
 best, Han. 2, 3 ; see bonus. 
 
 1 opus, -eris, n. [op-, lay hold], 
 work, labor. Them. 6, 5 ; 7 2. 
 
 2 opus, N. (found only in nom. 
 and ace. sing.), need. Them, r, 3. 
 
 5rati5, -6nis, v. (Sro, speak), speak- 
 ing, speech, manner ofi speakin", 
 delivery. Them, i, 3. 
 
 Srdior, 4, orsus [ui.-, i^^nnv, rise], 
 begin a web ; begin, 'I'hem. i, 2. 
 
 ornatus, -a, -um, adj. (part, of 
 omo, ei/uip, adorn), furnished, 
 equipped, Han. 3, 4. 
 
 orno, \, fit out; J«///j',Them. 2, 3. 
 
 OS, ossis, \., bone. Them. 10, 5. 
 
 ostendo, 3, -tendl, -tentus (obs 
 [old form of ob], before ; tendo, 
 stretch), spread out before; 
 show, Han. 11, 2. 
 
 P., abbreviation for Publius. 
 Padus, -I, M., Po, the principal 
 
 river of Italy; Han. 6, i. 
 palam, adv., openly; palam 
 
 phylian, i.e., of Pamphylia in 
 Asia Minor; Han. 8, 4. 
 panis, -is, M. [I'A-, feed], bread. 
 Them. 10, 3. 
 
 facere. make clear, disclose, par, paris, adj., equal, l,ke, the 
 make known, Han. 7, 7. same ; indecisive. Them. 3, 3 
 
 ^amphyhus. -a, -um, adj.. Pam- parco, 3, pepercT (pars!), jSrsus 
 
36 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 [spar-, scatterl, act sparingly, 
 
 spare. Them. 6, 5. 
 parCns, -entis, m. and f. (part, of 
 
 pari5, beget) [par-, breed\, one 
 
 who bears or begets; parent. 
 
 Them. 1, 2. 
 p&reO, 2, -ui, — , appear; obey, 
 
 submit to, comply with, Han. 
 
 8,3- 
 pars, I, prepare, prepare for, 
 
 have in view, Han. 2, 6. 
 pars, partis, F. \y\9.-,part,breed'\, 
 
 part ; some. Them. 3, 3 ; side, 
 
 Han. 12, 3. 
 partim, adv. (old ace. sing, of 
 
 pars, part), partly, in part ; 
 
 some, others. Them. 2, 8. 
 pamilus, -a, -um, adj. (dim. fr. 
 
 parvus, little), little. Them. 
 
 8,4. 
 parvus, -a, -um, adj. (for*paums, 
 
 fr. PAV-, little), small. Them. 
 
 5,3- 
 passus, -Qs, M. ^vsn-, go\, going ; 
 
 pace, step, Han. 6, 3. 
 patefacid, 3, -feci, -factus (pateo, 
 lie open ; faciS, make), make 
 or lay open ; open up, Han. 
 
 3,4- 
 
 pater, -tris, M. \VA-,/eed'\, father. 
 Them. 1,2; 9, 2. 
 
 pater nus, -a, -um, adj. (pater, 
 father), of a father, Han. i, 3. 
 
 patior, 3, passus sum, bear, en- 
 dure ; suffer, permit. Them. 3, 
 
 I ; 8, 7 ; 9, 4- 
 patria, -ae, f. (fem. of patrius, 
 
 of ancestors : sc. terra) ( father- 
 land), native country. Them. 
 
 7, 6; 9, 2; Han. i, 3; Aris. 
 
 If 4; »f 7- 
 patrius, -a, -um, adj. (pater, 
 
 father), of one's forefathers, 
 
 ancestral. Them. 7, 4. 
 paucus, -a, -um, adj. [i'AV-, little], 
 
 (sing.) small ; (plur.) few. 
 
 Them, x, i ; Han. 8, 4; 10, 4. 
 Paulus, -I, M., see Aemilius, Han. 
 
 4,4- 
 paupertas, -atis, v. (pauper, of 
 small means), scanty means, 
 moderate circumstances, Aris. 
 
 3, 2 
 
 Pausanias, -ae, m., Pausaniat, a 
 Spartan, son of Cleombrotus ; 
 he commanded the < Greeks at 
 the battle of I'lataea ; Aris. 
 2,2. 
 
 piz, pacis, F. [PAC-, fix\, com- 
 pact, treaty of peace : peace. 
 Them. 6, i; Han. 11, 2. 
 
 pecunia, -ae, f. (pecu, cattle, in 
 which wealth in the earliest 
 times largely consisted), wealth, 
 property ; money. Them. 2, 2 ; 
 Aris. 3, I. 
 
 pedes, -itis, m. (pSs, foot) [pkd-, 
 tread"], he who goes on foot ; 
 foot-soldier, infantry-man;^\\ix., 
 infantry. 
 
 pedester, -tris, -tre, adj. (pes, 
 foot), on foot ; on land ; pe- 
 destris copiae, infantry; land 
 forces. 
 
 pello, 3, pepuli, pulsus [pf.l-, 
 drij'cl, drive ; drive out, banish, 
 Han. I, 3 ; drive back, rout, 
 Han. 4, I ; Aris. i, 4. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 i7 
 
 Peloponngsus, -I, f., rtlofo„„esus, 
 all that part of the Grecian pen- 
 insula south of the isthmus and 
 gulf of Corinth ; Han. 6, 3. 
 PenitSs, -ium, m. [pa-, fe(d\ 
 household ifods, Penates. Them. 
 7,4- 
 pendS, 3, pependi.pensus [pand-, 
 Jerk, swinfr], muse to hati^; 
 down, iveitrh, pay, Han. 7, 5. 
 penes, prep. w. ace. [pa-, f(ed\ 
 with, in the possession of. 
 Them. 7, 2. 
 pepuli, see pello. 
 per, prep. w. ace. [per-, through^ 
 
 through, by way of, Han. 4,%. 
 pereS, -Ire. -IvI (-ii), -iturus (per, 
 throt4gh : e6, go), perish, die. 
 Them. 4, 2 ; 8, 6. 
 perferS, -ferre, -tull, -latus (per, 
 through; fero, bear), bear 
 through or to the end ; enaare, 
 Aris. 1,6; carry, convey; bring. 
 Them. 2, 6. 
 perfungor, 3, -functus sum (per, 
 completely; fungor, perform), 
 fulfil, perform, Han. 13, i. 
 Pergameni, -6rum, m., Pergame- 
 nians, inhabitants of the king- 
 dom of Pergamum in north- 
 western Asia Minor; Han. n, 7. 
 I'ergamenus, -a, -um, adj., ^orV 
 longingto Pergamum(\n Mysia), 
 Pergamenian, Han. 10, 2; n, 5. 
 periculum, -I, .n. [per., throttgi,', 
 try], trial; risk, danger, peril. 
 Them. 6, 2 ; Han. 9, 2. 
 pentus, -a, -um, adj. (part, of 
 ♦perior, try; cf experior, fr. 
 
 per-, through, try), tried, expe- 
 rienced, skilftil. 
 Persae, -arum, M., /Vr«a«.f, origi- 
 nally the inhabitants of the 
 provinr ; of Persis. later of the 
 great Persian kingdom ; Them. 
 
 PeraSs, -ae, m., Persian (abl. 
 PeraS, u.sed adjectively with 
 rSge, Them. 8, 2), the sing, of 
 Persae. 
 perseverS, r (persevirus, %-ery 
 strict), adhere to strictly, con- 
 tinue steadfastly; persist, per- 
 severe. Them. 5, i. 
 Persicus, -a, -um, adj., Persian, 
 
 Them, a, 4. 
 Persis, -idis, f., strictly Persis, a 
 principal distrie. of the Persian 
 empire, but often put for Per- 
 sia, the entire Persian empire ; 
 Them. 10, i. 
 persuaded, a, -suasl, -suasus (per, 
 completely ; suideo, persuade), 
 persuade, convince. Them, a, 7 ; 
 5, I ; persuade ; prevail upon, 
 induce, Han. 8, i. 
 perterred, a, -terrul, -territus (per, 
 thoroughly; terreo, frighten), 
 frighten thoroughly, terrify. 
 Them. 4, 2. 
 pertineo, 2, -tinui, — (per, 
 through, to; teneo, hold), ex- 
 tend to ; relate or pertain to ; 
 serve, Han. 11, 3. 
 perveniS, 4, -veni, -ventus (per, 
 through, to ; venio, come), come 
 to, reach, arrive at, Them. 7 4 • 
 8»7- 
 
«i9a 
 
 38 
 
 VOCAIJULARY. 
 
 petd, 3, ivl or -il, -itus [i'F.t-. 
 fall, fly\ fall upon ; aim at, 
 attack, 'I'hem. a, 6 ; I (an. la, 5 ; 
 seek to reach, go to, Ilan. 4, 2 ; 
 seek, llan. 11, 4; ask, ask for, 
 urge, request, Han. 7, 2. 
 
 Phalericus, -a, -um, adj., of 
 Phaleruni, PhalcriaH. 
 
 Philippus, -I, M., Philip, king of 
 Macedonia, 220-179 ii.c; Ilan. 
 a, I. 
 
 Piraeus, -1, M., Piraeus, the chief 
 port of Athens, established by 
 Themistocles. 
 
 placed, a, -ui, -itus [r\.\c-, please, 
 soothe], please, Them. 3. i ; 
 Aris. 1, 5. 
 
 plac5, I [PLAC-, please], appease, 
 calm, propitiate ; reconcile. 
 
 Plataeae, -arum, v., Plataea, a 
 town of Boeotia, the close ally 
 of Athens, and bitter foe of 
 Thebes ; close by it was fought 
 the battle of Plataea, 479 H.c, 
 in which the Greeks defeated 
 the Persians under Mardonius; 
 Aris. a, i. 
 
 plerusque, pleraque, plerumque, 
 adj. (a strengthened form of 
 plerus, a very great part), usu- 
 ally in plur., very many, most. 
 
 plumbum, -i, n., lead, Han. 9, 3. 
 
 pliirimus, -a, -um, adj. (superl. of 
 multus [plus, more]), fullest ; 
 very muck ; very many, most. 
 Them. 4, 2 ; quam plurimi, as 
 many as possible, Han. 10, 4. 
 
 plus, adv. (neut. ace. of plus the 
 adj.), more, Them. 5» 2 ; 5» 5- 
 
 plus, pluris, adj., cornp. of mul- 
 tus \y\.v.; fill], m.-tre. Them, 
 g, 3 ; in plur. (as a subst.), ma- 
 jority. 
 
 poena, -ae, v. [pv-, cleanse], expi- 
 ation ; punishment, penalty, 
 Han. 8, 2 ; Aris. i, 4. 
 
 Poenus, -I, M., a Carthaginian, 
 an inhabitant of Carthage ; 
 Han. 7, 7 ; 10, i. 
 
 poUiceor, a, -licitus (for •porli- 
 ceor, fr. por- [</. pr6], forth ; 
 liceor, l>iil), hold forth, offer; 
 promise. Them. 8, 6; 10, 2. 
 
 Polybius, -I, M., Polybii ', a 
 (ireek historian ; he resided in 
 Rome for many years, and was 
 an intimate friend of the 
 younger Scipio, whom he ac- 
 companied on his military ex- 
 peditions; Han. 13, I. 
 
 pdn5, 3, posuT, positus (for posi- 
 no, for old prep, por-, forth, 
 down ; sino, set), set down, 
 put ; place, Han. a, 6. 
 
 pdns, -ntis, M., bridge. Them. 
 
 5, I- 
 Pontus, -T, M., Pontus, a country 
 
 of northeastern Asia Minor 
 
 on the southern shore of the 
 
 Euxine sea; Han. 10, i. 
 populus, -T, M. (cf plebs, common 
 
 people, fr. V\X.;full ), the many ; 
 
 people, nation, Aris. i, 7 ; 
 
 Them, a, 2. 
 ports, 1, bear, carry, Han. 9, 2. 
 portus, -us, M. [per-, through], 
 
 harbor, fort. Them. 6, i ; 6, 2. 
 possidd, a, -sedl, -sessus (from 
 
VOCAHULARV. 
 
 39 
 
 poaaideO, which is for porsideo, 
 fr. old prep, por-, /.;///, dene,, ; 
 •edeS, St/), have and hold, /v- 
 come master of, oaupy, take 
 possession of, Thum. 6, j. 
 possum, posse, potui (potis, ahle ; 
 sum, /v), he able, can, oe power- 
 ful. Them. 1, 3 ; j, s ; lo, i, 
 etc. 
 post, adv. [ros-, behind^, after- 
 wards; prep. w. ace, after, 
 Aris. 3, 4 ; shut, tvithin. Them. 
 5, 3 ; Ari.s. i, 3. 
 postea, adv. (post, after; ea, 
 these things), after this; after- 
 wards, later. Them. 2, 4 ; 8, 7. 
 posteaquam, conj. (postei, later; 
 
 quam, ///,/;/), <,//t.r, Han. 3^ 4. 
 [posterus], -a, -um, adj. (post, 
 later), earning after ; following, 
 next, Han. la, 2; Aris. 3, j. 
 postquam, conj. (post, later; 
 quam, ///,»«), <///^^, „j j^^„ ,,j^ 
 
 w/f^//, Them. 6, 4 ; 7, 4; 9, 3; 
 Aris. I, 7. 
 
 postridie, adv. (*po8teru8,/V/<^</. 
 »«,4' .- dies, ^/,;i'), on the follo^u- 
 ingday, next day. Them. 4, 5. 
 
 postulS, I (r/ posc6, ,/,/«,///,/. 
 fr. PREC-, pray), demand, ask, 
 require, Han. la, 3. 
 
 potens, -entis, adj. (part, of pos- 
 sum, he able), able ; po^verfiil, 
 influential, Han. 2, i. 
 
 potestas, -atis, k. (potis, able), 
 ability; power, control, rule; 
 opportunity, Han. 9, i. 
 
 potior, 4, itus (potis, able), get 
 possession of, become master of 
 
 potissimum, adv. (potissimus, 
 
 strongest ), ehiejly, espe.ially, 
 in preference to all others. 
 Them. 9, I ; xo, 4 ; Han. 
 
 potius, adv. (potior, better, pref 
 crable), rather, more, in prefer- 
 ence. Them. 7, 6. 
 praebed, a, -bul, -bitus (prae, be- 
 fore ; habeo, hold), hold forth ; 
 offer, shmv, I Ian. 7, 5 ; furnish, 
 supply. Them. 10, 3. 
 praeceptor, -oris, m. (praecipid, 
 
 instruct ), instructor. 
 praeceptuni, i, n. (neut. part, of 
 praecipid, ttstruet, used suh- 
 •stantiveiy), direction, instruc- 
 tion, bidding, Han. n, 4. 
 praecipid, 3, -cepi, -ceptus (prae, 
 before: capiS, take), take he- 
 forehand, advise, warn, in- 
 struct, Han. 10, 5. 
 praecipuus, -a, -um, adj. (prae, 
 before: CAI'-, take), taken by 
 preference ; especial. Them. 
 6,2. 
 
 praedico, i (,/ praedico, /.// be- 
 fore), declare publicly, pro- 
 claim ; state, declare, report. 
 
 praedico, 3, -dixi, -diet us (prae, 
 before; dico, say), tell before- 
 hand, charge. Them. 7, 3. 
 
 praedo, -onis, m. (,/ praeda, 
 booty), one that makes booty, 
 plunderer, robber; praedonSs 
 maritimos, pirates. Them, a, 3. 
 
 praeferS, -ferre, -tulT, -latus (prae. 
 before ; fero, bear), bear or bring 
 before ; prefer, Han. 13, 4. 
 
40 
 
 VOCAHUI.ARY. 
 
 praemiam, -l, m. (pr»e, hffore, 
 
 beyond; EM-, taie), somethin,; 
 taken above othert ; reward, 
 prize. 
 praesSns, -entis, adj. (pr«Mam, be 
 be/ore), present, at hand. Them. 
 
 a, I ; «, 4- 
 praesentU, -ae, f. (^imUxi*, pres- 
 ent), a being at hand ; in pr»e- 
 •eiitii, for the moment, then. 
 Them. 8, 4- 
 praesidium, -T, n. (praeiideS, sit 
 in front of), defense, protec- 
 tion, help ; garrison, troops 
 (plur.) , force, armed escort. 
 Them. 8, S ; intrenchments 
 (plur.), Han. ii, 4. 
 praestS, 1, -stitl, -stilus (pra», be- 
 fore ; 8td, stand ) , stand before, 
 be superior ; surpass, Han. 1,1; 
 fulfil, perform. Them. 10, 4 ; 
 make good, furnish. Them. 8, 4 
 praesum, -esse, -ful (prae, cn'er ; 
 •um, be), be o-Jer, be in charge, 
 be in command. Them. 4, 2 ; 
 Han. 7, I ; 8, 4 ; Aris. 3, 2. 
 praeter, prep. w. ace. [prae- 
 (PR(}-), before], past, beyond, 
 Han. 12, 4 ; Aris. i, 5. 
 praeterea, adv. (praeter, besides ; 
 ea, these things), beyond this, 
 besides, moreover, Han. 4, 4. 
 praetor, -oris, m. (for •praeitor, 
 from prae, before ; e6, go), one 
 that goes before, leader ; general, 
 Aris. a, i ; Them, a, i ; prae- 
 tor (a Roman magistrate rank- 
 ing just lower than a consul), 
 Han. 4, 3. 
 
 premfi, 3, pressi, pressu* [prem-, 
 piss], press, press hard, pur- 
 ine closely ; threaten ; bear 
 ,l,m<n upon, Han. xi, 5; urge, 
 importune ; in pass., be affected 
 or afflicted with Han. 4, 3. 
 
 primQ, adv. (primui, first), at 
 /..St, first, in the first place. 
 Them. 6, 5 ; Han. 6, i. 
 
 primam, adv. (neut. of primus, 
 first ), first, in the first place. 
 Them, a, 3 ! 3i 2- 
 
 primua, -a, -urn, supcrl. adj. 
 [PRI-, before], foremost. Them, 
 a, I ; in primls, especially, Aris. 
 a, 2. 
 
 princepa, -cipis, adj. (primua, 
 first ; capiS, take, taking first 
 place), first ; foremost ; gener- 
 ally a subst., M., prominent 
 or leading man, Han. 9, 3 ; 
 leader, Han. a, 6. 
 
 principatus, -us, m. (princepa, 
 leader), leadership, chief place. 
 Them. 6, 3; Aris. 1, i. 
 
 pristinus, -a. -um, adj. [pri-, 
 before], former, Han. |a, 5. 
 
 prius, adv. (prior, sooner), sooner, 
 before; usually foil, by quam, 
 f rming priusquam ; Them. 
 
 7. 3- 
 priusquam, conj. (prius, snnner ; 
 
 qu than), hi fore, Ari>. a, i. 
 
 (Tiie component parts are 
 
 often separated by intervening 
 
 words ; see prius.) 
 
 privitus, -a, -um, adj. (part, of 
 
 privo, dipiifi), />clonL.:ing to an 
 
 individual, private; as a subst., 
 
V(H AUULARY. 
 
 41 
 
 priTltut, -f, M., a friviiU indi- 
 vidual, citizen. 
 prt, prep. w. ahl. [i-ro-, h.fore\ 
 in front of; Jor, in return for, 
 Thet.i. 8, 7. 
 probO, I (probui, exnl/tnt), ///■ 
 fro7e. Them, i, 2; a, S ; 10, 4. 
 procul, adv. {fti,/i>rw,ird; ( KI, , 
 drive), dr/7,n forward ; at a 
 distance, fu off, afar. 
 pr5c&r&, I (pro,/*'/-, in hehalfof; 
 cQrO, exercise (are), care for ; 
 attend to. Them, a, 8. 
 prOdeO, 4, -il, -itus (pr6d = pr8, 
 forward ; ed, ,i;o), ,i;o or come 
 forward, appear. Them. 1, j ; 
 8, S- 
 pr&ditid, onis, f. (pr6d6, betray), 
 
 treason. 
 
 pr6d8, 3, -didi, -ditus (pr6, forth ; 
 
 d6, Kf'^'e), give out, disclose : 
 
 betray; hand down, Han. 
 
 8, 2. 
 
 prSducS, 3, -duxi, -ductus (pro, 
 
 forth ; duc6, lead or draw), 
 
 lead out ; draw out, Han. 5, 3. 
 
 proelium, i, n., battle. Them. 3, 
 
 3 ; Aris. a, i. 
 profanus, -a, -um, adj. (pro, be 
 fore ; finum, temple, a being 
 before, i.e., outside a tem- 
 ple), unholy, profane, common, 
 Them. 6, 5. 
 proficUcor, 3, -fectus {^xh, forth; 
 off; *faci8cor [facio], be):in to 
 make), set forward, set otit, 
 start, depart. 
 profiteor, a, -feisu.-* (pro, forth ; 
 out ; fateor, fr. fa-, show), de- 
 
 clare puhlily; declare one's self. 
 Them. 7, 4 ; state, I Ian. 11, 2. 
 pr6fllgft, I (pr6, forward, down ; 
 Fl.u;-, striie), strike dinvn, iK'er- 
 tkro7v ; rout. Han. 4, 2. 
 profugi6, 3, -fugl. — (pr«, for- 
 ward, away ; fugii, flee), Jtee 
 away, flee, escape, Han. 7, 6. 
 prSgredior, 3, -gressus (pr«, 
 forth ; gradior, step), ffo for- 
 ward ; ad7-ance. Them. 3, i. 
 prohibed, a, -ui, itus (prd, before, 
 in front; habed, hold), hold 
 back ; stop, prevent. Them. 6, 2. 
 pr6mptus, -a, -um, adj. (part, of 
 promd, bring forth), brought to 
 light ; at hand ; ready, quick. 
 Them, i, 4. 
 pr6patulum, -I, n. (prfipatulua, 
 open in front, open, f r. pro, be- 
 fore ; patulus, open), open 
 court, Han. 9, 3. 
 prope, prep. w. ace, near. Them. 
 10, 3 J as adv. in comp., pro- 
 pius, nearer, Han. 8, 3. 
 propers, adv. (properus, tfuick, 
 speedy), quickly, speedily. Han. 
 la, 4. 
 propinquus, -a, -um, adj. (prope, 
 near), near, adjacent. Them. 
 8, 5; Han. 5, i. 
 propius (comp. of prope), adv., 
 
 nearer, Han. 8, 3. 
 propter, prep. w. ace. (prope, 
 near), near; on account of, 
 because of. Them, a, 6 ; 6, 2, 
 etc. 
 
 propugnaculum, -I, n. (pr6pugn6, 
 fight for, defend), that which 
 
42 
 
 VOCAHl'LARY. 
 
 teri'ts for thfending : hulwnrk, 
 rampart, dtftusf, Thim. 7, 5. 
 
 pr&apiciO, 3, spexl, spectus (pr6, 
 forward; tpeclA, AW), look 
 out, watch, Han. la, 4- 
 
 prOtinua (tenun). alv. (prt, /or 
 ward ; ttnut, •ill the way to), 
 right onward, on, forward. 
 Them. 4, i. 
 
 pr&vide6. 2, -vldi, -visus (pr6, 
 btforf : vide*, ^ee), see before 
 one; fonsc . fCUiird attain ^t, 
 take f'rc-caHiiom, Han 9, i- 
 
 prozimuii, -■!, 'm, ^ p^rl. adj.. 
 nearest. Them. 9, t , «<-r,'. 1 Ian. 
 3, 2; f/w^ ^j, H:^' u, 4' 
 
 prQdentia, -ae, v. (prfldfins, /f>-<- 
 seeing), foresight ; wiidom,^ood 
 judgment ; shrewdness. Them. 
 
 5, 3- 
 
 Prusiis, -ae, or Prfliia, -ae, m., 
 a king of Biihynia to whom 
 Hannibal fled for refuge ; as 
 he failed to afford him protec- 
 tion, Hannibal was compelled 
 to end his own life ; Han. xo, 
 2; la, I : la, 3. 
 
 publics, adv. (pflblicus, of the 
 state), in the name of the state. 
 Them. 8, 5 ; Han. 3, i ; Aris. 
 
 3,3- 
 publics, I (pflblicuB, of the state), 
 make the property of the state, 
 confiscate. 
 
 p&blicu), -a. um. adj (contracted 
 from populicut, ir- * populM, 
 peof'le, state), of or Ihlonj^nig 
 /.■ the people or stat,\ Them. 
 3, 1. 
 
 puer, -erl, M., boy ; sen ant, slate. 
 Han. la, 4. 
 
 puerulus, T, .m. (dim. of pu«r, 
 boy), little boy, Han. a, v 
 
 p&gna, ae, f. [i-vc;-, strike jight, 
 battle, Ari». a, i. 
 
 pugnft, 1 (pflgna, battle), fight, 
 contend, Han. 5, 1 ; 10, 4- 
 
 puppil, -is, F., stern of a vessel, 
 Han. II, 6. 
 
 putfl, X (putus, clean, bright, fr. 
 rv-, cleanse), cleanse, go oi'er in 
 detail ; consider. Them. 1,1; 
 
 6,5 
 
 Pydna, -ae, v., Pydna ■. i-wn of 
 Macedonia, cv h'" s.i. 'i."'.; 
 Them. 8, 5. 
 
 Pyrinaeus, -r. ■';'m. .I'-i}- 
 
 naean, of .'■'<< .'''r'.'i; v, '!".■ 
 range of rH>.i::'.,''ii;.. •' ''*.v..i;,i 
 Spain and (it-ui i'.i j, 
 
 Pythia, -ae, k., ;;'*-, »: * 
 priestess of Apo)lc i. T; . ■!.. ; 
 her utterances when I'l a kind 
 of frenzy were interpreted by 
 the priests of the temple, and 
 given out to questioners of the 
 oracle as the answers of the 
 god ; Them, a, 6. 
 
VtXAHULARV. 
 
 43 
 
 Q., al>breviatinn for Qulntus. 
 
 quAdringtni, ac, a, dwtrih. num. 
 adj. (quadrlngentl, four hiin 
 drtJ), four huHdrCii ,aifi, Aris. 
 
 quadringenti, ae. -a. num. a«lj. 
 (qaattuor /i'ur ; c vntum, ////«- 
 drc'J), j\itr huitJit-ii, Them. 
 
 a. 5 
 quaerO, 3, quaeslv! or quaesil, 
 quaesltiis [«jv,\ks , s(ek\, lock 
 for, seek, I Ian. 11, j; nek to 
 get, seek Jo gain, Them. 3, z ; 
 ask, itKjuire, Aris. i, 4. 
 
 quam, interrog. and rel. adv. (ace. 
 fern, of qui), /« whut ni,i>inet; 
 how, Aris. 3, 4; (correlative 
 w. tam in comp.), as, Han. 
 9,4; (after comparatives) M/?«, 
 Aris. 3, 2 ; (with super!.) as, as 
 possible, joined to the positive, 
 e.g., Han. xo, 4 ; quam plQri- 
 aiis, as many as possible. 
 
 quandiii, rel. adv. (quam, as; 
 dia, long), as long is. Them. 
 9, 2 : Han. 5, 4 ; 13, 3. 
 
 quamqaam, conj. (case form of 
 quiiquii, wkoet-er), li,<~,vn'er ; 
 although, Aris. i, 3. 
 
 quants, adv. (abl. neut. of quan- 
 tus, as much), by as much as, 
 Han. I, I ; by how much, Aris. 
 1,2. 
 
 quantum, -T, n. (quantut, hmo 
 much), interrog. pron. u.sed 
 substantively, how much, Aris. 
 3i '• 
 
 quanttts, a, -um. pron. adj. 
 (pron. St., <A-. «'//.), (.,) inter- 
 rog. or exclam., him< mu,li, 
 ho-u> great. Them, a, 4; (/•) rel., 
 as Hiiiih as, as great as, as (w. 
 correlative tantut); tantd . . . 
 quantd, <;/m</<7/ . . .as, Han.i,i. 
 quire, adv. (qui, l>y what; ti, 
 mains), by what mrans ; where- 
 /I't,-. ■u'/iv, for what rcii'oii, 
 Thew 7, 2; Aris. i, 4; Han. 
 II, ;; consiqueHtly, therefore, 
 Th»ni 7, 6; Han. 3, 6. 
 qoartua, -a, -um. ati= (quattuor, 
 
 four), fourth, Ari.s. 3, 4. 
 que, enclitic conj., and. 
 queror, 3, (juestus [',>vvs-, sigh, 
 lamtiif\ iOHipLiiH, Them. 7, 2. 
 qui, a<lv. <o|(! abl. of qui), where- 
 
 U'if~, xuhereby, Aris. 3, 2. 
 qui, quae, quod, .-l. pr(-n. (pron. 
 St., I A-, who), who, which, 
 what, that, Aris. i, 3 ; a, i, et< 
 qui, quae, quod, interrog. pron. 
 [pron. .St.. c.\-. who], who, 
 ivhich, what; cf. quia. Quia 
 asks the name ; qui, the nature 
 or characirr. 
 qnicuraqae, quaecumque, quod- 
 cumquc. indef. rel. pron. (qui, 
 who: cmaque, indef. suffix), 
 (j) y^Mt., whoever, whosoer<er ; 
 (b) adj., whate-, er, whatsoez'er. 
 quidam, quaedam, quoddam and 
 iuiddam .'sulMt), indef. pron., 
 a certain ame, a certain, certain, 
 several, Aris. i, 4. 
 
44 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 quidem, adv., indeed^ Aris. i, 3; 
 
 to be sure, certainly ; hut, hoiu- 
 
 ever, yet, Han. 2, 6. 
 quin, conj. (nom. or abl. qui, 
 
 who, by which ; -n6, not), by 
 
 which not; who not ; but that, 
 
 Han. 2, s; II, 2. 
 quinquageni, -ae, -a, distrib. num. 
 
 adj. (quinquaginti, _fi/ty), fifty 
 
 each. Them. 10, 3. 
 quinque, indecl. num. adj., five, 
 
 Han. 3, 2; 8, I. j 
 
 quinquies, adv. (quinque, five), 
 
 five times, Han. 5, 3. 
 Quintius, -i, m., Titus Quintius 
 
 Flamininus, see Flamininus, 
 
 Han. 12, I. 
 Quintus, -i, m., Quintus, a Roman 
 
 praenomen ; Han. 13, i. 
 quia, quid, interrog. pron. [pron. 
 
 St., CI-, whol, who ? which ? 
 
 what? Han. 11,6; cf. qui. 
 quis, qua, quid, indef. pron. (w. 
 
 si, nisi, nS, num) [pron. st., ci-, 
 
 who], any one, anything, any, 
 
 Han 2, 6; g, 2. 
 quisnam, quaenam, quidnam, 
 
 interrog. pron. (quis, who; 
 
 -nam, adding emphasis), who, 
 
 fray i what now ? what then ? 
 
 who ? which ? what ? Them. 
 
 2,6. 
 
 quisquam, — , quicquam or 
 quidquam, indef. pron. (quis, 
 any one ; quam, indef. suffix), 
 
 any one whatever, any one, any- 
 thing, Them. 2,4; Han. 10, i ; 
 as adj., any at all, any. 
 
 quisque, quaeque, quodque (adj.) 
 and quidque, indef. pron. (quis, 
 who ; -que, indrf. suffix), who- 
 ci'er it be ; each, every, each 
 one, every one, Aris. 3, i. 
 
 qu6, adv. and conj. (old dat. and 
 abl. form of qui), to what place, 
 whither, where; interrog., Han. 
 9, I ; on which account, where- 
 fore, whence, Them. 3,4; ( = 
 ut eo), in order that, so that, 
 that, Aris. 3, i. , 
 
 quod, conj. (ace. neut. sing, of 
 rel. qui, as to which), where- 
 fore, Han. I, 2; in that, for 
 that, because, since, Aris. 2, 2. 
 
 quoniam, conj. (quom, when, 
 since; iam, now), since or 
 when now ; since, seeing that, 
 because. Them. 10, 5. 
 
 quoque, conj., also, too (placed 
 after an emphatic word), Han. 
 
 3, I- 
 quotannis, adv. (quot, how many, 
 all, every ; annus, year), year- 
 ly, annually, et'ery year. Them. 
 2, 2 ; 10, 3 ; Han. 7, 4 ; Aris. 
 
 I. 
 
 quotienscumque, adv. (quotiens, 
 ho7i> often; -cumque, indef. 
 
 suffix), ho7i< often soever ; as 
 often as, whenever, Han. i, 2. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 45 
 
 ratiS, -onis, f. [ra-, count], reckon- 
 ing, account; view, opinion, 
 plan, Han. lo, 3. 
 
 ratus, -a, -um, adj. (part, of reor, 
 think), fixed, c-'rtain, sure. 
 
 recipid, 3, -cepi, -ceptus (re-, back 
 again ; capio, take), take back. 
 
 rfgii, -orum, .m., nobles of the 
 
 king's court. 
 regnS, i (regnum, rule), be king, 
 
 reign. Them. 9, i. 
 regnum, -i, n. [rec-, guide], 
 
 royal authority, sovereigntv ; 
 kingdom, Han. 12, i. 
 
 retake, recoz>er. Them. 7, 6; Xiligib, -oL, v.\xj, back ; 1.IG., 
 
 take back, receive, welcome. 
 Them. 8, 4 ; se recipere, betake 
 one's self, return, retreat, Han. 
 II, 2. 
 
 reciis5, 1 (re-, against; causa, 
 fr. CAV-, watch), make excuses 
 against ; object, Han. 12, 3. 
 
 reddo, 3, -didi, -ditus (red-, back ; 
 do, give), give back, restore; 
 deliver ; render, Them. 2, I. 
 
 redeo, -Ire, -il, -itus (red-, back; 
 •®i /?■'')> ffo or come back, return ; 
 
 lie, bind), respect for the gods, re- 
 ligion; conscientiousness. Them. 
 8,4. 
 relinquo, 3, -IlquI, -lictus ^re-, be- 
 hind ; linquo leave), leave be- 
 hind, leave, leave remaining. 
 Them. 9, i ; Aris. 3, 2 ; leave, 
 go away from, abandon. Them. 
 2, 8. 
 
 reliquiae, -arum, f. (reliquus, re- 
 maining), remainder, remnant. 
 Them. 5, i. 
 
 come in, proceed, Ih^txiy, 2, 2; reliquus, -a, -um, adj. (re-, be 
 
 iO| 3 
 
 reditus, -us, m. (red-, back; 1-, 
 go), returning; return. 
 
 refers, -ferre, rettull, relatus (re-, 
 back; fero, bear), bring back, 
 carry back, return ; se referre, 
 betake one's self retreat, return. 
 
 hind; l.igv-, leave; cf relin- 
 quo, leave behind), remaining, 
 rest of, other. Them. 2, 8 ; 6, 5 ; 
 remaining, future, subsequent. 
 Them. 2, i ; a.s a .>iubst. in 
 plur., reliqui, -orum, .m., the 
 rest, Han. 6, 4. 
 
 Han. 6, 7; gratiam referre, remitto, 3, -misl, -mls.Mis (re- 
 
 requite, reward. Them. 8, 7. back; mitto, send, let ,-.), send 
 
 regis, -onis, f. [rec, guide], d,- back; release. Them. 7 v , 
 
 rection ; region, quarter, dis- 6. '» J - /, 
 
 Urri oi^!"""' ' •"'"'■' """'^''^' removes, 2, -movT. -mr.tus (re-, 
 
 ,zIZ"'"^^' ,. ^""^^'' ««"y''' moved, mot'e), 
 
 regius, -a -um, adj. (r6x, king), m<Kr awav ; remot,e, Han. 2 
 
 ofoxoelonging to a king royal, , ; put out of the way, destroy, 
 
 kingly; as sub.st. in plur., Han. 10, 3. 
 
•I'm 
 
 46 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 renorS, i (re-, again ; novS, make 
 new), renew, Aris. 3, i. 
 
 renuntid, x (re-, back; la&aXih, 
 announce), carry back word, 
 report, Han. la, 5 ; revoke, 
 break off. 
 
 reor, a, ratus [ra-, reckonl, think, 
 Them. 7, 4 ; Han. 7, 6. 
 
 repellS, 3, rf ;puli (repull), repul- 
 sus (re-, back; pello, drive), 
 drive back, repel, Aris. 3, i. 
 
 repente, adv. (repins, sudden), 
 suddenly, Han. 11, S- 
 
 repentinus, -a, -um, adj. (repine, 
 sudden), sudden ; unexpected, 
 Han. 5, 2. 
 
 reperiS, 4, repperi or reperl, re- 
 pertus (re-, again ; PAR-, pro- 
 duce), produce agatn ; find, 
 discover, ascertain. Them, i, 3; 
 Han. II, 3. 
 
 rep5, 3, repsi, reptus [sarp-, 
 creep ; cf. serpins], creep, Han. 
 
 3, 4- 
 repdnd, 3, -posui, -positus (re-, 
 back, away; pono, put), put 
 back or away ; store up, Han. 
 
 7, 5- 
 reprimd, 3, -press!, -pressus ^re-, 
 back ; prer ^, press), press uck, 
 check, restrain, calm, Aris. 
 
 1,4- 
 res, rei, F. [ra-, count], thing, 
 circumstance, matter, act, affair, 
 Aris. a, 2 ; 3, 2 ; Them. 6, 4 ; 
 7, 2 ; cause, reason ; deed, ex- 
 ploit, Han. 13, 2 ; fact, Han. 
 7, 7 ; property, Han. 10, i ; 
 res publica, public affairs, poli- 
 
 tics, state ; ris miuails, science 
 of war ; r5s familiiris, prop- 
 erty ; rem gerere, fight, conduct 
 a battle, act. Them. 5, 1 ; Han. 
 8, 4- 
 
 resciscd, 3, -sclvi or -scii, -scitus 
 (re-, again ; seised [inceptive of 
 sei6], seek to know), learn, as- 
 certain, find out, Han. 8, 2. 
 
 resists, 3, -stiti, — (re-, back, 
 against; sistS, stand), stand 
 back, stand against, resist, op- 
 pose, Han. 5> ' ; 5i 4- 
 
 respici5, 3, -spexi, -spectus (re-, 
 back ; * speciS, look), look back ; 
 look back upon, regard. Them. 
 
 8, 4- 
 
 responded, 2, -spondi, -sponsus 
 (re-, in return ; spondeo, prom- 
 ise), present in return ; answer, 
 reply, respond. Them, a, 6 ; 
 Aris. I, 5, etc. 
 
 resp5nsum, -i. n. (responded, re- 
 ply), something answered ; an- 
 swer, reply. Them, a, 7 ; Han. 
 
 7,4- 
 restitu5, 3, -ui, -utus (re-, again ; 
 
 status, set up), set up again ; 
 
 restore, rebuild, reestablish. 
 
 Them. 6, 2; Aris. i, 7. 
 retined, a, -tinui, -tentus (re-, 
 
 back ; tened, hold), holdback; 
 
 hold ; retain, keep, Them. 7, 2. 
 reverter, 3, -versus sum (re-, 
 
 back; vert6[r], turn), turn 
 
 back ; return, Them. 5, 2 ; 9, 3. 
 revoc9, i (re-, back; voeo, call), 
 
 call back, recall, Han. 6, i ; 
 
 7,4- 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 47 
 
 r6x, regis, m. [reg-, guide], 
 king. Them. 3, i ; 4, 2 ; Han. 
 6,1. 
 
 Rhodanus, -1. m., Rhone, a large 
 river of Gaul emptying into 
 the Mediterranean (Mare In- 
 ternum) ; I Ian. 4, i ; 6, i. 
 
 Rhodi (Rhodii), -orum m., Rho- 
 dians, the people of Rhodes, 
 an island olf the southwestern 
 coast of Asia Minor ; Han. 8, 
 4 ; 13, 2- 
 
 riSUS, -us, M. (rideo, laugh), laugh- 
 ter, laugh, Han. 11, 5. 
 rdbustus, -a, -um, adj. (r6bai, 
 
 strength), strong, powerful, 
 
 Han. 10, 2. 
 rog5, I , ask, request, entreat. 
 
 Them. 9, 4 ; Han. 7, 3. 
 R5ma, ae, v., Rome, the capital 
 
 of the Roman empire, situated 
 
 on the Tibe- in I.atium, a 
 
 division of Italy ; Han. 5, i ; 
 
 12, I ; la, 2. 
 RSmanus, -a, -um, adj., Roman, 
 
 Han. 7, 2 ; as subst. in plur., 
 
 RSmAni, -Grum, M., Romans, 
 
 Han. 5, 2; 7, I. 
 ruber, -bra, -brum, adj. [rvb-, 
 
 red], red, Han. a, i. 
 
 8 
 
 sacellam, I, n. (dim. fr. sacrum, 
 sacred thing, sanctuary), ,7 littU 
 sanctuary ; in Them. 6, 5, 
 stones of a sanctuary. 
 
 sacer, -era, - f "U, adj. \?,.kc-, fas- 
 ten], dedicaii.d ty a divinity; 
 consecrated, hallotved, sacred. 
 Them. 6, 5 ; neut. plur. as 
 subst., sacra, -orum, N., reli- 
 gious worship. Them, a, 8 ; 
 mysteries. 
 
 sacerd5s, -dotis, m. and v. (sacer, 
 sacred; DA-, give), priest. 
 Them. 2, 8 ; 4, i. 
 
 sacrarium, -J, n. (sacer, sacred), 
 a place for keeping sacred 
 things, sh rine, chapel, sanctuary. 
 Them. 8, 4. 
 
 sacrifice, 1 (sacrum, sacrifice ; 
 FAC-, make), offer sacrifice ; 
 sacrifice, Han. 3, 4. 
 
 saepe, adv., often, frcijuently. 
 Them, i, 3 ; comp. saepius, 
 repeatedly, very often. 
 
 saepio, 4, .saepsi, saeptus (saep^s, 
 hedge), hedge in, surround. 
 Them. 7, ; 
 
 Saguntum, -i, .v., Saguntum, a 
 town of eastern Spain, on the 
 Mediterranean , the besieging 
 and capture of this by Hanni- 
 bal led to the breaking out of 
 the Second Punic War. 
 
 Salaminius, -a, -um, ;.dj. (Sala- 
 mis), of Salamis. Them 6, 3 
 
 Salamis, -inis (ace. Salamina), f. 
 Salamis, an island in the Saronic 
 gulf, off the coast of Attica; 
 close by this, in 4S0 n.c, the 
 united Greek fleet defeated the 
 fleet of Xerxes ; Them, a, 8 ; 
 3. 4 ; 9, 3 ; Aris. a, i. 
 
 ,JArX,irit\^- AJV'k*^^ 
 
48 
 
 VOCAbULAkV. 
 
 MltUS, -us, M., ravine, mountain 
 pass, Ilan. 3, 4; 4, 3 ; in Han. 
 3, 3, perhaps Ijest trans, moun- 
 tain chain. 
 
 salum, -I, N., open sea, high sea, 
 Them. 8, 7. 
 
 salus, -litis, K. (cf. salvus, sound), 
 soundness, health ; safety, Ilan. 
 II, 4 ; safety, deliverance, recov- 
 ery ; benefit, help, Them. 3, 4. 
 
 sarmentum, i, n. (for *sarp-men- 
 tum, fr. sarpo, fr. sarp-, trim, 
 prune), twig; plur., twigs, brush- 
 wood, Han. 5, 2. 
 
 satis, adv. [sa-, sate^ enough, 
 sufficient, sufficiently, tolerably. 
 Them. 6, 5 ; Han. 10, 5 ; comp. 
 satius, better. 
 
 saucius, -a, -um, adj., hurt, 
 wounded, Han. 4, i. 
 
 SCapha, -ae, F. (<rKd0r;), small 
 boat, skiff, Han. 11, 1. 
 
 scilicet, adv. (scire, to hnow ; 
 licet, /■/ is permitted), you tnay 
 kno-.i' ; evidently, Han. 12, 3 ; 
 that is to say. 
 
 scio, 4, scivi or scii, scTtus [sci-, 
 split, distinguish], distinguish ; 
 know be aware, Han. 9, 2. 
 
 SCitum, -J, N. [sci-, j/ '//, distin- 
 guish], decree, Aris. x, ' 
 
 Scipio, -unis, M., {a) P. Corne- 
 lius Scipio, consul 218 B.C., de- 
 feated repeatedly by Hanni- 
 bal ; {h) P. Cornelius Africa- 
 nus Major, son of (a), defeated 
 Hannibal at Zama in 202 11. c. 
 and ended the Second Punic 
 War; Ilan. 4, i ; 6, i. 
 
 scribd, 3, scrips!, scriptus [scarp-, 
 cut, scratch], scratch; write, 
 state. Them. 9, i ; 10,4; Aris. 
 1,4. 
 
 sS, see sui. 
 
 sed, conj. (old abl. of tui, by it- 
 self, apart), but, but yet, yet, 
 however, Aris. i, 5; Them. 9, 
 I ; 10, 4 ; non solum . . . sed 
 etiam, not only . . . but also. 
 
 segregS, i (s8-, aside ; grex, 
 flock), separate from the flock, 
 separate, keep out, exclude, 
 Han. 2, 3. 
 
 seiungd, 3, -iunxi, -iunctus (se-, 
 "dis-"; iwnga, join), disunite; 
 separate, Han. 3, 4. 
 
 semper, adv. [sem-, like ; -per, 
 through], always, at all times, 
 Han. I, 2 ; 12, 5. 
 
 Semprdnius, -i, m., Scmpronius, 
 a Roman family name. 
 
 senatus, -us, m. [sen-, old], 
 council of elders, senate. Them. 
 7, 4 ; Han. 7, 3 ; audience of 
 the senate, Han. 7, 6. 
 
 sentid, 4, sensi, sensus [sent-, 
 feel], perceive by the senses, 
 fee!, Han. 2, 2 ; perceive, be 
 aware of. Them. 8, 6. 
 
 sepeliS, 4, -ivT or -ii, sepultus, 
 bury, inter. Them. 10, 3. 
 
 septingenti, -ae, -a, num. adj. 
 (septem, sei'en ; centum, hun- 
 dred), seven hundred. Them. 
 
 septuagesimus, -a, -um, adj. 
 (septuagintfi, se-oenty), the seven- 
 tieth, Han. 13, I. 
 
 :i^j&*': 
 
 woasmm^: 
 
VOCAHULARV. 
 
 49 
 
 ■epulcrum, -l, n. (upeiid, finry), 
 tomb. Them. lo, j. 
 
 ■equor, 3, secfitus sum [skc-, 
 foUow\, follow, attend, 'Ihem. 
 a, 5- 
 
 aermO, -onis, m. [skr-, string, 
 bind], connected discourse, dis- 
 cussion ; conversation, Tliem. 
 10, I. 
 
 serpens, -entis, f. or m. (part, of 
 serpo, creep), the crcepini; ani- 
 mal, scr/rent, snake, Han. 10, 
 4; 10, 5; II, 6. 
 
 Servilius, -I, m., Serz<ilius, a 
 Roman family name ; .see 
 Geminus. 
 servid, 4, -IvI or -il, -itus (serrus, 
 slave), serve; he subject to; 
 devote one's self to. Them. 
 
 servulus, -I, m. (dim. of senrus, 
 
 slave), little slave, slave, Han. 
 
 8,2. 
 servus, -I, m. [skr-, string, bind], 
 
 slave. Them. 4, 3 ; 6, 5. 
 setius (secius), adv., comp. [sec-, 
 
 follow], in a less degree, less. 
 sex, num. adj. (</. Eng. six), 
 
 six. Them. 5, 2. 
 sexageni, -ae, -a, distrib. num. 
 
 adj. (sezaginta, sixty), stx/y 
 
 each, sixty at a time, Aris. 3, i. 
 sextus, -a, -urn, adj. (sex, six), 
 
 sixth, Aris. i, 7. 
 81, conj., ;/, in case that, Aris. 3, i. 
 sic, adv. (loc. form of pron. st., 
 
 SA-, this ; -ce, demonst. suffix), 
 
 in this manner, thus, so; tn 
 
 like manner. 
 
 signified, I (signum, sign, signal; 
 KA(--, mahe), point out, indicate, 
 intimate ; mean, signify. Them, 
 a, 7- 
 
 signum, -I, n., mari; sign, indi- 
 cation ; signal, Han. 11, i ; 
 seal. 
 
 Silenus, -i, m., Silenus, a Greek 
 historian ; he wrote of Sicilian 
 affairs, of the campaigns of 
 Hannibal, and of Roman his- 
 tory; Han. 13, 3. 
 
 simul, adv. [sim-, together, lihe], 
 together, Aris. a, 2 ; at the same 
 time, Han. 2, 4; simul atque 
 (ic), as soon as. 
 
 simuld, I (simiiis, like), make 
 like, assume appearance of, pre- 
 tend, feign. 
 
 sine, prep. w. abl., 7vithout. 
 singuli, -ae, -a, distril). num. adj. 
 [siM-, like], one by one, indi- 
 vidually. Them. 4, 4. 
 sive or seu, conj., or if, sive . , . 
 sive, whether . . . or. Them. 
 
 6,5- 
 
 societas, -atis, f. (socius, com- 
 panion), participation, associa- 
 tion ; alliance, league, Aris. a, 3. 
 
 s51um, adv. (solus, alone), only, 
 merely, Han. 11,7; usually in 
 the expression non solum . . . 
 sed etiam, not only . . . but also. 
 
 solus, -a, -um, gen. -lus, alone, 
 only. Them. 6, 5. 
 
 SOlvo, 3, solvl, solutus (s§-, 
 apart ; luo, loose), loose ; open, 
 Han. II, 3; pay; n&ves sol- 
 vere, weigh anchor, Han. 8, 2. 
 
 m(!'K^mB*Jin->'sinmsm^r*sm-¥m( 
 
50 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 SStilos, -I, M., Sosilus, a Spartan ; 
 a writer of history ; Han. 13, 3. 
 
 8pe€tS, I (intens. of tpedfi, iook 
 at), look, aim. Them. 6, 3. 
 
 8p*s, spel, K., hope, Han. 8, i. 
 
 sponte (abl. of noun *ap5B8, 
 •pontis), of one's own accord, 
 voluntarily. Them. 10, 4. 
 
 statim, adv. [sta-, stand'\, stead- 
 ily ; immediately, straightioay. 
 Them. 4, 4. 
 
 statua, -ae, f. [sta-, stcmd\ 
 statue. Them. 10, 3. 
 
 statu5, -ul, -utus (status, station), 
 set, place ; erect ; desire, deter- 
 mine. 
 
 8tru5, 3, struxi, structus [strv-, 
 spread\, bring together, heap 
 up ; build, raise, Them. 6, 4- 
 
 stulte, adv. (atultus, foolish), 
 foolishly, stupidly, Han. 8, 3. 
 
 subigS, 3, -egT, -actus (sub, un- 
 der ; ag5, drive, bring), bring 
 under ; subjugate, subdue, over- 
 come, Han. 3, 2. 
 
 subsum, -esse, — , — (sub, under, 
 at hand ; sum, be), be under- 
 neath, lie concealed. Them. 4, 5. 
 
 succumbs, 3, -cubu! (sub, under; 
 CVB-, bend, lie), yield, submit. 
 Them. 5, 3. 
 
 sufficid, 3, -feci, -fectus (sub, un- 
 der, in place of; faciS, make), 
 put under or in place of, elect 
 as successor, elect in one's stead, 
 Han. 3, I. 
 
 suffragium, -i, n. (cf sulfrigor, 
 vote for), voting tablet, ballot, 
 vote. 
 
 stti, sibi, s€ or sese, sing, and 
 plur. pron., 3d pers., (a) direct 
 reflex., himself, herself, itself, 
 themselves. Them, i, 3 ; a, 6; 
 8, 4; Aris. a, 3; (b) indirect 
 reflex, (in dependent clause, 
 referring to subj. of principal 
 clause), he, she, it, they. Them. 
 
 7, 1 ; 10. 4- 
 
 SulpiciuB, -I, M., (a) Publius 
 Sulpicius Galba, a Roman con- 
 sul in 200 B.C. ; Han. 7, i ; 
 (b) Sulpicius Blitho, a writer 
 of Roman history ; Han. 13, i. 
 
 sum, esse, fui, futurus [ks-, be ; 
 cf elfd; FV-, breed; cf ipvu], 
 be, be placed. Them. 7, 2 ; be, 
 be standing; be, prove. Them. 
 
 a, 4- 
 summa, -ae, f. (summus, highest), 
 
 highest part, top, Han. 9, 3 ; 
 
 chief point; chief part, Han. 
 
 8, 3 ; Aris. a, 2 ; with impeii 
 
 meaning chief command, Han. 
 
 3, ^^'tc. 
 summus, -a, -um, adj. (superl. of 
 
 superus, upper), uppermost ; 
 
 highest, greatest, utmost. Them. 
 
 7i 2 i 7, 3- 
 sumS, 3, sumpsi, sumptus (for 
 
 *sabimo, fr. sub, from below ; 
 
 EM-, take), take up ; take, Han. 
 
 ", 5: .r''' Them. 10,3. 
 superior, -ius, gen. -oris, adj. 
 
 (comp. of superus, high), 
 
 higher; earlier, former. Them. 
 
 a, 8; superior, stronger, Han. 
 
 8, 4- 
 8uper5, I (superus, above), rise 
 
 mm 
 
 ^mmm. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 51 
 
 above; f ass around, sail around, 
 double. Them. 3, 3 ; overcome, 
 conquer. Them. 5, 2. 
 
 supersum, -esse, -f ul (luper, over ; 
 ■um, be), be over, be left, remain. 
 Them. 7, 2 ; Han. 7, 5. 
 
 aupplex, -plicis, adj. (sub, under; 
 PLEC-, fold), kneelinf^ down, 
 (hence) humble, beseeching; as 
 a subst., suppliant. Them. 
 8, 5. 
 
 supra, adv. and prep. w. ace. 
 (for supers, abl. of superus, 
 upper ; sc. parte), on the upper 
 side; above, Han. 11, 5; prep., 
 beyond. 
 
 suscipiS, 3, -cepi, <eptus (sub, 
 from below ; capiS, take), take 
 up ; undertake. Them. 6, 5 ; 
 incur ; enter upon, Han. 7, 3. 
 
 SUspIciS, -onis, V. (tub, from un- 
 der; SPEC-, see, spy [a look- 
 ing at secretly]), mistrui.' ; 
 suspicion; indication, appear- 
 ance. 
 
 sustineS, 2, -tinul, -tentus (subs 
 = sub, from under, up ; teneo, 
 hold), hold up, stisttiiit : with- 
 stand, hold out against. Them. 
 3, i; Han. 11, 4. 
 
 sustuli, see toUo. 
 
 suua, -a, -um, poss. adj. (cf. su!, 
 of himself, itself, etc.), his oxon, 
 his, her own, her, its own, its, 
 their own, their ; as a sub.st., 
 one's own, one's soldiers, etc. 
 
 Syxitif -ae, F., Syria, a country 
 of Asia lying on the eastern 
 end of the Mediterranean Sea; 
 Han. 7, 6 ; 8, 4. 
 
 T., abbreviation for Titus ; Han. 
 12, I. 
 
 tabellarius, -I, m. (tabella, 7urit- 
 ing tablet; dim. fr. tabula), 
 letter carrier ; messenger, Han. 
 II, i; II, 2. 
 
 talentum, -i, n. (riXoi^oi', 
 weight), talent, first a (Jrecian 
 weight varying in different 
 states, then a sum of money 
 varying in amount ; the Attic 
 talent amounted to $1080. For 
 a careful computation of its 
 value, see White and Morgan's 
 
 Dictionary of Xenophon's 
 Anabasis under rdXamov. 
 
 talis, -e, demonst. adj. [pron. st., 
 TA-, thati, of such a kind, such. 
 Them. 2, 18; 10, i; this, the 
 following, Han. 9, 3: 10, 3; 
 this, the preceding, Han. 11, i. 
 
 tarn, adv. [pron. st., ta-, thai\, to 
 such a degree; so, .Aris. i, 5; 
 so much, Han. 9, 4; as much, 
 Han. 8, 3. 
 
 tamen, adv. [pron. st., ta-, that], 
 for all that, nevertheless, still, 
 j^-A Them. 3, 3; Aris. i, 3. 
 
52 
 
 VOCABULARV. 
 
 Tamphilus, -I, m., Tamphilus, 
 see Baebius, Man. 13, i. 
 
 tamquam, adv. (tam, as much ; 
 quam, as), as much as ; as if. 
 Just as if, Han. 3, 2. 
 
 tantS, adv. (abl. of tantus, so 
 much), by so mtuh, so much, 
 so much the, Man. i, i. 
 
 tantum, adv. (neut. ace. of tan- 
 tus, so great), so much, so far; 
 only so much, only, merely, 
 Man. 10, 5. i 
 
 tantua, -a, -urn, adj. [pron. st., ta-, 
 M<r/ ], of such a size or measure ; 
 so large, so great, so vast, Them. 
 5, i; Aris. 1, 4 ; 3, 2. 
 
 tempestas, -atis, f. (tempua, 
 time), portion of time j storm, 
 tempest, Them. 8, 6. 
 
 templum, -I, n. [tem-, cut; cf 
 rifuvoi, sacred enclosure], place 
 marked off and consecrated to 
 sacred uses, sacred enclosure, 
 temple, Han. 9, 3 ; g, 4. 
 
 tempus, -oris, n. [tf.m-, cut], 
 section of time, time, Aris. 3, 2; 
 crisis; opportunity, Man. a, 3. 
 
 tene5, 2, -ul, — [ten-, stretch], 
 have, hold, Han. 2, 4 ; keep, 
 hold. Them. 8, 7. 
 
 Terentius, -I, m., Caius Teren- 
 tius Varro, Roman consul in 
 216 B.C.; he e.scaped from the 
 disastrous field of Cannae with 
 a few followers ; Han. 4, 4. 
 
 terra, -ae, f. [for *tersa, fr. ikrs-, 
 parch], the earth, land ; Them. 
 
 2, 4; 3, '• 
 terrestria, -e, adj. (terra, earth. 
 
 land), of the land, land (adj.). 
 
 Them, a, 5. 
 terror, -oris, m. [ters-, shake, 
 
 scare], terror, alarm, panic, 
 
 Man. 5, 2; 8, i. 
 tertiQ, adv. (ahl. of tertius, 
 
 third), for the third time, 
 
 Man. 4, 2; 6, 1. 
 tertiua, -a, -um, num. adj. [ter-, 
 
 three], third, Man. 3, 3. 
 testor, I (</ teatia, witness), bear 
 
 witness ; declare, assert. Them. 
 
 4, 2- 
 testula, -ae, f. (dim. of tiata, 
 tile), a small tile or potsherd, 
 voting tablet. Them. 8, i; Aris. 
 
 Themistocles, -i and -is (ace. 
 ThemistoclSn), m., Themisto- 
 cles, a celebrated Athenian 
 statesman and general. His 
 influence led the Athenians to 
 build a navy, and his .strategy 
 prevented Xerxes and his host 
 from subjugating Greece ; 
 Them. I, 1, etc. ; A lis, 1,1. 
 
 Thermopylae, -arum, f., Ther- 
 mopylae, literally "The Hot 
 Gates," the famous deii!' o:' 
 Mount Oeta where Leonid.'- 
 and his band perished rather 
 than retreat ; Them. 3, i ; 4, 
 I ; Antiochus of Syria was de- 
 feated there by the Romans 
 in igi B.C.; Han. 8, 3. 
 
 Thucydides, -is, m., Thucydides, 
 a celebrated Greek historian 
 who lived at the time of the 
 Peloponnesian war, of which 
 
VOCABULARY, 
 
 53 
 
 he wrote a most carefully pre- 
 oared and valuable history ; 
 'Ihem. I, 4; 9, I. 
 Tiberis, -is, m., //Ar, the river 
 
 upon which Rome is situated. 
 Tiberius, -I, m., a Roman prae- 
 nomen ; see Gracchus, Longus. 
 times, a, -ui, — [tim-, stun], /far, 
 
 dread. 
 timor, -oris, M. [iim-, stuti\,fear, 
 
 alarm, apprehtusioK 
 tolls, 3, sustuli, sublatus [nil.-, 
 /'// ; perf . and perf. part, bor- 
 rowed from suffers], take tip, 
 remove, Han. 9, 4; put out of 
 the way, destroy, kill, Han. 
 5,3- 
 totidem, indecl. adj. (tot, so 
 many ; -dem, demonst. ending), 
 just as many, the same number 
 of, Tliem. 2, S. 
 t6tU3, -a, -um, gen. totius, adj., 
 
 whole, all. 
 tradS, 3, -did!, -ditus (trSns, 
 across, cx'er ; do, give), hand 
 oi'er, pass over. Them. 2, S. 
 traduco, 3, -duxl, ductus (trans, 
 across : duco, lead), lead over, 
 Han. 3, 4. 
 transeo, -ire, -Ivi or -if, -itus 
 (trins, across ; eo, j^^o), ^^o oz'er, 
 cross 07'er, cross. Them. 9, i ; 
 Han. 3, 3. 
 trar.sfero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus (also 
 tr.ilatus) (trans, across ; fero, 
 ■'■■',■■:■), bear over; traus/er, 
 shiji, Aris. 3, 2. 
 tranaigo, 3, -egl, -actus (trins, 
 throuifh ; ago, drive), drive 
 
 throui^h, complete ; in pass, of 
 time, pass, ji^'o by. Them. 9, 4. 
 trSnsitus, -us, .m. (tr4ns, across; 
 '-- A'")- .C"'«,;' «?»■/-, pa.isiHi,' oi'er, 
 crossing, Han. 3, 4. 
 Trasumenus, -f, .m., Trasume- 
 *iUf. lake in Ktruria near 
 I'erusia, famous for Hannibal's 
 victory over the Romans under 
 Flaminius in 217 ii.c; Han. 
 4, J. 
 Trebia, -ae, m., Trebia, a river 
 of northern Italy, flowing into 
 the I'f) ; it is celebrated for 
 Hannibal's victory over the 
 Romans in 218 b.c. ; Han. 6, 1. 
 trecenti, -ae, -a, num. adj. (trSs, 
 three ; centum, hundred), three 
 ndrcd. Them. 3, 2. 
 trSs, tria, num. adj. (cf. TptU and 
 Eng. three), three. Them. 7, j. 
 tribw5, 3, -ui, -utus (tribus, tribe, 
 third part; cf. group TR[-, 
 three), assign, attribute; give, 
 bestow. 
 triennium, -J, n. (trSs, three; 
 annus, year), a space of three 
 years, three years, Han. 3, 2. 
 triginta, indecl. num. adj. (cf. 
 trSs, three, and [dejcem, ten), 
 thirty. Them. 5, 2. 
 triplex, -icis, adj. (ter, thrice; 
 I'l.KO, fold), threefold, triple. 
 Them. 6, i. 
 triremis, -is, k. (ter, thrice; 
 remus, oar), a vessel 7uith three 
 banks of oars, a trireme. Them. 
 
 2,8. 
 
 Troezen, -enis (ace. TroezSna), 
 
 mmm 
 
 ^fflC 
 
14 
 
 VOCABULARY 
 
 F., Troeun, a city of Argolis 
 in northeastern Peloponnesus ; 
 Them, a, 8. 
 tropaeiun, -i, n. (r^atov), a 
 
 sign and memoriai of victory, 
 
 trophy ; victory. Them. 5, 3. 
 t&, gen. tui, plur. vos, gen. ve- 
 
 Btrdm or vostrflm, vestri or 
 
 vostri, pers. pron., thou, you, 
 
 Han. a, 6. 
 tueor, a, tutus [tv-, watch, 
 
 guard 1, look at; watch m>er ; 
 
 defend, protect. Them. 8, 4. 
 turn, adv. [neut. ace. form of 
 
 pron. St., TA-, that\, at that 
 
 time, then, A ris. a, 3 ; cum . . . 
 
 turn, not only . . . hut also, 
 
 Them, a, 3. 
 taw, adv. (tatua, safe), safely, 
 
 without danger. Them. 8, 5. 
 tutum, -I, N. (tatus, safe), safety. 
 
 Them. 9, 3. 
 tutiu, -a, -um 'nart. of tueor, 
 
 Tvatch over), protected; safe. 
 
 Them, a, 3 ; 8, 3. 
 tuua, -a, -um, pos.s. adj. (tfl, thou), 
 
 thy, thy own, your, your own. 
 
 Them. 9, 2 ; 9, 4- 
 
 ^^V 
 
 ttbi, rel. adv. (for *quobi, loc. 
 form of pron. st., CA- ; cf. qui), 
 (of place) where. Them. 8, 6 ; 
 Han. I a, 3 ; (of time) when, 
 Han. 8, 2; 11, 2. 
 
 uUus, -a, -um, gen. flllius, adj. 
 (dim. of anus, one, for unulus), 
 (with negative expressed or 
 implied) any. Them. 6, 2; 6, 
 5 ; Han. 5, 2 ; Aris. a, 2. 
 
 umquam or unquam, adv. (quom 
 [cum], when ; -quam [cf quis- 
 quam], indef. suffix, ever), at 
 any time, ever, Han. 3, 4. 
 
 lude, adv. (f or * quonde, fr. pron. 
 St., CA- ; cf. ubi), whence, from 
 which place. 
 
 undique, adv. (unde, whence ; 
 -que [</. quisque], indef. suffix, 
 soever), from all sides, from 
 every quarter, Them. 6, 5 ; 
 Han. 12, 4. 
 
 aniversus, -a, -um, adj. (Onus, 
 
 one; versus, turned), turned 
 
 to one; united, all together. 
 
 Them. 4, 2; Han. 11, 4; all. 
 
 Them. 2, 4; -r, 6. 
 unus, -a, -um, gen. Qmus, num. 
 
 adj. (cf. Eng. one), one. Them. 
 
 5, 3 ; Han. 4, 4 ; alone. Them. 
 
 4, 2 ; rt single, Han. 3, 4. 
 urbs, urbis, v., city, town. Them. 
 
 6,1. 
 usque, adv., all the way ; up to, 
 
 Han. 2, 5 ; 7, i; as far as, Han. 
 
 a, I ; usque eo, up to that 
 
 point. 
 usus, -us, M. (cf ator, use), use, 
 
 need ; iisu venire, come about, 
 
 happen, Han. la, 3. 
 ut or uti, adv. and conj. (for 
 
 * quoti or * cuti, fr. pron. St., 
 
 CA-; cf. ubi and qui), in what 
 
 manner; as. Them. 1, 4; 7, 
 
 mmm 
 
 mff^PH 
 
VOCAIU'LARY. 
 
 ss 
 
 5 ; wA^n, Them. 7, i ; 8, 3 ; i»i 
 pri/fr that, that, to. Them. 4, 2 ; 
 7, I ; llan. 11, i; so that, that. 
 Them, i, 4; 4,4; xo, i ; Aris. 
 
 «. J; a. 2; 3, 2- 
 
 uterque, -traque, -trumque, gen. 
 utriusque, pron., «•<».//, bt'th one 
 and the other; both (in the 
 plur.), Han. 4, 3. 
 
 QtilU, -e, adj. (Otor, use), use- 
 ful, serviuable; good; advan- 
 tageous. 
 
 utilitaa, atia, f. (atiHs, useful), 
 usefulness, utility. Them. 6, i. 
 
 Utor, 3, u.sus, use ; enjoy : make 
 use of, etnf'loy ; nuft with; live 
 with ; follow, Thf-m. 10, 2. 
 
 Utpote, ail v., namely, us being, 
 Han. a, 3. 
 
 utrobique <utrubi-), adv. (utrubi, 
 (// whiih of ttoo places ; -que, 
 indef. surtix, son'er), in both 
 ways ox places, llan. 10, 3. 
 
 uxor, -Oris, v., wife. Them. 1, 2. 
 
 Talini, -entis, adj 'part, of yaled, 
 be stroma), stroni;. 
 
 TAled, a, -ui, -iturus [yw.-, strong], 
 be strong, have force, have power, 
 have influence, prevail; plus 
 Talire, have more influence, be 
 more po-verful, Han. 10, 3. 
 
 raletudo, -inis, f. (valeo), condi- 
 tion or strength of body (good or 
 bad) ; illness,infirinity,llAn.^,j. 
 
 vallum, -I, .N. {cf. villus, stake), 
 an earthen wall set with stakes ; 
 palisaded rampart, inlrench- 
 ment, Han. 5, 3. 
 
 rarius, -a, -um, adj., changing, 
 different, Han. 13, i. 
 
 via, vasis, plur. visa, -orum, n. 
 [VAS-, put on, cover], vessel. Jar, 
 Han. 10, 4 ; ii, 5. 
 
 -ve, enclitic conj. [vol,-, will, 
 wish], or, if you will. 
 
 vectigal, -alls, n. (vebS, bear, 
 tarry), tax, income, revenue, 
 Han. 7, 5. 
 
 TehO, 3, vexl, vectus [vag-, 
 VKH-, move, carry], bear, carry; 
 (pass.) ^'o; sail, Han. 10, 6. 
 
 velum, -I, N. (for *vehelum or 
 ♦vegelum, fr. vkh- [va(;-], 
 moiY, carry), carrying thing; 
 sail, Han. 8, 2. 
 
 velut or veluti, adv. (vel, even ; 
 ut, as), even as ; just as, just 
 as though, Han. i, 3. 
 
 venenatus, -a, -um, adj. (part, of 
 venind), poison, poisoned ; poi- 
 sonous, venomous, Han. 10, 4. 
 
 venSnum, -I, n., poison. Them. 
 10, 4; Han. la, 5. 
 
 venia, -ae, k. [van-, vkn-, desire], 
 indulgence, fivor; veniam dare, 
 grant permission. Them. 10, i. 
 
 venio, 4, venT, ventus [ven-, go, 
 come], come. Them. 7, i ; 8, 4, 
 etc. 
 
 ventus, -T, M., wind, Han. 8, 2. 
 
 Vcnusia, -ae, f., Fenusia, a town 
 of southern Italy, on the bor- 
 
MICROCOPY RESOLUTION TEST CHART 
 
 (ANSI and ISO TEST CHART No. 2) 
 
 l« 
 
 ■ 2.8 
 
 L£ 
 
 II^M 
 
 |u 
 
 M33 
 
 tii 
 
 |3j6 
 
 lis 
 
 IS 
 
 1^ 
 
 u 
 
 
 1^ 
 
 2.2 
 2.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 ^ >1PPLIED IIVMGE 
 
 1653 Eost Main Street 
 
 Rochester. New York 14609 USA 
 
 (716) 482 -0300 -Phone 
 
 (716) 288 - 5989 -Fax 
 
 Inc 
 
56 
 
 VOCABULAkY. 
 
 ders of Apulia and Lucania, 
 where Hannibal conquered 
 Marcellus, 208 n.c. ; Han. 5, 3. 
 
 verbum, -I, n., worJ, Them. 4, 3; 
 verba dare, c/ieat, Han. 5, 2; 
 verba facere, speak, Them. 
 10, I. 
 
 vere, adv. (verus, true), truly, 
 with truth, -with reason, accu- 
 rately. Them, i, 4. 
 
 vereor, 2, -itus [ver-, cover, 
 guard; cf. o^dw], reverence; 
 fear. Them. 5, i ; Han. 11, i ; 
 
 ", 3- 
 
 vero, adv. (neut. abl. of verus, 
 true), in truth ; indeed, further- 
 more ; hut, ho-ivever, Aris. 2, 2. 
 
 versor, i (freq. of verto, turn, 
 used reflexively in pas.s.), turn 
 one 's self repeatedly ; be engaged 
 in. Them, i, 3; be, live. Them. 
 
 8,5- 
 
 verto, 3, verti, versus [vert-, 
 turn], turn, Han. u, 6. 
 
 verus, -a, -um, adj. [vel-, cover, 
 guard], true, Han. 1,1. 
 
 veto, I, -ui, -itus, not permit; 
 bid not, forbid, Them. 6, 4. 
 
 vicesimus, -a, -um, num. adj. 
 (for vigesimus ; cf. viginti, 
 twenty), twentieth, Han. 7, 4. 
 
 Victoria, -ae, f. (victor, victori- 
 ous), victory, Them. 6, 3. 
 
 victus, -us, M. [V1V-, vk;-, live], 
 means of living, manner of liv- 
 ing, food, fare. 
 
 video, 2, vidi, vlsus [vid-, see], 
 see, perceive, notice ; (in pass.) 
 appear, seem. Them. 6, 3. 
 
 vlgintl, indecl. num. adj., twenty, 
 Han. 3, 2. 
 
 vinco, 3, vicl, vTctus [vie-, con- 
 </ucr], conquer, overcome, defeat. 
 Them. 4, 5; Han. 3, 3. 
 
 vinum, -i, n. [vi-, twine ; cf. vitis, 
 vine], wine, Them. 10, 3. 
 
 vir, virl, m. [cf. g.-oup vik-, man], 
 man. Them. 5,3; 7, 2, etc. 
 
 virtiis, -utis, k. (vir, man), man- 
 liness ; manhood, character ; 
 courage, bravery, valor ; virtue, 
 excellence; ability, capacity; 
 plur., bra-.'e acts, Han. 12, 5. 
 
 VIS, gen. vis, plur. vires, virium, 
 V. {cf U, strength), force, 
 pffiuer , .f/orw, Han. 3, 2; num- 
 ber. Them. 3, i ; in plur., power, 
 strength. 
 
 Visus, -us, M. [VID-, see], act of 
 seeing, sight ; thing seen, sight, 
 Han. 5, 2. 
 
 vita, -ae, v. [viv-, via-, live], life, 
 Han. 12, 5. 
 
 vitium, -1, -N. [vi-, twine], twist; 
 fault ; vice. 
 
 vito, I (for*vicit6, fr. wc-, yield, 
 give way), shun, avoid, Han. 
 II, 9. 
 
 vivo, 3, vIxT, — [viV-, VIG-, live], 
 live, Them. 8, 2. 
 
 vivus, -a, -um, adj. [viv-, vig-, 
 live], living, alive, Ifan. 10, 4. 
 
 vix, adv., scarcely, hardly, with 
 difficulty, Han. 3, 4; Aris. 3, 2. 
 
 V0I5, velle, volui, — [vol-, wish], 
 wish, will, be willing, intend. 
 Them. 9, 3; Han. 8, 3; Aris. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 57 
 
 VOluntia, -atis, f. [vol-, wisA], Vulso, -onis, m.. C». MauHus 
 WIS A, content, desire, good will ; Vulso ; see M&nUus. 
 disposition, attitude, Han. a, 2. 
 
 X 
 
 Xerxes, -is. m., Xerxes, son of 
 Darius Hystaspes, and his 
 successor on the throne of 
 Persia. As his father had 
 done, so he tried to subjugate 
 
 Zama, -ae, k., Zama, a town of 
 Numidia in Africa, near which 
 
 <;reece; t)ut he was defeated 
 by the Greeks at .Salamis as 
 was his fjeneral, Mardonius. 
 at Plataea; Them. 2, 4 ; 4, i ; 
 Aris. I, 7. 
 
 ScipioAfricanus defeated Han- 
 nibal in 202 B.C.; Han. 6, 3. 
 
INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION SERIES. 
 
 12mo. cloth, uniform binding. 
 
 •pHE INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION SERIES was projected for the ptir- 
 *' pose of bringing tOf^ether in orderly arran|;eiiiuiit the btrst wriliiiKN. new and 
 old upon educational subjects, and iireseniinK a wompltle course ol reuJin,' anj 
 training for teachers generally. It is edited by W ili.iam T. Harris, 1.1..!)., 
 United States Commissioner of Education, m hti has contributed for the ditVerent 
 volumes in the way cf introduction, analysis-, and commentary. The volumes 
 are tastefully and substantially bound in uniform style. 
 
 VOL LMES NO fV REA D J '. 
 
 1. THE PHILOSOPHY OF EOUCATIOX. By Johann K. F. Rosrnkranz, 
 
 Doctor of Theology and Professor of Ihilosophy, University of Konigs- 
 berg. Translated by .Anna C. Hrackktt. Second edition, revised, with 
 Commentary and complete anal} sis. $l.ij0. 
 
 2. A HISTORY OF EDUCATION. By F, V. N. Paintkr, A.M., Professor 
 
 ol Modern Languages and Literature, Roanoke College, \'a. $I.5U. 
 
 3. THE RISE AND EARLYCONSTITUTION OF UNIVERSITIES. With 
 
 A SuRVKV Of Mki)I.+;val Epi'Cation. By S. S. Lai;kik, LL.D.. Pro- 
 fessor of the Institutes and History ot Education, University of Edinburirh. 
 $1.30. 
 
 4. THE VENTILATION AND WARMING OF SCHOOL BUILDINGS. 
 
 By GiLBKXT B. MoKKi.soN, Tcaclur of Physics and Chemistry, Kansas 
 City High School. $1 ((0. 
 
 5. THE EDUCATION OF MAN. By Frieprich Frokbbl. Translated and 
 
 annotated by W. N. HAILMANN, A.M., Superintendent of Public 
 Schools, La Porte, Ind. $1. j<). 
 
 6. ELEMENTARY PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION. By Jcsrph IIaiiu 
 
 WIN, A.M., LL.D., author of 'The Art of School Management." $1 50. 
 
 7. THE SENSES AND THE WILL. (Part I of "The Mind of the Chiu>. ) 
 
 By W. Preykk, Profes«or of Physiology in Jena. Translated by H. W, 
 Brown, Teacher in the State Normal School at Worcester, Mass. S1.5I). 
 
 8. MEMORY: What it is and how to Improve it. By David Kay, F.R. 
 
 G.S., author of " Education an 1 Educators," etc. $1 50. 
 
 9. THE DEVELOPMENT OF TIIK INTELLECT (Part II. of ' The 
 
 Mind OF the Child.") By W. Preyer, Profcssorof Physiology in Jena. 
 Translated by H. W. Brown. $1 30. 
 
 10. HOW TO STUDY GEOGRAPHY. A practical exposition of Meth.dsand 
 
 Devices in Teaching Geography w hich apply the Principles and Plans of 
 Ritterand Guyot By Francis W. Parker, Principal of the Cook County 
 (Illinois) Normal School. $1.50. 
 
 11. EDUCATION IN THE UNITED STATES. Its History from the ear- 
 
 liest Settiembnts. By Richard G. <oone, AM. Professor of Peda- 
 gogy, Indiana University. $1.50. 
 
 12. EUROPEAN SCHOOLS : or. What I Saw inthb Schools of Germany, 
 
 France. Austria, AND SwnzFRLAND. By L R. Klkmm, Ph.D., Princ- 
 ipal of th- Cincinnati Technical School. FuHy Illustrated. $2.(J0, 
 
 13. PRACTIC IN f S FOR THE TEACHERS OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS. 
 
 By Geo,.. iIowland, Superintendent of the Chicago Public Schools. 
 $100. 
 11. PESTALOZZI. His Life and Work. By Roger dr Guimps. Author- 
 ized Translation from the second French edition, by J. Russell. B. A. With 
 an Introduction by Rev. R. H. Quick, MA. $1.50. 
 
 15. SCHOOL SUPERVISION. 3y J. L. Pickard, LL.D. $100. 
 
 16. HIGHER EDUCATION"OF WOMEN IN EUROPE. By Hei ene Lance, 
 
 Berlin. Translated and accompanied by comparative statistics by L. R. 
 Klemm, $1.00. 
 
 17. ESSAYS ON EDUCATIONAL REFORMERS. By Rohert Hkrbert 
 
 Quick, M. A., Trinity College, Cambridge. Only Authorized edition of 
 the work as rewritten in ItiOO. $1.30, 
 
it 
 
 
 IP 
 
 THE ISTERNATJON iL EDUCA TIPS SERIES. {Continued.) 
 
 13. 
 19. 
 
 21. 
 22. 
 
 By Joseph 
 
 23. 
 21. 
 23. 
 26. 
 
 27. 
 28. 
 29. 
 30. 
 31. 
 
 32. 
 23. 
 
 A TEXT-BOOK IN PSYCHOLOGY. By Johamn Friedrich Hbrbart. 
 
 TrannUtcd by Maroarkt K. !sm.th. $1.00 
 PSYCHOLOGY APPLIED TO THE ART OF TEACHING. 
 
 nm , v°v.> A'lrs^EMlLE^' 0R/i>iATi8R OH EDUCATION. Trmn.l.ted and an- 
 •^^ol^teaby W. H!pAv;rPh.D.rLL.D..Ch«,cellor of the Univcity of 
 
 THE MORAL INSTRUCTION OF CHILDREN. By Felix Adler. fl.fiO. 
 IvCLSH EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY ANDSECONDARY 
 ""•schools By lsAACSHARPL..«.. LL.D..Pre.iaentuf lUverford College. 
 
 EDUCATION FROM A NATIONAL STANDPOINT. By Alfred Fouil- 
 lee. fl.30. _„„.,», .r. If i-iiif r» n., w Pbkvkb. Profetior 
 
 SI. 
 33 
 
 36. 
 
 37 
 
 33. 
 30. 
 10 
 41 
 
 MENTa'l DEVELOPMENT IN THE CHILD. By W. Prkver. Pre 
 
 nS^l'^'iSt^f^bVA-ND^ETcltl^^^^ 
 
 SY^i'BOLIc'Tu'i?CAT*lSNr A 'c^memtarv o- Froebel'. " Mother 
 
 Plav. ' by &LSAN E. Blow, il i50. 
 SYSTEMATIC SCIENCE TEACHING. By Edward Gardiner Howe. 
 
 THE^DUCATION OF THE GREEK PEOPLE. By Thohas Davidson. 
 T^e'eVOLUTIONOF THE MASSACHUSETTS PUBLIC-SCHOOL 
 p|,^fGEGicS%^T"HE'*KlN&ERGARVE^-. By Fr.edr.ch Fro.bel. 
 
 -KivSlif^^^JlE^'^^^^-"""-^- 
 
 THE^SONGSAND music of FROEi LS MOTHER PLAY. By 
 
 rHE'pSVXUOLOGY OF NUMBER, and '"Applications to MrrroDS 
 
 OF Teaching ARITHMETIC. By James A. McLellan. A.M.. and John 
 
 pfaagogy in the UniverMty of flHiioi. ; Author of "Kant. Inaugural 
 PS^'CHOLOGIC FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION. By Will, am T. 
 THE ScTIOO*L•s^rSTEM OT ONTARIO.. By the Hon. Gk.. W. Ross. 
 pHH^A^li F^AS4rcroV\^ETc?ffNi%^^^^^^ 
 SCHOOL MANAGEMENT AND SCHOOL METHODS. By Joseph 
 FRoTb"eL-S*^.%CATIONAL LAWS FORA^L TEACHERS. By 
 
 James L. Hughes. Inspector of Schools. Toronto. »1 50. 
 
 GEORGE N. MOR.ANG «. COMPANY LIMITED 
 9, Wellington Street West Toronto 
 
Vol. XLII. BIBLIOGRAPHY OP EDUCATION. By Wat S. Mommob, 
 ProfcMor of PtycholoKy and PadaaOfy, Suta Normal School, WectfialJ, 
 Maa*. 12.00 
 
 Vol. XLIII. TUB STUDY OP THE CHILD. A Brief TreaUie on tha 
 PkycholofV of tha Child, with Surgestiona for Traiher«. Stutlenis, .ind 
 Parenta. By Albirt K. Taylor, Fh, D., Hraaident of tha Stata Normal 
 School, Emporia. Kanaaa. |1.25 
 
 V0L.XLIV. FRIEORICH FROEBELS EDUCATION BY DEVELOP 
 MENT. The Second Part of tha " Pedagogica of the KindergarUn." 
 Tranalated by Josbphinb Jabvm. fl.M 
 
 Vol. XLV. LETTERS TO A MOTHER ON THE PHILOSOPHY OF 
 FROEBEL. By Susan E. Blow, author of "Symbolic Education," 
 " Mottoea and Commentariea of Froahet'a Mother>Playa," ate. $1.50 
 
 VOL.XLVL MONTAIGNE'S THE EDUCATION OF CHILDREN. 
 Selected. Tranalated, and AnnoUted by L. E. Rkctok, Ph. D. $1.00 
 
 Vol. XLVIL THE SECONDARY SCHOOL SY.STEM OF GERMANY. 
 Bv Frkobrick E. Bolton. Ph. D., Profeaaor of Psychology and Educa- 
 tion, Sute Normal School, Milwaulue, W'ia. $l..''l, 
 
 OTRBR VOLUMBS IN PRBPARATION. 
 
 THE STUDY OP CHILDREN AND THEIR SCHOOL TRAINING. By 
 Francis Warmer, M.D.. F.R.C.P., F.k.C.S,, (Eng.) With an introduc 
 tion by James L. Hughes, Inapector A Public Schools, Toronto, lamo., 
 cloth. $1.25. 
 
 "This Tolume Is written chiefly for ieachers, as it deals with the training 
 of children during the period 04 sci:ol lite, but interested and Intelligent 
 parents will find it Iielpf->1 in its acts and recommrndationa. All true 
 students of ciiildhood will welcome the book. Nearly all the works on 
 child studyhava been wriawn ajr edu^tors interested in physiological pay- 
 chologir ; Dr. Warner la ar. eminent phyaician interested in paychological 
 phyaioiogy. •• •* Dr. Wamer'anew book will do f^reat aervicebyre* 
 vealing to teachers their respon.i:>ility for brain training and nerve co- 
 ordination. Tha culture of the mind, and the improvement ot the methods 
 by which culture may be communicated and acquired, are not the highest 
 functions of the teacher. The new education includes methods for the 
 development of brain cells, for the perfect co-ordination of the sensor and 
 motor brain, and the extension of nerve connections throughout the body. 
 By these methods the race may be made executive and operative, and 
 thus each individual will become a positive agent in a progressive civiliza- 
 tion. This ia the true educational ideal."— />«M M« Introduction by 
 Inspector James L. Hughes. 
 
 MODERN METHODS IN EDUCATION 
 
 H nDo^ern finglieb (Brammat 
 
 By HUBBR QRAV BUBHLER 
 
 Thia book 13 an attempt to preaent the grammar of mcdem English in thr 
 manner preac'ibed by modern methods of instruction ; and the method adopted 
 caunotfailto commend !'■ ^If to all progressive teachers as the simplest, most 
 natural, and most condi ive to interest in what is apt to be considered th* 
 driest of all educational subjects. 
 
 PRICB. 75 CENTS 
 
 Copies.i^r examination mailed free on receipt of 40 cents. 
 
 GEORGE N. MORANG & COMPANY LIMITED 
 90 Wellington Street West Toronto 
 
Morang' s 
 2oth Century Educational Series 
 
 1^u0trate^ Claeaical Seriea 
 
 This new series, prepared by accomplished scholars of great practical 
 experience in teaching, is distinguished hy several important features /or 
 the first time introduced into Canadian text-books. 
 
 Soops.— Each volume it complete !n itself, containing biogfraphical. hiitorical, 
 and (where suitable) critical introduction, text, notes, appendices, specimen 
 translations anJ hints on translation, English exercises for retranslation, 
 and vocabularies. 
 
 IniPOductlon.— The great aim is to make the introductions thoroughly 
 
 readable and interesting. 
 IllUStPAtlona — The illustrations are mainly authentic drawings from coins, 
 
 gems, statues, and other objects of ancient art. They are ot real value as 
 
 familiarizing the pupil with results of archsological research. Maps and 
 
 plans are provided. 
 
 Notes. — The notes, besides explaining simply all difficulties in style or allusion, 
 
 aim at interesting the pupil in the subject matter. 
 Appandloea.— Textual and other criticism b<-vond the attainments of the 
 
 average pupil, but useful to the master, is K'ven in appendices. 
 TPKnsIatlOnS. — Wherever standard literary translations are available, a 
 
 specimen is given ; this is especially serviceable in the case of poets. In 
 
 other cases hints on translaticn are given. 
 
 HatPanslatlon^BXAPOlaes —Each of the prose booUs contains exerdses 
 for retranslation, carefu'ly compiled so as to practice th« pupil in the 
 vocabulary and the constructions of the text. 
 
 VooabulaPy.— Each volume has a complete vocabulary. 
 
 PpIo*.— Each volume is sold at the unprecedented low price of 86 oenta. 
 
 The following lolumes are now nearly ready : 
 
 LATIN 
 VlPflTll-Aeneld. Book I. 
 VlPffU-Aonsld. Boi>k II. 
 
 CoPnellUS NepOS. Lives of Themistocles, Aristides and Hannibal' 
 Caasap'a Oalllo Wap. Book I. 
 Caasap's Oalllo W^ap. Books IV. and V. 
 Csaaap's Invaalons of Bpltaln, 
 Cloapo— The Flpat Oatlllne Opatlon. 
 
 GREEK 
 Xenophon's Anabasis. Book I. 
 
 OTHBR VOLUMES IN PREPARATION. 
 
 Specimen copies mailed free on receipt of price. 
 i^Send for Morang' s Educational List. 
 
 GEORGE N. MORANG & COMPANY LIMITED 
 90 Wellington Street West Toronto